IBM Mobile Systems

S82G-1501-01

Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 1: Laptop, Notebook, Portable
and ThinkPad Computers
May 1995

This Manual Supports:
Laptop L40SX
Laptop CL57
Notebook N45SL
Notebook N51XX
Portable P70/P75
ThinkPad 300
ThinkPad 350
ThinkPad 500
ThinkPad 510
ThinkPad 710T
Expansion Unit
Dock Station I
Dock Station II(8543)(8554)(2614)(8551)(8573)(2615)(2618)(2603)(2604)(2523)(3550)(3545)(3546)

IBM Mobile Systems

S82G-1501-01

Hardware Maintenance Manual
Volume 1: Laptop, Notebook, Portable
and ThinkPad Computers
May 1995

IBM

Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 489.
Second Edition (May 1995)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United
Kingdom or any country where such provisions areinconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULARPURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or
typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
It is possible that this publication may contain reference to,or information about, IBM products (machines andprograms), programming, or services that are notannounced in your country. Such references orinformation must not be construed to mean that IBM
intends to announce such IBM products, programming, orservices in your country.
Requests for technical information about IBM products
should be made to your IBM authorized reseller or IBM
marketing representative.

 Copyright International Business Machines
Corporation 1995. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.

ii

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

About This ManualThis manual contains service and reference information for
IBM* Laptop, Notebook, Portable, and ThinkPad Computer
products. Use this manual along with the advanced
diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively.
The manual is divided into sections as follows:

The Introduction section provides general information,
guidelines, and safety information required to service
computers.



The majority of the manual consists ofproduct-specific sections that include service,reference, and product-specific parts information.



The Common Devices Checkout section contains
information for testing optional attachable devices
common to the products in this manual.



The Common Parts Listing section contains parts
listings for parts and tools common to the products inthis manual.



The Miscellaneous section contains acronyms,
abbreviations, terms, and a telephone number listing.
Important

This manual is intended for trained servicers who arefamiliar with IBM mobile products. Use this manual
along with the advanced diagnostic tests totroubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM mobile product, be sure toreview the safety information under “Safety Notices(Multi-lingual Translations)” on page 7 and “Safety
Information” on page 14.

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

iii

Related Publications
The following publications are available for IBM mobile
products. For more information, contact IBM or your IBM
Authorized Dealer.

iv

Publication

Part, Form Number

Mobile Systems HMM Volume 2:
Thinkpad Computers

30H2357,
S82G-1502-03

Model L40 SX (8543) HMR

15F2267, S15F2267

Model L40 SX (8543) HMS

15F2266, S15F2266

Model N45SL (2614) HMR

42G0485, S42G0485

Model N45SL (2614) HMS

42G0486, S42G0486

Model N51 SX/SLC (8551) HMR

04G5111, S04G5111

Model N51 SX/SLC (8551) HMS

04G5112, S04G5112

Model CL57 SX (8554) HMR

10G4419, S10G4419

Model CL57 SX (8554) HMS

10G4420, S10G4420

Model P70 386 (8573) HMR

64F3994, S64F3994

Model P70 386 (8573) HMS

15F2198, S15F2198

Model P75 486 (8573) HMR

84F8525, S84F8525

Model P75 486 (8573) HMS

84F7593, S84F7593

ThinkPad 350/350C (2618),
PS/Note 425/425C HMS

A211000, GA211000

Expansion Unit (3550-001) HMR

42G2335, S42G2335

Expansion Unit (3550-001) HMS

42G2336, S42G2336

Expansion Unit (3550-002) HMR

42G2331, S42G2331

Expansion Unit (3550-002) HMS

42G2332, S42G2332

PS/2 FaxConcentrator/A HMR
Supplement

15F2662, S15F2662

PS/2 FaxConcentrator/A HMS
Supplement

84F8541, S84F8541

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I HMR

10G5992, S10G5992

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I HMS

10G5993, S10G5993

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge II HML(N51SX)

04G5109, S04G5109

PS/2 Comm. Cartridge II HML(CL57SX)

10G4421, S10G4421

PS/2 Data/Fax Modem HML

04G5110, S04G5110

IBM High Speed Internal,
PCMCIA Data/Fax Modems

61G1556, S61G1556

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Obsolete Publications
This manual obsoletes the following publication:
Publication

Part, Form Number

IBM Laptop, Notebook, andPortable Computers Vol. 1

82G1501, S82G1501

Related Diskettes
The following diskettes are available for IBM mobile
products. For more information, contact IBM or your IBM
Authorized Dealer.

*

Diskette

Part, Form Number

Model L40 SX (8543)
Reference Diskette

10G5991, S10G5991

Model N45SL (2614)
Advanced Diagnostics

42G0495, S42G0495

Model N51 SX/SLC (8551)
Reference and Diagnostic
Package

04G5117, S04G5117

Model CL57 SX (8554)
Reference Diskette

10G4422, S10G4422

Model P70 386 (8573)
Reference Diskette

84F8535, S84F8535

Model P75 486 (8573)
Reference Diskette

A380102, SA380102

ThinkPad Hardware
Maintenance Diskette

82G3891, S82G3891

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

v

vi

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
2Important Service Information. . . . . . . . . . .
4
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
6
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations). . . . .
7
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Model L40 SX (8543) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23
24
32
37
38
39
42
43

Model N45SL (2614) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47
48
53
63
66
67
70
71

Model N51 (8551). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Product Overview (N51 SX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Product Overview (N51 SLC)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 99
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Model CL57 (8554) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

111
112
122
131
134
135
140
141

Model P70 and P75 (8573) . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview (P70). . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview (P75). . . . . . . . . . . .

145
146
151
157
160
160

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

vii

FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing (P70). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing (P75). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161
170
172
178

ThinkPad 300 (2615) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

183
184
185
193
196
197
200
201

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618) . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

205
206
211
215
220
221
225
226

ThinkPad 500 (2603) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

231
232
237
240
247
248
251
253

ThinkPad 510 (2604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

257
258
264
268
275
276
280
282

ThinkPad 710T (2523). . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

285
286
296
302
302
304
307
310

Expansion Unit (3550) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout (3550-001) . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout (3550-002) . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .

315
316
322
329

viii

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

334
336
337

Dock I (3545). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

339
340
341
351
358
366
367
380
386

Dock II (3546). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

389
390
416
422
427
428
450
458

Common Devices Checkout . . . . . . . . . .
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Replicator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
TrackPoint II Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . .
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

463
464
464
465
466
468
469
470
471

Common Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . .

477

Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . .
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms . . . . . . .
Problem Determination Tips . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . . . . . .
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

483
483
485
486
489

Contentsix

x

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Introduction
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . .
Important Service Information. . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Replacement Strategy. . . . . . . . . .
Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy. . . . .
How to Use Error Messages. . . . . . . . . .
How to Read POST Error Messages. . . . . .
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . .
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations). . . . .
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Inspection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . .
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
4
4
5
5
5
6
7
14
14
15
16
18
18
19

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

1

Portable Computer Descriptions
All models in the following table have VGA video. Models
N51, CL57, P70/75, and Thinkpads 700x and 720x are
Micro Channel* systems. All others are AT* bus systems.
Model

Type

Model L40SX
Model N45 SL

8543-044 386SX-20
2614-065 386SL-25
2614-067 386SL-25
8551-025 386SLC-16
8551-033 386SX-16
8554-045 386SX-20
8573-031 80386-16
8573-061 80386-20
8573-121 80386-20
8573-161 80486-33
8573-401 80486-33
2615-065 386SL-25
2615-067 386SL-25
2610
486SLC2-50
2618-AOE 486SL-25
2618-JOA 486SL-25
2618-LOA 486SL-25
2618-NOA 486SL-25
2618-POA 486SL-25
2619
486SX-33
2619
486SX-33
2619
486SX-33
2619
486SX-33
2619
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486DX2-50/25
2620
486SX-33
2620
486SX-33
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/33
2603-081 486SLC2-50/25
2603-171 486SLC2-50/25
2604
486BLC2-50/25
9552-300 486SLC-25
9552-301 486SLC-25
9552-30B 486SLC-25

Model N51 SLC
Model N51 SX
Model CL57 SX
Model P70 386

Model P75 486
ThinkPad 300
ThinkPad 340
ThinkPad 350

ThinkPad 350C
ThinkPad 355
ThinkPad 355C
ThinkPad 355Cs
ThinkPad 360
ThinkPad 360C
ThinkPad 360Cs
ThinkPad 360Ce

ThinkPad 360Cse

ThinkPad 360P
ThinkPad 370C

ThinkPad 500
ThinkPad 510
ThinkPad 700
ThinkPad 700C
C
M
P

*

2

Color
Megabyte
Pen

Processor

T
TPF

MemoryHrd Dsk

2M/18M
2M/8M
2M/8M
2M/10M
2M/10M
2M/16M
2M/8M
2M/8M
2M/8M
8M/16M
8M/16M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
2M/16M
2M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/20M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M

60M
80M
120M
80M
40M
80M
30M
60M
120M
160M
400M
80M
120M
125M
85M
125M
250M
125M
250M
125M
125M
250M
170M
250M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
340M
540M
810M
80M
170M
200M
80M
120M
120M

TabletThinkPad File

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

ModelType

ThinkPad 701C

2630
486DX2-25/50
2630
486DX2-25/50
2630
486DX4-25/75
2630
486DX4-25/75
2630
486DX2-25/50
2630
486DX2-25/50
2630
486DX4-25/75
2630
486DX4-25/75
2523-09Y 486SLC2-25
2523-302 486SLC2-25
2523-303 486SLC2-25
9552-307 486SLC-25/50
9552-308 486SLC-25/50
9552-30J 486SLC-25/50
2524
486SLC2-25
2524
486SLC2-25
9545-006 486SL-33
9545-008 486SL-33
9545-306 486SL-33
9545-308 486SL-33
9545
P24S-50/25
9545
486SL-33
9545
486SL-33
9545-40C 486SL-33
9545-40E 486SL-33
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-50/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-75/25
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33
9545
486DX4-100/33

ThinkPad 701Cs

ThinkPad 710T

ThinkPad 720
ThinkPad 720C
ThinkPad 730T
ThinkPad 750
ThinkPad 750C
ThinkPad 750Ce
ThinkPad 750Cs
ThinkPad 750P
ThinkPad 755C

ThinkPad 755CD
ThinkPad 755CDVThinkPad 755Ce

ThinkPad 755Cs

ThinkPad 755Cse

ThinkPad 755CV
ThinkPad 755CV

C
M
P

Color
Megabyte
Pen

Processor

T
TPF

MemoryHrd Dsk

4M/32M
4M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/16M
4M/12M
4M/12M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/20M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
4M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M
8M/32M

360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
360MB
540MB
TPF
60M
60M
120M
160M
160M
0M
60M
170M
340M
170M
340M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
540M
810M
540M
810M
340M
540M
810M
170M
340M
540M
170M
340M
540M
340M
540M
810M
540M
810M
540M
810M

TabletThinkPad File

Introduction

3

Important Service Information
Important
Diskette fixes are customer installable. The diskette
fixes are located on the PC Company Bulletin Board
Service (BBS). The direct phone line for modem
connection is 919-557-0001 or tieline 255-0001.
Advise customers to contact the PC Company
HelpCenter at 800-772-2227 if they need assistance inobtaining or installing any diskette fixes.
Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at
800-565-3344 for assistance or down-load information.
The Canadian BBS phone numbers are:Montreal
TorontoVancouver
Winnipeg

514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735

FRU Replacement Strategy
Before Replacing Parts
Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to
replacing any FRUs listed in this manual.
Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU
replacement and service expense:

If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that does
not correct the problem, reinstall the original FRU
before you continue.
Some computers have both a processor board and asystem board. If you are instructed to replace either
the processor board or the system board, and the first
board that you replaced does not correct the problem,
reinstall the original board, then replace the other(processor or system) board.
If an adapter or device consists of more than one
FRU, an error code might be caused by any of the
FRUs. Before replacing the adapter or device,
remove the FRUs, one by one, to see if thesymptoms change. Replace only the FRU thatchanged the symptoms.

Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) might exist on the computer you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration might alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the View Configuration option) and verify that thesettings are in place when service is complete.

4

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

The advanced diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products or modified options cangive false errors and invalid responses.

Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy
Always try to run a low-level format before replacing a harddisk drive.
Warning: The drive startup sequence in the computer
you are servicing might have been changed. Be extremely
careful during write operations such as copying, saving, orformatting. Data or programs can be overwritten if you
select an incorrect drive.

How to Use Error Messages
Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose
failures. If more than one error code is displayed, begin
the diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of thefirst error code can result in false error codes being
displayed. If no error code is displayed, see if the error
symptom is listed in the Symptom-to-FRU Index for thecomputer you are servicing.

How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as
three, four, five, or eight digits. The error messages thatcan be displayed as shorter POST messages arehighlighted in this index. Some digits will represent
different information for SCSI errors versus non-SCSI
errors.
The following example shows which digits display theshorter POST error messages and also defines the SCSI
information in an eight-digit error message.
Shorter POST Messages┌────┬────┬────┬────┐
│
│
│
│
│
┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┐│ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │└────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
Reserved │
│
│
│
│
│
Size (SCSI)└────┴────┘││Slot Number (SCSI)
Device Code│
Logical Unit Number (SCSI)ID (SCSI)All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID.
Duplicate SCSI ID settings can generate a false error
message. Use the SCSI ID to determine whether the error
message is coming from an internal or an external device.

Introduction

5

Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix
The following table provides identification information for
diskettes and diskette drives.
Diskette
Drive

Identifying
Mark

3.5-Inch - 1.44MB
3.5-Inch - 2.88MB

1.44 on the eject button
2.88 on the eject button

The following table provides compatibility information for
3.5-inch diskettes and 3.5-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity

1.44MB
Drive

2.88MB
Drive

1.0MB
2.0MB
4.0MB

Read/Write
Read/Write
Not Compatible

Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write

The following table provides identification information for
5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Drive

Identifying
Mark5.25-Inch - 360KB (External)
5.25-Inch - 1.2MB (Internal)

Asterisk on bezel
1.2 on the eject button

The following table provides compatibility information for
5.25-inch diskettes and 5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette
Capacity

360KB
Drive

1.2MB
Drive

360KB
1.2MB

Read/Write
Not Compatible

Read/Write
Read/Write

Note: A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a
1.2MB drive can be read reliably only on a 1.2MB
drive.

6

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Safety Notices (Multi-lingual
Translations)
In this manual, safety notices appear in English with apage number reference to the appropriate multi-lingual,translated safety notice found in this section.
The following safety notices are provided in English,
French, German, Italian, and Spanish languages.
Safety Notice 1
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension apres
remplacement d'une unite en clientele, verifiez que
tous les ressorts, vis et autres pieces sont bien enplace et bien fixes. Pour ce faire, secouez l'unite etassurez-vous qu'aucun bruit suspect ne se produit.
Des pieces metalliques ou des copeaux de metal
pourraient causer un court-circuit.
Bevor nach einem FRU-Austausch der Computer
wieder angeschlossen wird, muB sichergestellt
werden, daB keine Schrauben, Federn oder andere
Kleinteile fehlen oder im Gehause vergessen wurden.
Der Computer muß geschuttelt und auf
Klappergerausche gepruft werden. Metallteileoder-splitter konnen Kurzschlusse erzeugen.
Prima di accendere l'elaboratore dopo che stata
effettuata la sostituzione di una FRU, accertarsi che
tutte le viti, le molle e tutte le altri parti di piccole
dimensioni siano nella corretta posizione e non siano
sparse all'interno dell'elaboratore. Verificare ciò
scuotendo l'elaboratore e prestando attenzione ad
eventuali rumori; eventuali parti o pezzetti metallici
possono provocare scosse elettriche.
Antes de encender el sistema despues de sustituir
una FRU, compruebe que todos los tornillos, muelles
y demás piezas pequeñas se encuentran en su sitio yno se encuentran sueltas dentro del sistema.
Compruebelo agitando el sistema y escuchando losposibles ruidos que provocarían. Las piezas metálicas
pueden causar cortocircuitos electricos.

Introduction7

Safety Notice 2
Some standby batteries contain a small amount ofnickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Disposeof the battery as required by local ordinances orregulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing when replacing the RTC or backup
battery. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
Certaines batteries de secours contiennent du nickel
et du cadmium. Ne les demontez pas, ne lesrechargez pas, ne les exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau.
Ne les mettez pas en court-circuit. Pour les mettre au
rebut, conformez-vous à la reglementation en vigueur.
Lorsque vous remplacez la pile de sauvegarde ou
celle de l'horloge temps reel, veillez à n'utiliser que lesmodèles cites dans la liste de pieces detachees
adequate. Une batterie ou une pile inapproprieerisque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Einige Hilfsbatterien enthalten geringe Mengen Nickel
und Cadmium. Sie durfen nicht zerlegt,
wiederaufgeladen, Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt,oder kurzgeschlossen werden. Die Batterien mussen
vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt werden. Beim Ersetzen von
RTC oder der Sicherungsbatterie nur Batterien desTyps verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgefuhrt
ist. Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu
Entzundung oder Explosion fuhren.
Alcune batterie di riserva contengono una piccola
quantità di nichel e cadmio. Non smontarle, ricaricarle,
gettarle nel fuoco o nell'acqua n cortocircuitarle.
Smaltirle secondo la normativa in vigore (DPR 915/82,
successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali). Quando
si sostituisce la batteria dell'RTC (real time clock) o labatteria di supporto, utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti
nell'appropriato Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una
batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l'incendio ol'esplosione della batteria stessa.
Algunas baterías de reserva contienen una pequeña
cantidad de niquel y cadmio. No las desmonte, ni
recargue, ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni lascortocircuite. Desechelas tal como dispone lanormativa local. Utilice sólo baterías que seencuentren en la lista de piezas para sustituir labatería de reserva o RTC. La utilización de una
batería no apropiada puede provocar la ignición oexplosión de la misma.

8

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Safety Notice 3
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.
Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack asrequired by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing whenreplacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La batterie contient du nickel. Ne la demontez pas,
ne l'exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau. Ne la mettez pas en
court-circuit. Pour la mettre au rebut, conformez-vousà la reglementation en vigueur. Lorsque vous
remplacez la batterie, veillez à n'utiliser que lesmodeles cites dans la liste de pieces detachees
adequate. En effet, une batterie inappropriee risquede prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Auch Akkus enthalten geringe Mengen von Nickel.
Sie durfen nicht zerlegt, wiederaufgeladen, Feuer oder
Wasser ausgesetzt, oder kurzgeschlossen werden.
Die Batterien mussen vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt
werden. Beim Ersetzen von RTC oder derSicherungsbatterie nur Batterien des Typs verwenden,
der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgefuhrt ist. Der Einsatz
falscher Batterien kann zu Entzundung oder Explosion
fuhren.
La batteria contiene piccole quantità di nichel. Nonsmontarla, gettarla nel fuoco o nell'acqua nè
cortocircuitarla. Smaltirla secondo la normativa invigore (DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni edisposizioni locali). Quando si sostituisce la batteria,
utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell'appropriato
Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una batteria non adatta
potrebbe determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione dellabatteria stessa.
Las baterías contienen pequeñas cantidades deniquel. No las desmonte, ni recargue, ni las eche alfuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite. Desechelas tal
como dispone la normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías
que se encuentren en la lista de piezas al sustituir labatería. La utilización de una batería no apropiada
puede provocar la ignición o explosión de la misma.

Introduction9Safety Notice 4
The lithium battery can cause a fire, explosion, orsevere burn. Do not recharge it, remove its polarized
connector, disassemble it, heat it above 100 degrees
C (212 degrees F), incinerate it, or expose its cell
contents to water. Dispose of the battery as requiredby local ordinances or regulations. Use of an incorrect
battery can result in ignition or explosion of thebattery. Replacement batteries can be ordered fromIBM or IBM Authorized Dealers.
La pile de sauvegarde contient du lithium. Ellepresente des risques d'incendie, d'explosion ou debrûlures graves. Ne la rechargez pas, ne retirez pas
son connecteur polarise et ne la demontez pas. Ne
l'exposez pas à une temperature superieure à 100ØC,ne la faites pas brûler et n'en exposez pas le contenu
à l'eau. Mettez la pile au rebut conformement à lareglementation en vigueur. Une pile inapproprieerisque de prendre feu ou d'exploser. Les piles derechange peuvent etre obtenues aupres d'IBM ou d'un
distributeur agree IBM.
Die Sicherungsbatterie ist eine Lithiumbatterie. Siekann sich entzunden, explodieren oder schwere
Verbrennungen hervorrufen. Batterien dieses Typs
durfen nicht aufgeladen, zerlegt, uber 100 C erhitzt,
verbrannt, deren Polkappen abgenommen oder deren
Inhalt mit Wasser in Verbindung gebracht werden. Die
Batterien mussen vorschriftsmaBig entsorgt werden.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzundungoder Explosion fuhren. Austauschbatterien können bei
IBM oder IBM Vertragspartnern bestellt werden.
La batteria di supporto e una batteria al litio e puo
incendiarsi, esplodere o procurare gravi ustioni.
Evitare di ricaricarla, smontarne il connettore
polarizzato, smontarla, riscaldarla ad una temperaturasuperiore ai 100 gradi centigradi, incendiarla o gettarlain acqua. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore(DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e disposizioni
locali). L'impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe
determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della batteria
stessa. Le batterie possono essere ordinate ai
rivenditori autorizzati IBM o all'IBM.
La bateria de repuesto es una bateria de litio y puede
provocar incendios, explosiones o quemaduras
graves. No la recargue, ni quite el conector
polarizado, ni la desmonte, ni caliente por encima delos 100oC (212oF), ni la incinere ni exponga elcontenido de sus celdas al agua. Desechela tal como
dispone la normativa local.

10

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Safety Notice 5
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCDgets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from thefluid are present after washing.
Si le panneau d'affichage à cristaux liquides se briseet que vous recevez dans les yeux ou sur les mains
une partie du fluide, rincez-les abondamment pendant
au moins quinze minutes. Consultez un medecin si
des symptomes persistent apres le lavage.
Wenn die LCD-Anzeige zerbrechen sollte und die
darin enthaltene Flussigkeit mit Augen oder Handen in
Beruhrung kommt, sofort mindestens 15 Minuten langdie betroffenen Korperstellen mit Wasser abwaschen.
Sollten danach noch durch die LCD-Flussigkeit
hervorgerufene Symptome auftreten sollte ein Arzt
aufgesucht werden.
In caso l'LCD si dovesse rompere ed il liquido in esso
contenuto entrasse in contatto con gli occhi o le mani,
lavare immediatamente le parti interessate con acquacorrente per almeno 15 minuti; poi consultare un
medico se i sintomi dovessero permanere.
Si la LCD se rompe y el fluido de su interior entra encontacto con sus ojos o sus manos, lave
inmediatamente las áreas afectadas con agua durante
15 minutos como minimo. Obtenga atención medica
si se presenta algún sintoma del fluido despues delavarse.
Safety Notice 6
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover thatsurrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
Afin d'viter tout risque de choc lectrique, ne retirez pasle cache en plastique prot geant la partie inf rieure dela carte d'alimentation.
Aus Sicherheitsgr nden die Kunststoffabdeckung, dieden unteren Teil der Spannungswandlerplatine umgibt,
nicht entfernen.
Per evitare scosse elettriche, non rimuovere lacopertura in plastica che avvolge la parte inferioredella scheda invertitore.
Para evitar descargas, no quite la cubierta de pl sticoque rodea la parte baja de la tarjeta invertida.

Introduction11

Safety Notice 7
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or
grounded battery can produce enough current to burncombustible materials or personnel.
Bien que le voltage des batteries principales soit peu
eleve, le court-circuit ou la mise à la masse d'une
batterie peut produire suffisamment de courant pourbrûler des materiaux combustibles ou causer desbrûlures corporelles graves.
Obwohl Hauptbatterien eine niedrige Spannung
haben, konnen sie doch bei KurzschluB oder Erdunggenug Strom erzeugen, um brennbare Materialien zu
entzunden oder Verletzungen bei Personen
hervorzurufen.
Sebbene le batterie di alimentazione siano a basso
voltaggio, una batteria in corto circuito o a massa può
fornire corrente sufficiente da bruciare materiali
combustibili o provocare ustioni ai tecnici dimanutenzione.
Aunque las baterías principales tienen un voltaje bajo,
una batería cortocircuitada o con contacto a tierra
puede producir la corriente suficiente como paraquemar mate- rial combustible o provocar quemaduras
en el personal.

12

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Safety Notice 8
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Avant de retirer une unite remplacable en clientele,mettez le systeme hors tension, debranchez tous lescordons d'alimentation des socles de prise de courant,
retirez la batterie et deconnectez tous les cordonsd'interface.
Die Stromzufuhr muB abgeschaltet, alle Stromkabel
aus der Steckdose gezogen, der Akku entfernt undalle Verbindungskabel abgenommen sein, bevor eine
FRU entfernt wird.
Prima di rimuovere qualsiasi FRU, spegnere ilsistema, scollegare dalle prese elettriche tutti i cavi dialimentazione, rimuovere la batteria e poi scollegare i
cavi di interconnessione.
Antes de quitar una FRU, apague el sistema,desenchufe todos los cables de las tomas de corriente
electrica, quite la batería y, a continuación,
desconecte cualquier cable de conexión entre
dispositivos.

Introduction

13

Safety Information
The following section contains the safety information thatyou need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.

General Safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:

















14

Observe good housekeeping in the area of themachines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenlyor twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from themuscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to thecustomer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that otherservice representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you areservicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in themoving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If yourhair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothingor fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Remember: A metal object is a conductor ofelectricity.
Wear safety glasses when you are:– Hammering– Drilling– Soldering– Cutting wire
– Attaching springs– Using solvents– Working in any other conditions that might behazardous to your eyes

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning themachine to the customer.

Electrical Safety
Observe the following rules when working on electricalequipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Somehand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber
floor mats that contain small conductive fibers todecrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use thistype of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.









Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,
disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If anelectrical accident occurs, you can then operate theswitch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions ornear equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:– Performing a mechanical inspection– Working near power supplies– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug thepower cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to themachine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:– Ensure that another person, familiar with thepower-off controls, is near you.

––

Remember: Another person must be there toswitch off the power, if necessary.
Use only one hand when working withpowered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Remember: There must be a complete circuit tocause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you might prevent a current from passing
through your body.
When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads andaccessories for that tester.

Introduction

15

–













Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds suchas metal floor strips and machine frames.

Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.
Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical handtools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnectedfrom a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in yourwork area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface isconductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power onwhen they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:– Power supply units– Pumps– Blowers and fans
– Motor generatorsand similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.

Safety Inspection Guide
The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBMfeatures or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine
how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards theypresent:

16

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1






Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primaryvoltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face orbulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware

The guide consists of a series of steps presented in achecklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and thepower cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire groundcontinuity for 0.1 ohm or less between theexternal ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate typeas specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Usegood judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, wateror other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.

Introduction17

Handling Electrostatic
Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is adifference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, thepart, the work mat, and the person handling the part are allat the same charge.
Notes:
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when theyexceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you use
have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:









Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin toeliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specificservice requirement.
Note: The use of a grounding system is desirable
but not required to protect against ESD
damage.
–––Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,ground braid, or green-wire ground.
Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated orbattery-operated computer. You can use coax orconnector-outside shells on these computers.
Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.

Grounding Requirements
Electrical grounding of the PS/2 computer is required for
operator safety and correct computer function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by acertified electrician.

18

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Screw Size Chart
Use the chart below to match the size and shape of thescrews used in the computer you are servicing.

A

Silver

B

Black

C

Silver

D

Brass

E

Black

F

Black

G

Black

H

Brass

J

Silver

K

Brass

L

SilverM

SilverN

Silver

P

Black

Q

Brass

Introduction

19

Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in thecomputer you are servicing.

20

R

Brass

S

Black

T

Brass

U

Black

V

Brass

W

Black

X

Black

Y

Brass

Z

Brass

AA

Black

BB

Brass

CC

Brass

DD

Black

EE

Black

FF

Silver

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in thecomputer you are servicing.

GG

Silver

HH

Brass

JJ

Silver

KK

Black

LL

Brass

MM

Brass

NN

Silver

PP

Brass

QQ

Brass

RR

Brass

SS

Brass

TT

Black

UU

Black

WW

SilverXX

Black

Introduction

21

22

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model L40 SX (8543)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-on Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run Advanced Diagnostics . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24
25
27
32
36
37
37
37
37
38
39
42
43

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

23

General Checkout001
DOES THE POWER SOURCE APPEAR TO BE OK?
Yes No002
Go to “Power Systems Checkout” on page 27.
003– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Insert the backup copy of the Advanced Diagnostics
diskette into the diskette drive.
– Power-on the computer and check for the following
responses:
1. All icons on the system-status display appear once
for about 1 second.
Note: Some icons remain on after 1 second.
2. Memory counts.
3. One or two short beeps
4. The Speaker icon starts blinking and continues
blinking until any key is pressed.
5. The IBM Logo is displayed on the screen.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE CORRECT RESPONSES?
Yes No004
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 32.
005– Advance to the Main Menu.
– Press Ctrl+A, then type 0 to run the tests.
DID YOU RECEIVE AN ERROR MESSAGE OR ERROR
CODE?
Yes No006
The diagnostic tests have completed without
detecting an error.
007
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 32.

24

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout
Notes:
1. Power-off the computer before removing or replacing
any parts.
2. Run AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION after removing
or replacing memory modules. (If you have to run
configuration with your own diskette, be sure thecustomer has all the correct option diskettes
available.)
3. Disregard 164 Memory-Size Errors.
(Model L40 does not work with the combination of two
4MB memory modules installed.)001– Remove the memory module kits in connectors 1 and 2
if installed. Note which memory module kit is inconnector 1.
– Run the memory tests.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No002
Replace the system board.
003
DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN
CONNECTOR 1?
Yes No004
Go to Step 007.
005
– Reinstall the memory module in connector 1.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No006
Replace the memory module in connector 1.
If that does not correct the problem, replace thesystem board.
007(Step 007 continues)

Model L40 SX (8543)

25

(CONTINUED)

007 (continued)
DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN
CONNECTOR 2?
Yes No008
Go to Step 011.
009
– Reinstall the memory module in connector 2.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No010
Replace the memory module in connector 2.
If that does not correct the problem, replace thesystem board.
011
Check if the actual memory size of the memory module isdifferent from the displayed memory size on the screen. If
the problem occurs intermittently, run the memory tests
multiple times to have an error log.

26

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Systems CheckoutNote
One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a
short circuit in the computer.
1. Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem
is caused by a short circuit.
2. Determine if one (or all) of the batteries have becomedischarged. Replace a discharged battery with aknown-good spare (or recharge the main or standby
battery.)
The test procedures for each power supply are found on
the following pages.






“Testing the AC Adapter” on page 29.
“Testing the Rechargeable Battery” on page 29.
“Testing the Backup Battery” on page 30.
“Testing the Standby Battery” on page 30.
“Testing the Quick Charger” on page 31.

None of the above? Follow the steps below.
001
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
AC ADAPTER?
Yes No002
Go to Step 004.
003
Go to “Testing the AC Adapter” on page 29. If that does
not correct the problem, replace the system board.
004
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
BATTERY?
Yes No005
Go to Step 011 on page 28.
006
DOES A FULLY-CHARGED BATTERY DISCHARGEQUICKLY?
Yes No007
Go to Step 010 on page 28.

Model L40 SX (8543)

27

(CONTINUED)

008– Run advanced diagnostics for all devices using the AC
adapter. Use the ‘RUN TEST ONE TIME’ option.
DID ALL THE TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No009
Follow the instructions on the screen.
If the instructions do not appear or do not correct the
problem, replace the system board.
010
Go to “Testing the Rechargeable Battery” on page 29. If
that does not correct the problem, replace the systemboard.
011– Remove the following if installed:
















Rechargeable battery
Standby battery
Backup battery
Memory module kits in connectors 1 and 2
Internal Data/Fax Modem adapter
Serial adapter
Numeric keypad
TrackPoint
Mouse
External keyboard
External CRT display
Cables to the hard disk drive
Cables to the diskette drive
Power cable to the LCD
Signal cables to the LCD– Connect the AC adapter and power-on the computer.
DID YOU HEAR ONE LONG OR TWO SHORT BEEPS?
Yes No012
Replace the system-status display to verify the fix. If
the problem still remains, put back the original
system-status display, then replace the systemboard.
013– Suspect one of the options or devices. Reinstall each of
the options or devices to the computer one at a time,and power-on the computer to see if the original problem
occurs.
(Step 013 continues)

28

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

013 (continued)– Replace the last installed option or device when the
problem occurs.

Testing the AC Adapter
1. If a noise can be heard from the AC adapter when itis plugged into line voltage, replace the AC adapter.
If a noise still comes from the AC adapter, suspect
the computer.
If not, the AC adapter has a problem. Replace theAC adapter with the original one, then go to the nextstep.
2. Measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable.

1

2

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+14.3 to +15.8

2

GroundIf the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.

Testing the Rechargeable Battery
1. Remove the keyboard.
2. Set the rechargeable battery in place without
connecting any external power devices.
3. Measure the voltage between terminals 1 (+) and 2(−) and note the voltage.

1(+)

4. Using the AC adapter, apply external power to thecomputer. Make sure that a charge arrow appears inthe system-status display.
5. Measure the voltage again between terminals
1 (+) and 2 (−).
If the voltage is not greater than the one measured in
Step 3, replace the AC adapter. If the voltage isgreater than the one measured in Step 3, go to thenext step.

Model L40 SX (8543)

29

6. Remove the rechargeable battery from the computer.
7. Measure the voltage at the battery terminals.

3( )
1(+)

2(T)

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+8.5 to +12.6

3

GroundIf the voltage is not correct, the rechargeable battery
is discharged or defective. If the voltage is correct,
go to the next step.
8. Using a low-power ohm meter, measure theresistance at the battery terminals between
2 (T) and 3 (−). The resistance must be
4 kilohms to 30 kilohms.
If the resistance is out of range, replace therechargeable battery.

Testing the Backup Battery
1. Remove the keyboard and the top cover.
2. Measure the voltage at the connectors of the backup
battery.

2

1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+2.8 to +3.2

2

GroundIf the voltage is not correct, the backup battery isdischarged by a short circuit or is defective.

Testing the Standby Battery
Note: The charging time required is 48 hours.
1. Remove the keyboard and the top cover.
2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer.

30

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

3. Disconnect the standby battery connector from thesystem board and measure the voltage at theconnector of the standby battery as shown.
(Black)
2

(Red)
1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+3.0 to +4.5

2GroundIf the voltage is correct, perform the failing operation
with a fully-charged standby battery to isolate theproblem.
If the voltage is not correct, continue.
4. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thesystem board.
(-)

(+)

(Top View)

If the voltage is higher than measured in Step 3, thestandby battery is discharged or is defective.
If the voltage is the same as measured in Step 3 orless than +3.0 V dc, replace the standby battery. If
the problem remains, replace the system board.

Testing the Quick Charger:

If a noise can beheard from the operating quick charger, replace it.
1. Perform steps 6 through 8 on page 30 of the “Testing
the Rechargeable Battery” to verify the rechargeable
battery for correct operation.
2. Plug the quick charger into an electrical outlet.
If the amber power indicator does not turn on, replace
the quick charger.
3. Install the rechargeable battery.
If the green charging indicator is not blinking, replace
the quick charger.

Model L40 SX (8543)

31

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms and errors andthe possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
If the computer displays an error message, first replace
FRUs listed in the error message. An X in an error
message can be any number.
Note: If you have an IBM device with its own service
manual or a device not supported by the advanced
diagnostics tests, refer to the manual for thatdevice.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

One or more keys do not
work.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

No beep and a blank or
unreadable display during
POST.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 27
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Any options or devices
3. Power source when
failing
4. Speaker

No beep with a normal
display during POST.

1. Speaker
2. System Board

Continuous beep

1. System Board
2. Any options or devices

Repeating short beeps.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Keyboard

Dew Point or Temperatureicon appears with one longand one short beep.

1. System Board
2. Power source when
failing

One long and one short
beep.

1. System Board
2. Power source when
failing

One long and two short
beeps.

1. System Board
2. Power source when
failing

One short beep and ablank, unreadable, or
flashing display with noexternal display attached.

1. Display (LCD)
2. System Board
3. Power source when
failing

One short beep andDiskette Prompt or aprogram load from the harddisk drive or unable to readdiskette(s).

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

32

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Two short beeps and ablank display.

1. System Board
2. Any options or devices

External display problems.
(See “External Display
Self-Test” on page 464
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. System Board

Incorrect memory size
during POST.
(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 25 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Memory Module Kits

Computer hang-up orintermittent hang-up.

1.
2.
3.
4.

System Board
Hard Disk Drive
Math Coprocessor
Replace the last device
being tested(See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 36.)

Computer does not suspendor resume.
(Check the Suspend icon to
make sure of the failure.)

1. System Board
2. System-Status
Display Assembly
3. Any options or devices

Computer does not poweroff.

1. System-Status
Display Assembly
2. System Board

Real-time clock inaccurate.

1. System Board

Printer problems.

1. See “PrinterCheckout” onpage 468.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Cable
3. System Board

ICON is incorrectly blinking
or stays on.

1. System Board
2. Related Device

ICON incorrectly remains
off, but diagnostics runs
without an error.

1. System Board
2. Related Device
3. System-Status
Display AssemblyInternal Data/Fax Modem
does not communicate witha remote modem or a fax.
(See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” on page 466
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. Internal Data/Fax
Modem

101, 103, 107, 111

1.
2.
3.
4.

109, 110, 121(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 25 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Memory Module Kits
2. System Board(Make sure Data/Fax
Modem power option is
set to on in the Set
Features program.)
System Board
Hard Disk Drive
Diskette Drive
Any attached devices

Model L40 SX (8543)

33

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

122, 124

1. System Board
2. Auxiliary Input Device
3. Keyboard

123

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

141

1. System-Status
Display Assembly
2. System Board

149

1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

161

1. Run Automatic
Configuration
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board

162

1. Run Automatic
Configuration, thencheck the installed
devices using theView configuration
utility.
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
4. Hard Disk Drive
5. Math Coprocessor
6. Diskette Drive Cable
7. Hard Disk Drive Cable163

1. Time and Date Set?
2. System Board

164(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 25 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Run Automatic
Configuration
2. Memory Module Kits
3. System Board

199

1. See “Checking
Installed Devices” onpage 37.

1XX(not listed above)

1. System Board

211(on POST)

1. System Board
2. Memory Module Kits

221
(on POST)

1. System Board

204, 214, 224, 240

1. System Board
2. Memory Module Kits

25X

1. System Board

2XX(not listed above)(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 25 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Memory Module Kits
2. System Board

34

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

301, 302

1. System Board
2. Keyboard

303

1. System Board
2. Numeric Keypad
3. Keyboard

304, 305(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. System Board
3. Numeric Keypad306, 310

1. System Board

308

1. Numeric Keypad

3XX(not listed above)(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Auxiliary input device
3. Keyboard

602, 653, 654

1. Defective diskette
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board

655, 660, 661

1. System Board

6XX(not listed above)

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

7XX

1. Math Coprocessor
2. System Board(IBM does not supply amath coprocessor)

9XX

1. System Board
2. Any parallel Device
3. Communication Cable

1107

1. Communication
Cable

11XX

1. System Board
2. Any serial adapter
3. Communication Cable

1207

1. Communication
Cable

12XX

1.
2.
3.
4.

1705 to 1707, 1709, 1711,
1718 to 1720, 1730, 1732

1. Hard Disk Drive(Reformatting the harddisk can recover fromthe problem.)Any serial adapter
System Board
Any serial device
Communication Cable

Model L40 SX (8543)

35

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

17XX(not listed above)

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

24XX

1. System Board

5001 to 5016

1. System Board

5017 to 502X

1. System Board
2. LCD Display Assembly

503X

1. External CRT Display
2. System Board

8601, 8602

1. Pointing Device
2. System Board
3. Numeric Keypad

8604

1. System Board

86XX(not listed above)

1. System Board
2. Pointing Device
3. Numeric Keypad

101XX(See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” on page 466
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. Internal Data/Fax
Modem
2. System Board
3. Any serial device

102XX

1. System-Status
Display Assembly
2. System Board
3. Related device

Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify
the failing FRU.
Check the power supply in use (see “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 27). If the power systems areoperating correctly, return here and continue with thefollowing procedure.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the battery packs
from the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices oradapter (do not isolate FRUs that are known to begood).
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, printer, mouse, or other external devicec. IC DRAM cardd. Hard disk drive (fixed disk drive) or diskette drivee. Any adapter and device.
3. Power-on the computer and start the system program.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 2 and 3 until
you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been
removed.
5. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the system board.

36

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service Procedures
Checking Installed Devices
The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices
in the computer. If an adapter or device is missing fromthe list, you might have one of the following conditions.
An adapter or device is defective.
The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable
drive or adapter.
The device missing from the list requires an additional
diskette. (See the device service manual.)
A power supply voltage is incorrect (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 27).

If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostics
tests. If the list contains an adapter or device that is notinstalled, go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 36.

Power-on Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

How to Run Advanced Diagnostics
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the backup copy of the Reference Diskette into
the diskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. Advance to the Main Menu.
5. Press Ctrl+A to run the System Checkout.

Model L40 SX (8543)

37

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SX 20-Mhz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory (Standard)

2MB

Memory (Maximum)

18MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

60MB

38

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

.5/

.6/
.7/

.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/

.15/

Battery Pack
Three Screw Covers and Three Screws (C)Loosen Keyboard Assembly(Raise front until it clears case.)
Two Ribbon Cables and Keyboard(Slide keyboard forward and flip it over in front ofcomputer.)Three Top Cover Screws (C)(Inside right and left rear access doors along top
edge)
Two Status Display Ribbon Cables
Top Cover(Use small screwdriver to release latch on left side,
if necessary.)
Two Status Display Screws (F)(One on each end)
Status Display Assembly(contains on/off and power saver switches)
Four Hinge Screws (C)(Two on each end, inside two rear access doors)
Left Hinge Cables
Right Hinge Cables
LCD Assembly
Memory Modules(Do not install two 4MB memory module kits. Installa 2MB memory module kit in connector 1 and a
4MB or 8MB memory module kit in connector 2.)
Two Screws (F)(At front edge of diskette drive)
Model L40 SX (8543)

39

.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/

.31/

Two Diskette Drive Ribbon Cables
Diskette Drive and Drive Mounting Bracket
Standby Battery
Battery Shield
Backup Battery
Adapter Bezel
One Screw (F)(In corner of serial/modem card)
Serial/Modem Card
Two Screws (F)(At front edge of hard disk drive)
Two Ribbon Cables and Hard Disk Drive(Have customer backup all information on hard disk
drive before removal.)
External Adapter and Battery Doors
Eight System Board Screws (F)One Screw (C)(Inside right-rear access door)
Two Threaded Hex Spacers(Inside right-rear access door)
Remaining System Board Cables
System Board(When replacing system board, install old memory
module kits and math coprocessor on new systemboard. Run Automatic Configuration using
customer's backup Reference Diskette.)
Speaker40

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

.23/
.24/
.25/

.26/
.27/
.28/
.29/

.3ð/

Model L40 Exploded View

13

10

3

12

11
4
7
5

9

8
15

17
20
6
18

22

16

23

19
14
25

24

29

28

27

27

30

1
26
31

21
2

Model L40 SX (8543)

41

Locations
System Board.1/ Suspend/Resume Switch.2/ Backup Battery Connector.3/ Battery Contacts.4/ Standby-Battery Connector.5/ Diskette-Drive Connectors.6/ Display Power Connector.7/ Math Coprocessor Connector.8/ Memory-Module Connector 1.9/ Memory-Module Connector 2.1ð/ Speaker Connector.11/ Keyboard Connectors.12/ Password-Override Connector.13/ Switch-Assembly Connector.14/ System-Status Display Connector.15/ Option Connector.16/ Hard-Disk Drive Connectors.17/ Display Signal Connectors.18/ Suspend/Resume Switch Connector

2

4

5

6

18
17
3

16
5

4

3

2

0

9

8

(Top View)

42

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

7

Parts Listing

1

2
3

17
16

4

15
18

6

5
14
13
12
11

7

10
8
9

Model L40 SX (8543)

43

System Unit
Index
1
Display Assembly (LCD)
2
System-Status Display Assembly
3
Top Cover4
2MB Memory Module Kit
4
4MB Memory Module Kit
4
8MB Memory Module Kit
680387SX** Math Coprocessor
7
Bottom Cover
8
System Board
System Board (with attached speaker)
9
Speaker
Speaker (for p/n 8123176)
10Bezel, Blank
10
Bezel, Modem
10
Bezel, Serial Adapter
11
Backup Battery, Lithium
13
Shield, Battery
14Standby Battery
15
Door, Bus Connector
16
Door, Battery
17
Door, I/O Connector
18
Rechargeable Battery
18
Rechargeable Battery(Switzerland only)
System Board Fuse Card
Miscellaneous Kit(screws, rubber bumpers,
and bottom cover caps)

95F4878
79F0991
79F3893
79F1002
79F1003
79F1004
79F1006
79F3884
95F4879
8123176
79F0989
79F0989
79F3888
79F3889
79F3868
79F0986
79F3891
79F0992
79F3886
79F3887
79F3885
79F0994
79F3881
95F6731
79F3894

DASD
Index
5
Diskette Drive
Cable, Diskette Drive
Bezel, Diskette Drive
12
60MB Hard Disk Drive
80MB Hard Disk Drive
Cable, Hard Disk Drive** 80387SX is a trademark of the Intel Corporation.

44

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

79F0983
79F0987
79F3892
79F1009
95F4714
79F0988

Options and Adapters
2MB Memory Module (80ns)
4MB Memory Module (80ns)
5.25-inch Drive Adapter/A (360KB/1.2MB)
6154 Real-Time Coprocessor (128KB)
6166 Real-Time Coprocessor (512KB)
8MB Memory Module (80ns)
8MB Memory Module Kit (80ns)
80386 Memory Expansion Adapter
AC Adapter
ActionMedia II Display Adapter
ActionMedia II Capture Option
ActionMedia II Video Cable
ActionMedia II Audio/Video Capture Cable
ActionMedia II Display CD-ROM Cable
Carrying Case
Communication Cable (for 79F0996)
Data/Fax Modem (U.S., Canada only)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
Enhanced 5250 Emulation Adapter
External Diskette Drive Adapter
Game Control Adapter
PC Network Adapter
PC Network Adapter II
PC Network Baseband Adapter
PhoneCommunicator Adapter
PhoneCommunicator Cable (Black-L)
PhoneCommunicator Cable (Black-S)
PhoneCommunicator Cable (Beige-L)
PhoneCommunicator Cable (Beige-S)
Printer Cable
Quick Charger
Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6-Port V.35
Screen Reader Adapter
Screen Reader Keypad
Screen Reader Keypad CableSCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Cable (internal)
SDLC Adapter
Serial Adapter
Serial Adapter Cable
Serial Adapter Connector
Serial/Parallel Adapter
SpeechViewer Adapter
Strap
Token-Ring 16/4 Adapter
Token-Ring Adapter
Token-Ring Adapter (with RPL Module)

79F1002
79F1003
15F7996
60X8192
76X1013
79F1004
64F3607
72X6671
79F0993
69F9731
69F9735
69F9737
69F9736
69F9747
79F3869
94X1540
79F0996
72X8524
64G3956
72X67578529151
8286171
72X8105
72X8101
33F4846
57F1261
57F1262
57F1263
57F12648529214
79F0995
72F0164
33F48421393515
72X8537
85F0063
85F0002
64F4127
8286099
79F0998
8286170
8286194
8286147
15F8511
07G1449
93F0334
16F0463
83X7839

Model L40 SX (8543)

45

Keyboard
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianNorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSpanish Speaking
Swedish/Finish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

1396825
1396812139681013968131396817
139681413968151396826
1396827
1396828
1396816
1396818
1396819139682013968111396821139682213968231396829
1396824
1396181

Numeric Keypad and Mouse
U.S.
ArabicCanadian French
FrenchGermanGreek
Italian
SpanishSwedish/Finland
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Trackpoint (Model L40 SX)

46

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 113961821396806
1396800
1396801
139680213968071396803
1396804
1396805
13968091396808
1397090

Model N45SL (2614)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-on Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run Advanced Diagnostics . . . . . . .
Running PREP
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating Flash Memory. . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48
53
62
63
63
63
63
64
65
66
67
70
71

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

47

General Checkout
Note: The hardware configuration in the Setup program is
the responsibility of the customer. However, somesettings can cause symptoms of a hardware failure
to appear during operation or diagnostic checkout.
Setup affects power management, parallel andserial ports, disk drive operation, operating speed,boot source, and memory configuration. Refer tothe Guide to Operations for information about
Setup.
001
HAS A REST/RESUME PROBLEM BEEN REPORTED?
Yes No002
Go to Step 010 on page 49.
003
1. Power-on the computer.
2. Make sure the power button is set up for
REST/RESUME in Setup configuration.
3. Press the power button to put the computer into
REST.
Note: LCD display and backlight off, all LEDs off (except
charge indicator when AC is connected and battery
pack is installed).
DID THE COMPUTER REST?
Yes No004
Do the following:

Replace the system board.
If that does not solve the problem, replace the
DC/DC board.
If the problem remains, replace the top cabinet
assembly.

005
Press the power button to bring the computer out of REST.
DID THE COMPUTER FAIL TO RESUME?
Yes No006
Go to Step 010 on page 49.
007(Step 007 continues)

48

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

007 (continued)
Check backup battery connections and voltage (+5 V dc).
ARE THE BACKUP BATTERY AND BATTERYCONNECTIONS OK?
Yes No008
Replace the battery and verify operation.
009
Do the following:

Replace the system board.
If that does not solve the problem, replace the DC/DC
board.
If the problem remains, replace the top cabinet
assembly.

010
1. Connect the AC adapter to the computer and to theAC supply.
2. Make sure there is no diskette in the diskette drive.
3. Disconnect any peripherals from the computer.
4. Power-on the computer.
IS THE POWER LED LIT?
Yes No011
Go to Step 029 on page 51.
012
IS THE POWER LED AMBER?
Yes No013
IS THE POWER LED GREEN?
Yes No014
Replace the top cabinet. If that does not solve
the problem, replace the system board.
015
Replace FRUs in the following order:AC Adapter
DC/DC Board
System Board
Top Cabinet

Model N45SL (2614)

49

(CONTINUED)

016
IS THE CHARGE LED LIT?
Yes No017
Replace FRUs in the following order:AC Adapter
Battery Pack
Battery Contact Cable Assembly
Top Cabinet

018
IS THE CHARGE LED RED?
Yes No019
DOES THE LCD DISPLAY TURN ON?
Yes No020
Adjust the brightness and contrast controls. If
this does not correct the problem, return toStep 001.
021
DOES THE COMPUTER BOOT FROM THE HARD
DRIVE?
Yes No022
If you receive a POST error, go to theSymptom-to-FRU index. If you do not receive
a POST error, go to “Undetermined Problem”
on page 62.
023
IS THE BACKLIGHT ON?
Yes No024
Go to Step 029 on page 51.
025(Step 025 continues)

50

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

025 (continued)
IS THE DISPLAY READABLE?
Yes No026
Go to Step 029.
027
If you receive a POST error, go to theSymptom-to-FRU index. If you do not receive a
POST error, go to “Undetermined Problem” onpage 62.
028
Replace the battery contact cable assembly. If this does
not correct the problem, replace the battery pack.
029
1. Disconnect the computer from AC power.
2. Remove the battery pack.
3. Open the computer and look for damaged or
unconnected cables.
ARE THE CABLES OK?
Yes No030
Reconnect or replace the cables, then close thecomputer. Verify operation.
031– Close the computer and install a freshly charged battery
pack. Power-on the computer.
DO ANY LEDS LIGHT?
Yes No032
Replace FRUs in the following order:Top Cabinet
DC/DC Board
System Board

033
DOES THE LCD BACKLIGHT LIGHT?
Yes No034(Step 034 continues)

Model N45SL (2614)

51

(CONTINUED)

034 (continued)
Replace FRUs in the following order:DC/DC Board
System BoardLCD Display Panel

035
DOES THE COMPUTER ATTEMPT TO AUTOBOOT?
Yes No036
Replace FRUs in the following order:

Suspected Drive
System Board

037
IS THE OPERATING SYSTEM PROMPT LEGIBLE?
Yes No038
Replace FRUs in the following order:Top Cabinet Assembly
System Board

039
Replace the system board.

52

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in thesequence shown in the FRU/Action columns. If a
FRU did not solve the problem, put the original partback in the computer. Do not replace a
non-defective part.
This index can also be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by the N45
diagnostics, see the manual for that device.

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No access to A or C drive
after POST.

1. Ensure bootsequence is not set
to “Monitor.”“CHECKSUM ERROR! Bad
image file.

1. Advanced
Diagnostics diskette

ERROR occurred while
reading file.”“Device error during erasing
process.”

1. System Board“Device error during
programming process.”

1. DC-to-DC board
2. System Board“DISK ERROR: Bad disk
controller!”

1. Check disk drive
cable connection.
2. Diskette Drive Cable“DISK ERROR: Cannot
reset drive!”

1. Verify drive
installation.
2. Diskette Drive
3. System Board“DISK ERROR: CRC error!”

1. Diskette
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. Run Advanced
Diagnostics to test
drive.
4. Diskette Drive
5. System Board“DISK ERROR: Data
Corrected!”

1. If this message
occurs regularly, see“DISK ERROR: CRC
error!”

Model N45SL (2614)

53

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“DISK ERROR: Disk notbootable!”

1. Use a bootablediskette.
2. For a hard disk,
reinstall the operating
system.
3. Back up the hard disk,
if possible, and run
PREP to reinitialize thedisk (see “Running
PREP” on page 64).
Reformat disk andinstall operating
system.
4. Hard Disk Drive“DISK ERROR: DMA
overrun!”

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board“DISK ERROR: Drive notready!”

1. Remove and reinsert
diskette.
2. Verify the correct drive
was specified.
3. Diskette Drive“DISK ERROR: Invalid
address mark!”

1. If the problem is adiskette:
a. Copy any
readable files toanother disketteand reformat
faulty diskette. If
bad sectors arereported, discard
the faulty diskette.
b. Diskettec. Diskette Drive
2. If the problem is a
hard disk:a. Back up the harddisk, if possible,
and run PREP toreinitialize the disk(see “Running
PREP” onpage 64).
Reformat disk andinstall operating
system.
b. Hard Disk Drive54

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“DISK ERROR: Invalid data
read!”

1. If the problem is adiskette:
a. Copy any
readable files toanother disketteand reformat
faulty diskette. If
bad sectors arereported, discard
the faulty diskette.
b. Diskettec. Diskette Drive
2. If the problem is a
hard disk:a. Back up the harddisk, if possible,
and run PREP toreinitialize the disk(see “Running
PREP” onpage 64).
Reformat disk andinstall operating
system.
b. Hard Disk Drive“DISK ERROR: Must run
SETUP to boot from
Winchester!”

1. Run Setup programto specify correct
hard disk drive type.
2. System Board“DISK ERROR: No
bootable partitions”

1. Retry the bootcommand syntax andverify a valid partitionis selected using the
DOS “FDISK”
command.
2. Format partition andinstall operating
system using the DOS“FORMAT” command.

Model N45SL (2614)

55

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“DISK ERROR: Sector notfound!”

1. If the problem is adiskette:
a. Copy any
readable files toanother disketteand reformat
faulty diskette. If
bad sectors arereported, discard
the faulty diskette.
b. Diskettec. Diskette Drive
2. If the problem is a
hard disk:a. Back up the harddisk, if possible,
and run PREP toreinitialize the disk(see “Running
PREP” onpage 64).
Reformat disk andinstall operating
system.
b. Hard Disk Drive“DISK ERROR: Seek
failure!”1. Copy any readable
files to anotherdiskette and format
the faulty diskette.
2. If bad sectors arereported, discard thefaulty diskette.
3. Diskette
4. Diskette Drive
5. System Board“ERROR: Bad configuration
information found in CMOS!”

1. Run Setup program
to reconfigure.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board“ERROR: Base memory
size error: SETUP: XXXKACTUAL: XXXK!”

1. Run Setup program
to verify correct basememory size.
2. Run the Advanced
Diagnostics Memory
Test to check basememory.
3. System Board“ERROR: Can't locate input
file.”

1. Correct Advanced
Diagnostics diskette?
2. Advanced Diagnostics
diskette“ERROR: CMOS memory
failure!”1. Run Setup program
to verify
configuration.
2. System Board“ERROR: CPU failure!”

1. System Board

56

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“ERROR: Divide by zero!”

1. Try another copy ofthe software, or havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer ordealer and report the
problem. Unless thismessage occurs
during the power-up
sequence, theproblem is with thesoftware.
2. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer. If
the message
reappears, replacesystem board.

“ERROR: Extended
memory size error! SETUP:XXXK ACTUAL: XXXXK”

1. Run Setup program
to verify the extended
RAM memory size
matches the memory
installed.
2. Check the memory
module installation.
3. Run Advanced
Diagnostics to test
extended memory. If
you cannot boot thecomputer, replace thesystem board and try
again. If the tests
identify an expansion
memory module,
replace it. If the tests
identify a problem inthe base memory,
replace the systemboard.

“ERROR: File too long for
program buffers.”

1. Correct Advanced
Diagnostics diskette?
2. Advanced Diagnostics
diskette“ERROR: File too long for
ROM size.”

1. Correct Advanced
Diagnostics diskette?
2. Advanced Diagnostics
diskette“ERROR: File too short tofill ROM.”

1. Correct Advanced
Diagnostics diskette?
2. Advanced Diagnostics
diskette

Model N45SL (2614)

57

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“ERROR: Invalid
command!”

1. Retry the command.
2. Try another copy of thesoftware or have thecustomer contact thesoftware manufacturer
or dealer and report
the problem.
3. System Board“ERROR: Keyboard not
responding or notconnected!”

1. Check keyboard
connections.
2. Keyboard
3. System Board“ERROR: Memory parity
failure!”1. Run Advanced
Diagnostics Memory
Test to check baseand extended
memory.
2. Memory Module
3. System Board“ERROR occurred while
reading Boot Sector.”

1. Advanced
Diagnostics diskette“ERROR occurred while
reading FAT table.”

1. Advanced
Diagnostics diskette“ERROR occurred while
reading root directory.”

1. Advanced
Diagnostics diskette“ERROR: Please replace
the backup battery!”

1. If backup battery wasrecently replaced, run
Setup program toconfigure computer.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board“Error programming FLASH
Device. Retrying.”

1. System Board“ERROR: RAM failure!
Address: XXXX”

1. Inspect memory
modules for proper
installation.
2. Swap the installed
memory modules withknown good modules.
3. Memory Board
4. System Board“ERROR: RAM failure!
SIMM module: XXXX”

1. Inspect the memory
modules for proper
installation.
2. Swap the installed
memory modules withknown good modules.
3. Memory Board
4. System Board

58

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“ERROR: ROM checksum
failure!”1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
If the message
reappears, replacesystem board.

“ERROR: System control
processor failure!”

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
If message
reappears, replacesystem board.

“ERROR: The image file is
not for this machine.”

1. Correct Advanced
Diagnostics diskette?
2. Advanced Diagnostics
diskette“ERROR: Timer interrupt
failure!”1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
If message
reappears, replacesystem board.

“ERROR: Wild Hardware
Interrupt.”

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
Rerun the program.
2. If message reoccurs at
the same place during
operation of aprogram, it is probably
software related. Havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer or dealer
to report problem.
3. System Board“Fatal Error; Cannot
Continue!”

1. Refer to first error
message and follow
instructions toresolve the problem.

“File not found, try anotherdiskette.”

1. Try another
Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.

“FLASH Device failure!
Device content has beencorrupted.”

1. System Board“High ROM Checksum
Error! Flash ROM needs tobe reprogrammed”

1. BIOS within the FlashROM is corrupt. The
NEWBIOS command
will automatically be
executed. See“Updating Flash
Memory” on page 65.

Model N45SL (2614)

59

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“Low ROM Checksum Error!
Flash ROM needs to be
reprogrammed”

1. See “Updating Flash
Memory” on page 65.

“Non-maskable interrupt
received!”

1. If a software problem
is suspected, havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer ordealer and report the
problem.
2. Run Advanced
Diagnostics.
3. AC Adapter“No system”

1. Install the operating
system. Refer to theoperating system
documentation for
instructions.
2. Retry the bootcommand syntax andverify a valid drive wasselected.

“Not a bootable partition”

1. Retry the bootcommand syntax andmake certain a valid
partition was
selected.
2. Back up the hard disk,
if possible, and run
PREP to reinitialize thedisk (see “Running
PREP” on page 64).
Reformat disk andinstall operating
system.
3. Hard Disk Drive“Overflow!”

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
If message reappears
during power up,
replace systemboard.
2. If a software problem
is suspected, try
another copy of the
program, or have thecustomer contact thesoftware manufacturer
or dealer and report
the problem.

60

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action“Password Security
Violation: System
Shutdown”

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on thecomputer.
2. Retry the password. If
password is unknown,clear the password(see “Power-on
Password” onpage 63).

“Program verify failure.”

1. System Board“Remove diskette and insert
again, otherwise reboot.”

1. Try another
Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.
2. System Board“Retries exhausted, please
remove diskette.”

1. Try another
Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.
2. System Board“Slush BIOS Checksum
Error!”

1. System Board“Slush RAM Data Error!”

1. System Board“Slush Video Checksum
Error!”

1. System Board“Wild Interrupt!”

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer.
Rerun the program.
2. If the message
reoccurs at the sameplace during theoperation of aprogram, it is probably
software related. Havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer or dealer
to report problem.
3. If the message
reoccurs randomly, run
Advanced Diagnostics.
Replace any faulty
assemblies.

Model N45SL (2614)

61

Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify
the failing FRU.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the battery packs
from the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices oradapter (do not isolate FRUs that are known to begood).
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, printer, mouse, or other external devicec. IC DRAM cardd. Hard disk drive (fixed disk drive) or diskette drivee. Any adapter and device.
3. Power-on the computer and start the system program.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 2 and 3 until
you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs have been
removed.
5. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the system board.

62

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Power-on Password”“Status Indicators”“How to Run Advanced Diagnostics”“Running PREP” on page 64“Updating Flash Memory” on page 65

Power-on Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Status Indicators
Light

Status IndicatedHard disk drive is active
Diskette drive is active
Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in Num Lock mode
Imbedded keypad is locked on
Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode
Amber

Computer is operatingfrom AC power
Green
Computer is operatingfrom battery power
Red (flashing) Battery pack is almost
discharged
Red (steady) Battery pack iscompletely discharged
Green

Amber
Red
Off

Battery pack is fully charged
and beingtrickle charged
Battery pack is being fast
chargedProblem in the battery circuit
Computer is operating fromAC withno battery pack installed

How to Run Advanced Diagnostics
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics Diskette into thediskette drive.
3. Power-on the computer.
Model N45SL (2614)

63

4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the Monitor program.
5. In the Monitor program, type BF and press Enter toboot from the diskette drive.
6. Follow the Advanced Diagnostics menus to test thecomputer. (Press F1 for help.)

Running PREP
The PREP utility initializes and prepares the hard disk
surface for storage of data. It performs a low level format
then checks for bad sectors. If any bad sectors are found,they are marked in a way that prevents data from being
stored in them.
There are two situations when PREP is used:
1. To prepare the hard disk surface for formatting when
installing a new hard disk drive.
2. To exclude sectors of the hard disk that have become
unusable, indicated by intermittent or continuous harddisk drive read failures.
Warning: PREP erases all data on the hard disk. If
possible, back up the data on the hard disk to diskettes
before running PREP.
To run PREP:
1. Boot the Advanced Diagnostics diskette.
2. Press the right arrow key to select the “Run Tests”
menu.
3. Press the down arrow key to select “Advanced
Utilities” from the menu and press Enter.
4. Select “PREP” and press Enter.
PREP displays its version number, a list of informational
messages, and then asks if you want to proceed.

Do you want to proceed with PREP (Y/N)?
Press N if you want to cancel PREP and return to the DOS
command line. Press Y to continue with PREP.
PREP asks for the hard disk drive unit number(drive C = 0 and D = 1).

Hard disk drive unit number (0 - 7):
Enter the drive number. You will then be offered one morechance to cancel PREP. PREP will prompt you to press P
to continue. Pressing any other key will cancel PREP and
return you to the DOS prompt.
PREP first scans the hard disk for bad sectors that havepreviously been marked. It displays the message:

Scanning for previous bad sectors...
PREP then performs a low level format of the hard disk
surface. It display the message:

64

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Initializing the disk...
PREP will then write data to each sector of the hard disk
and read this data back to verify each sector. This isrepeated four times. PREP displays the message:

Verify: pass n, Cylinder xxx
Where n is the number of the current pass (1-4) and xxx is
the current cylinder under test.
If any bad sectors are found, PREP marks them to prevent
them from being used when the hard disk is formatted.
After the hard disk is verified, PREP displays the message:

Operation complete, press any key to exit to monitor
The hard disk is now ready to be formatted and have an
operating system loaded onto it.

Updating Flash Memory
Note on Updating Flash Memory
Perform this NEWBIOS function only while operatingon AC power.

Reprogramming Flash BIOS:

To reprogram theFlash ROM, do the following.
1. Access the Monitor program with the Ctrl+Alt+Ins
key combination.
2. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette in thediskette drive.
3. Type NEWBIOS, then press Enter.
The NEWBIOS function tests the size of the file, thecomputer type, and the checksum of the file. After thetests complete successfully, the Flash ROM is
reprogrammed. The following prompt appears:

Programming success. Press Enter to reboot system...
In order for the computer to read the new code, thecomputer must be rebooted. Press Enter to reboot thecomputer.
If the NEWBIOS function fails and displays any error
messages, power-off computer, wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on computer. If the Flash ROM is corrupt, thecomputer will initiate the NEWBIOS function automatically.

Model N45SL (2614)

65

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SL 25-Mhz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory (Standard)

2MB

Memory (Maximum)

8MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

120MB

66

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/
.2/

.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/

.7/

.8/

.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/

Battery Pack
Three Screws (1-G, 2-J)
(Two on bottom of cabinet near front, one inside
battery compartment)
Loosen Keyboard
Two Ribbon Cables and Remove Keyboard
Hinge Covers(Apply pressure to hinge cover sides and pull up.)
Memory Module Cover(Gently pry from rear.)Three Screws (1-J, 2-WW)(One screw at each hinge and one at back edge
under memory module cover.)Three LCD Assembly Cables(These cables attach to underside of LCD
assembly. Observe cable routing and place cables
in same position when replacing top cover.)Three Screws and LCD Assembly(Top cover is part of LCD assembly. Only part of
LCD is shown. Long silver screws are located at
front edge of LCD assembly.)
Two Screws (J)(At front edge of diskette drive)
Diskette Drive Ribbon Cable
Diskette Drive
Three Screws (J)(Move shielding aside. Do not crease shielding.)
Model N45SL (2614)

67

.13/
.14/
.15/

.29/

Memory Module Expansion Card
Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable
Hard Disk Drive(One screw on cabinet bottom holds hard disk drivein place. Have customer backup hard disk drive
before removing drive. Run Prep after installing
new hard disk drive.)
Two Screws (J)(At each end of memory module support bracket)
Memory Module Support Bracket
Backup Battery, Battery Compartment Cables(Look for .18/ twice in illustration.)
Two Screws (J)(At each end of DC to DC PCB Assembly)
DC to DC PCB Assembly(Lift front to unplug assembly from system board.
Be careful not to damage or lose shielding.)
Modem Ribbon Cable
Three Modem Housing Screws (J)(Front right screw holds a black grounding cable
down.)
Modem Housing Assembly
Mouse Cable
One System Board Screw (J)Three System Board Threaded Hex Spacers
Cable
System Board(Transfer math coprocessor (if installed) to new
system board.)
Backup Battery

68

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/

.21/
.22/

.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/

Model N45 Exploded View

4
5

6

3
8

7
12

13
17

16

19
9

20

10
11

18

29

22
15
14

21
23

25

26

24

28

27
18

2

1

Model N45SL (2614)

69

Locations
System Board.1/ External Display Connector.2/ Parallel Connector.3/ Serial Connector.4/ Memory Adapter Card Connector.5/ Auxiliary Device Connector.6/ Hard Disk Drive Connector.7/ Diskette Drive Connector.8/ Status Light Panel Connector.9/ Keyboard Connectors.1ð/ LCD Connector.11/ Modem Connector JackDC to DC Board (Top).12/ AC Adapter Connector.13/ Backup Battery Connector.14/ Battery Pack Connector.15/ Battery Status Indicator Connector

DC to DC Board (Bottom).16/ System Board Connector

70

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing
1

2

3

16

4

15
5
14

6
13

7
12
8

9

10

11

Model N45SL (2614)

71

System Unit
Index
1
Top Cabinet Assembly
FrenchGermanItalian
Spanish
U.K. English
U.S. English
3Power Cord, US
3Power Cord, UK
3Power Cord, Switzerland
3
Power Cord, Europe
7
System Board
8
PS/2 Mouse Board
9
Bottom Cover Assembly
10Parts Package, Cover(Left/right LCD hinge covers, memory
expansion cover, memory cover, modem door
door, coprocessor door, rear I/O cover,modem cover plug, modem door, coprocessor
door, black lid switch knob)
Battery Pack13
Backup Battery
Battery Contact Assembly
14
DC to DC PCB Assembly
Speaker
Parts Package, Screws(3-2.5x4; 3-2.5x12; 2-2.6x6 (tap); 3-2.6x6;
5-2x6 (tap); 3-2.5x4; 11-2.5x6)

92F8858
92F8839
92F8837
92F8845
92F8838
92F8836
92F88356952301
14F0033
14F0051
13F9979
92F8827
92F8833
92F8819
92F8825

92F8840
92F8834
92F8841
92F8820
33G9475
92F8824

DASD
5
6
6

Diskette Drive
80MB Hard Disk Drive
120MB Hard Disk Drive

92F8821
92F8822
33G6366

Options and Adapters
4

16
15

AC Adapter
Modem, 2400 BPS, US
Modem Housing Assembly
Fax/Modem, US
Fax/Modem, Worldwide
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, US
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, UK
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Danish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, French
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, German
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Italian
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Norwegian
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Spanish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Swedish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Swiss
Expansion Memory Module
Memory Module Support (part of P/N 92F8823)

72

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

12

92F8832
92F8846
92F8826
92F8896
92F6293
92F8847
92F8848
92F8849
92F8850
92F8851
92F8852
92F8853
92F8854
92F8855
92F8856
92F8823

Model N51 (8551)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . 78
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . . . 91
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Power-on Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics. . . . . 96
Hard Disk Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Restoring the Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Setting System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . 97
Product Overview (N51 SX) . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Product Overview (N51 SLC)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 99
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

73

General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid computer
responses.
001
DOES THE PROBLEM APPEAR TO BE A POWER
SUPPLY FAILURE?
Yes No002
Go to Step 006.
003
DO ALL SYSTEM-STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF?
Yes No004
Go to Step 006.
005
Go to “Power Systems Checkout” on page 78.
006– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure no diskette is in the drive.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer and check for the following
responses:
1. All system-status indicators appear once for about
1 second.
Note: Some indicators remain on and others go
off after 1 second.
2. Memory test (the number increases.)
3. One or two short beeps.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE?
Yes No007
1. If the memory count is incorrect, go to “Memory
Checkout” on page 77.
2. Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 87.
If that does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 94.

74

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

008– Press Ctrl+Alt+Del. When the cursor moves to theupper right, press Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the system
program. If the IBM logo screen does not appear, insert
the backup Reference Diskette into the diskette drive
and repeat this step.
1. If you are not at the Main Menu, follow the
instructions on the screen to advance to the Main
Menu.
If you cannot advance to the Main Menu, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 87.
- or If that does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 94.
Notes:
a. If the computer has an incorrect keyboard or
numeric keypad response, go to “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” onpage 465.
b. If the printer has incorrect responses, go to“Printer Checkout” on page 468.
c. If the external display has problems such as
jittering, rolling, shifting, or being out-of-focus,
go to “External Display Self-Test” onpage 464.
2. Press Ctrl+A and run the system checkout.
IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
Yes No009
Go to “Checking Installed Devices” on page 95.
010– Run the diagnostic tests.
DID THE TEST IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Note: If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace
the last device tested.
- or If any POST error code appears, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 87.
Yes

No
011
You might have an intermittent problem: Check for damaged cables and connectors.
 Reseat all adapters, drives, and modules.
(Step 011 continues)

Model N51 (8551)

75

(CONTINUED)

011 (continued)
 Start an error log and run the tests multiple
times.
 Check the power supply in use when the error
is reported (see “Power Systems Checkout” onpage 78).
 Check “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 87. If
this does not fix the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 94.
012
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 87.

76

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout
Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory sono memory error code appears at power-on reset. Afteryou replace a defective memory module kit, run 5.
Automatic configuration or the new memory will not berecognized. (If you have to run configuration with yourown diskette, be sure the customer has all the correct
option diskettes available.) Power-off the computer before
removing or replacing parts.
001– Remove the memory module kit in the connector if
installed.
– Run the memory tests.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No002
Replace the system board.
003
DID YOU REMOVE THE MEMORY MODULE KIT IN THE
CONNECTOR?
Yes No004
Go to Step 007.
005
– Reinstall the memory module kit in the connector andrun 5. Automatic configuration.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No006
Replace the memory module kit in the connector.
If that does not correct the problem, replace thesystem board.
007
If the problem occurs intermittently, run the memory tests
multiple times to have an error log.

Model N51 (8551)

77

Power Systems CheckoutNote
One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a
short circuit in the computer.
1. Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem
is caused by a short circuit.
2. Determine if one (or all) of the batteries have becomedischarged. Replace a discharged battery with aknown-good spare.
The test procedures for each power supply are found on
the following pages.
“Testing the AC Adapter” on page 81.
“Testing the Battery Pack” on page 82.
“Testing the Backup Battery” on page 83.
“Testing the Standby Battery” on page 83.
“Testing the Quick Charger” on page 84.
“Testing the Car Battery Adapter” on page 85.
“Testing the Voltage Converter” on page 85.
None of the above? Follow the steps below.
001
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
AC ADAPTER?
Yes No002
Go to Step 004.
003
Go to “Testing the AC Adapter” on page 81. If “Testing
the AC Adapter” does not correct the problem, replace thevoltage converter.
004
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
CAR BATTERY ADAPTER?
Yes No005
Go to Step 007.
006
Go to “Testing the Car Battery Adapter” on page 85.
007(Step 007 continues)

78

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

007 (continued)
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
BATTERY?
Yes No008
Go to Step 014.
009
DOES A FULLY-CHARGED BATTERY DISCHARGEQUICKLY?
Yes No010
Go to Step 013.
011
– Run advanced diagnostics for all devices using the AC
adapter. Use the ‘RUN TEST ONE TIME’ option.
DID ALL THE TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No012
Follow the instructions on the screen.
If the instructions do not appear or do not correct the
problem, replace the system board.
013
Go to “Testing the Battery Pack” on page 82.
If “Testing the Battery Pack” does not correct the problem,
go to “Testing the Voltage Converter” on page 85.
014– Unplug the AC adapter if used.
– Remove the bottom cover and disconnect the flat cablefrom connector CN6 on the voltage converter. (Seepage 86 for the connector location.)– Check that the resistance at connector CN5 is greaterthan 5 ohms between pins 7 and 1, and also between 7
and 3.
IS THE RESISTANCE CORRECT?
Yes No015
Go to Step 017 on page 80.
016
Go to “Testing the Voltage Converter” on page 85. If“Testing the Voltage Converter” does not correct the
problem, go to Step 017 on page 80.
Model N51 (8551)

79

(CONTINUED)

017– Remove the following if installed:














Battery packStandby battery
Backup battery
Memory module kit
Internal Data/Fax modem
Serial adapter
Numeric keypad
Mouse
External display
Hard disk drive
Diskette drive
LCD inverter cable
LCD panel cable.

– Make sure the voltage converter is correctly installed.
– Plug in the AC adapter and power-on the computer.
DID YOU HEAR ONE LONG OR TWO SHORT BEEPS?
Yes No018
Replace the following FRUs one at a time until the
problem is corrected.
Voltage converter
I/O panel assembly
System board

019
Replace the voltage converter to verify the fix. If the
problem still remains, do the following.
– Suspect one of the options or devices. Reinstall each of
the options or devices to the computer one at a time,and power-on the computer to see if the original problem
occurs.
– Replace the last installed option or device when the
problem occurs.

80

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Testing the AC Adapter:

If the Power-On
indicator is not on, check the power cord of the AC adapter
for proper installation and continuity.
1. If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when
it is plugged into line voltage, replace the AC adapter
with a new one.
If no noise can be heard from the adapter, go to Step3.
2. If the noise still comes from the new AC adapter,suspect the computer. Replace the AC adapter withthe original one, then go to the next step. If no noise
comes from the new adapter, the original adapter has
the problem.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
adapter cable.

1

2

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

Ground

If the voltage is not correct:
1. Unplug the AC adapter from the ac power outlet
and leave it for a few minutes.
2. Plug the AC adapter into the ac outlet.
3. Measure the output voltage of the AC adapter.
4. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
adapter.
If the voltage is OK, plug the cable into the computer
and try the failing operation again.

If the problem still remains, replace the voltage converter.
If the problem disappeared, suspect the installation andcontinuity of the AC adapter cable.

Model N51 (8551)

81

Testing the Battery Pack
1. Place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage atthe battery terminals between 1 (+) and 3 (−).

1(+)
2(T)
3( )

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+8.5 to +18.0

2

Thermal Detection

3

GroundIf the voltage is less than +8.5 V dc, the battery
pack is discharged or defective.
 If the voltage is more than +8.5 V dc, go to thenext step.
3. Using a low-power ohm meter, measure theresistance at the battery terminals between
2 (T) and 3 (−). The resistance must be
4 kilohms to 30 kilohms. If the resistance is out ofrange, replace the battery pack.
4. Remove the bottom cover and set the battery pack inplace without connecting any external power devices.
5. Measure the voltage at the connector between
terminals 1 (+) and 3 (−) on the voltage converter andnote the voltage.


1(+)

3( )

6. Using the AC adapter, apply external power to thecomputer.
Warning: Be careful not to cause a short circuit
while doing the following steps. The charging circuit
is active even if the computer power switch is set tooff.
7. Measure the voltage again between terminals
1 (+) and 3 (−).
 If the voltage is not greater than that measured
in Step 5, replace the AC adapter, then go to thenext step.
 If the voltage is greater than that measured in
Step 5, the battery pack is good.

82

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Repeat Steps 6 and 7 using a new AC adapter.
If the voltage is still not greater than thatmeasured in Step 5, replace the voltage
converter.

Testing the Backup Battery
1. Place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the bottom cover.
3. Disconnect the battery connector from the voltage
converter.
4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery.

(Black)+(Red)

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the system board. If it isnot, the backup battery is discharged by a short circuit oris defective.

Testing the Standby Battery
1. Place the computer bottom-side up.
2. Remove the battery pack from the computer andremove the bottom cover.
3. Disconnect the battery connector from the voltage
converter.
4. Plug the AC adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
5. Measure the output voltage at the connector on thevoltage converter.

Model N51 (8551)

83

+ (Red)1
2- (Black)

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1

+4

3

GroundIf the voltage is less than +4 V dc, replace thevoltage converter.
 If the voltage is greater than +4 V dc, go to thenext step.
Power-off the computer.
Reconnect the standby battery to the voltage
converter.
Power-on the computer and leave it approximately 30
minutes to allow the standby battery to be charged.
Power-off the computer again and disconnect thestandby battery.
Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
 If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, replace thestandby battery.
 If the voltage is greater than 3.5 V dc, replace
the voltage converter.


6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Testing the Quick Charger:

If an unusual noise
can be heard from the operating quick charger, replace it.
1. Perform steps 1 through 3 on page 82 of the “Testing
the Battery Pack” to verify the battery pack is
operating correctly.
2. Connect the power cord to the quick charger and theother end to the electrical outlet. Ensure that thepower indicator turns on.
If the power indicator does not turn on, check thepower cord of the quick charger for proper installationand continuity. If this does not correct the problem,
replace the quick charger.
3. Install the battery pack.
If the charging indicator does not start blinking,replace the quick charger.

84

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Testing the Car Battery Adapter: If an output
voltage from a cigarette lighter socket is less than 10.5 V
dc, the power-on indicator on the car battery adapter blinks
and a noise can be heard continuously. The battery of the
car is defective.
1. Unplug the car battery adapter from the computer ifconnected.
2. Plug the car battery adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, be sure to
unplug the adapter from the cigarette lighter
socket, then plug it into the socket again.
3. Measure the output voltage of the car battery adapter.

1

2

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19.0 to +21.0

2

GroundIf the voltage is correct and the power-on indicator on
the car battery adapter is on steady, the car battery
adapter is working correctly.
If the voltage is out of range, do one of the following.
 Try the above test procedures in another car if
available.
 Replace the car battery adapter if the computer
works with the AC adapter and does not workwith the car battery adapter.

Testing the Voltage Converter:

Use thefollowing procedure to isolate the voltage converter fromthe problem.
Note: If the problem occurs only when using thecomputer with a good battery pack, replace thevoltage converter.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Power-off all attached devices and disconnect themfrom the computer.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer.
4. Remove the battery pack and the bottom cover.
5. Disconnect the standby-battery connector and theflexible cable from connector CN6 on the voltage
converter.
6. Power-off the computer.
7. Plug the AC adapter into the computer.
Model N51 (8551)

85Important
The computer goes into suspend mode in about
20 seconds after plugging in the AC adapter.
The following procedure must be performed
during this period. If the computer is already insuspend mode, unplug the AC adapter and plug
it in again to reactivate it.
8. Check the voltages of the voltage converter using thefollowing table.
1
24
23

CN8

CN7
1 2

20

2 1
CN6

CN5

40 39

Connector

Pin

Signal

V dc
Min.

V dc
Max.

CN5

1
3
7, 8
9, 10
13
21
32

VCCA
+4.9
VCCB
+4.7
GND
–
GND
–
+20 V dc
+19.0
POWER_GD +4.0
POWER_ON#0

+5.3
+5.3
–
–
+21.0
+5.3
+0.5

CN7

2
23, 24

VCCG
GND

+4.7
–

+5.3
–






If all the voltages are correct, the voltage converter isgood.
If +20 V dc is not correct, check the output voltage of
the AC adapter (see “Testing the AC Adapter” onpage 81). If the voltage is correct, replace thevoltage converter.
If any of the measured voltages except +20 V dc is
not correct, replace the following FRUs one at a time
to correct the problem.
1. Voltage converter
2. System board
3. I/O panel assembly

Note: Reconnect the standby-battery connector and theflexible cable that were removed in Step 5 onpage 85 before leaving this procedure.

86

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 74. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing a computer.
If you are unable to correct the problem using this index,
go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 94.
IMPORTANT:
1. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
2. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostics tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
3. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part ofthis index.
4. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the system board. (See “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 78.)
5. If an error message is not listed, there is a device
installed that requires an additional diskette or service
manual. Refer to the diskette or service manual forthat device.
How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3, 4,
5, or 8 digits. The error messages that can be displayed
as shorter POST messages are highlighted in thisSymptom-to-FRU Index.
In the following index, an X in an error message can be
any number.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00010200, 00010300,
00010400, 00010700

1. System Board

00010800

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge

00011000(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 77 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Memory Module Kit
2. System Board

000113XX

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. Any Drive

Model N51 (8551)

87Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

000114XX

1. Communications
Cartridge

000118XX

1. Memory Module Kit

00016100

1. See “Testing theBattery Pack” onpage 82.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

00016300, 00016400,
00016500, 00016900(If setting configuration
does not solve the problem,see “Checking Installed
Devices” on page 95.)

1. Set Configuration
2. System Board
3. Communications
Cartridge
4. Hard Disk Drive
5. Memory Module Kit

000166XX

1. Communications
Cartridge

000171XX, 000172XX

1. System Board

00017300

1. See “Testing theBattery Pack” onpage 82.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

00017400(If Automatic Configuration
does not solve the problem,
run Advanced Diagnostics.)

1. Set Configuration

00019000, 000191XX

1. System Board

00019200

1. Lid Switch
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

00019300

1. System Board

000199XX

1. System Board

0001XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. I/O Panel Assembly

0002XXXX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 77 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Memory Module Kit
2. System Board

00030100, 00030500(Always power-on thecomputer before external
any external device.)

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard
4. Numeric Keypad00030200, 00030300,
00030400

1. System Board
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. Keyboard
or
Numeric Keypad

88

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00030600

1. Keyboard or Numeric
Keypad2. Auxiliary Input Device
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board
5. I/O Panel Assembly

0004XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.

000601XX

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

000602XX

1. Defective Diskette000655XX, 000662XX
000670XX to 000675XX

1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable

0006XXXX(Unsupported drive or cable)

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

0011XX00

1.
2.
3.
4.

0014XXXX(See “Printer Checkout” onpage 468 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Printer
2. System Board

0024XX00

1. System Board

005002XX, 005006XX,
005008XX, 005041XX

1. System Board
2. External Display
3. I/O Panel Assembly

005004XX, 005010XX,
005030XX to 005032XX,
005051XX to 005062XX

1.
2.
3.
4.

005009XX, 005040XX

1. External Display
2. System Board
3. I/O Panel Assembly

00860100, 00860200

1. Pointing Device(Mouse)2. System Board
3. Numeric Keypad
4. I/O Panel Assembly

0086XX00

1. System Board
2. Pointing Device(Mouse)3. Numeric Keypad
4. I/O Panel Assembly

010103XX to 010110XX,
010116XX to 010153XX,
010171XX, 0101XXXX

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 466.

System Board
Any Parallel Device
Communication Cable
I/O Panel Assembly

System Board
Any Serial Device
Communication Cable
I/O Panel Assembly

System BoardLCD Panel
LCD Inverter
LCD Cable

Model N51 (8551)

89Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

010436XX

1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

0104XXXX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

0130XXXX

1. I/O Panel Assembly
2. System Board
3. Keyboard Control Card

0137XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

0166XXXX, 0167XXXX

1. Adapter in
Communications
Cartridge
2. Communications
Cartridge

I9990301(Startup drive not found.)

1. Start the backup
copy of theReference Disketteand check if thestartup sequence iscorrect.
a. Select Set
features from theMain Menu.
b. Select Set
startupsequence.
c. Check the list ofdevices on thescreen.

I9990302(Operating system notfound.)

1. Make sure that an
operating system isinstalled.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Hard Disk Drive Cable

I998XXXX, I9990303(See “Hard Disk Partition”
on page 96 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Restore the system
programs onto thesystem partition.
2. Set configuration
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. System Board
5. Hard Disk Drive Cable

90

Any Serial Adapter
System Board
Voltage Converter
Any Serial Device
Communication Cable

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beep.

1. System Board

Repeating short beeps.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

One long and one short
beep.

1. System Board

One long and two short
beeps.

1. System Board

One short beep and ablank, unreadable, or
flashing display with noexternal display attached.

1.
2.
3.
4.

One short beep andDiskette Prompt or aprogram load from the harddisk or unable to readdiskette.

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

Two short beeps and ablank display.

1. System BoardLCD Panel
LCD Inverter
System BoardLCD Cable

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep and a blank or
unreadable display during
POST.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 78
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Any option or device
3. Power source when
failing
4. Voltage Converter
5. Speaker

No beep with a blinking
cursor.

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge

No beep with a normal
display during POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

No beep and the computer
hangs after displaying
memory count.

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. Hard Disk Drive

LCD too dark, unable toadjust contrast or
brightness.

1. LCD Inverter
2. LCD Panel
3. System Board

LCD unreadable ordistorted. (If an external
display is OK, replacesystem board last.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Speaker
I/O Panel Assembly
System Board
Keyboard Control Card

LCD Panel
System board
LCD Inverter
LCD Cable

Model N51 (8551)

91Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

LCD cannot be turned on oroff.

1. LCD Inverter
2. System Board
3. LCD Cable

Blank screen, or extra
horizontal or vertical line(s)displayed on upper or lower
half of the LCD.

1. LCD Panel
2. System Board
3. LCD Cable

Computer status indicator isincorrectly blinking or stayson.

1. System Board
2. Related Device

Computer status indicator
stays off, but the POST
ends without an error.

1. I/O Panel Assembly
2. System Board
3. Related Device

Suspend light comes onafter POST. an error.

1. Reseat voltage
regulator cables
2. Voltage Regulator

Reference Diskette does notwork. (Try another
Reference Diskette or any
bootable diskette before
replacing FRUs. Ensure all
correct level drivers areloaded.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Keyboard does not work.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Numeric Keypad
3. System Board

One or more keys do not
work.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. Numeric Keypad if
installed
3. Keyboard Control Card

External display problems.
(See “External Display
Self-Test” on page 464
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. System Board
3. I/O Panel Assembly

Incorrect memory size
during POST.
(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 77 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Memory Module Kit

Computer hang orIntermittent hang.
(See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 94 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

The computer goes into
suspend mode after the
POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

92

Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Reference Diskette

System Board
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive
Replace the last device
being tested
5. Voltage Converter
System Board
Voltage Converter
Lid Switch
Keyboard Control Card

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The computer does notsuspend or resume.

1.
2.
3.
4.

The computer does not
power off.

1. Voltage Converter
2. System Board
3. I/O Panel Assembly

Real-time clock inaccurate.
(See “Testing the Battery
Pack” on page 82 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. Backup Battery
2. System Board

Printer problems.

1. See “PrinterCheckout” onpage 468.

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Internal Data/Fax modem
does not communicate witha remote modem or a fax.

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 466.

System Board
Voltage Converter
Lid Switch
Keyboard Control Card

DeviceCable
System Board
Serial Adapter
I/O Panel Assembly

Model N51 (8551)

93Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify
the failing FRU.
Check the power supply in use (see “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 78). If the power supply is operatingcorrectly, return here and continue with the following
procedure.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices oradapter: (Do not isolate FRUs that are known to be
good.)
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, printer, mouse, or other external devicec. Memory module kit
d. Hard disk drive (fixed disk drive)e. Communications cartridgef. Any adapter and device
3. Power-on the computer and start the system program.
4. Press Ctrl+A to run the system checkout. Do notconfigure the computer. If diagnostics cannot beloaded from the hard disk, try and load them from theReference Diskette. Test only those adapters anddevices still attached to the computer.
5. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1 through 3
until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs havebeen removed.
6. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the system board.

94

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Checking Installed Devices”“Power-on Password” on page 96“How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics” on page 96“Hard Disk Partition” on page 96“Restoring the Partition” on page 97“Setting System Configuration” on page 97

Checking Installed Devices
The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices
in the computer. If an adapter or device is missing fromthe list, you might have one of the following conditions.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) might exist on the computer you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration can alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the 1. View configuration) and verify that the samesettings are in place when service is completed.







The protected partition on the hard disk or theReference Diskette you are using does not containthe code required to support that device.
An adapter or device is defective.
The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable
drive or adapter.
The device missing from the list requires an additional
diskette.
A power supply voltage is incorrect (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 78).

If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostics
tests. If the list contains an adapter or device that is notinstalled, go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 94.

Model N51 (8551)

95

Power-on Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
To reactivate the password, start the system programs,
select Set features from the Main Menu, then select Set
password and unattended start mode, and follow the
instructions on the screen.

How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics
1. Power-on the computer.
2. When the cursor moves to the upper right, press
Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the system program. If the IBM
logo does not appear, insert the backup copy of theReference Diskette into the diskette drive, press
Ctrl+Alt+Del, then repeat this step.
3. Advance to the Main Menu.
4. Press Ctrl+A to run the system checkout.

Hard Disk Partition
A protected partition on the hard disk contains the system
configuration data set, system setup programs, andcustomer and advanced diagnostics. To load systemsetup and diagnostic programs from this partition, press
and hold Ctrl+Alt+Del. Release the keys. When the
cursor moves to the upper right corner of the display,press and hold Ctrl+Alt+Ins. Release the keys.

96

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Restoring the Partition
If a computer or hard disk problem prevents system setup
or diagnostic programs from being loaded from theprotected partition, load and run the programs from theReference Diskette. If no errors are found, restore theprograms to the protected partition on the hard disk using
the following procedure.
1. Start the computer with the customer's backup copyof the Reference Diskette installed.
Note: The languages of the Reference Diskette andthe computer must match.
2. Select 2. Backup/Restore system programs from
the Main Menu.
3. Select 3. Restore the system partition to load thesystem setup and utility programs, and the customer
and advanced diagnostic programs onto the system
partition of the hard disk.
If this does not correct the problem, use the backup copyof the Reference Diskette to format the hard disk and thenrestore the programs to the protected partition. If the
problem remains, return to the I998XXXX, I9990303 error
code (on page 90 in the Symptom-to-FRU index).
Note: After the programs have been restored, theInsert-Diskette icon appears, unless an operating
system is present.

Setting System Configuration
If you configure the computer using 4. Set configurationfrom the Reference Diskette, make sure the languages of
the Reference Diskette and the computer match.

Model N51 (8551)

97

Product Overview (N51 SX)
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SX 16-Mhz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory (Standard)

2MB

Memory (Maximum)

10MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

40MB, 2.5-inch

Product Overview (N51 SLC)The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SLC 16-Mhz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory (Standard)

2MB

Memory (Maximum)

10MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

80MB, 2.5-inch

98

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/
.2/

.3/
.4/
.5/

.6/
.7/
.8/

.9/
.1ð/

.11/

Battery Pack
LCD Hinge Covers(Press down on the hinge cover and slide it forward
until the tabs clear the bezel.)Two Screws (T) with Flat Washers(At bottom of bezel plate)
Screen Bezel Plate
Four Screws (2-T, 2-H)
(At display corners)
Upper Right Screen Cable
Left Center Screen Cable
Lower Right Screen Cable
Two Hinge Screws (V) with Flat Washers(One on each hinge)
Screen Sub-Assembly
Backup and Standby Batteries(When installing backup battery, align wires withedge of voltage converter. Ensure wires do notextend beyond edge of voltage converter or theymight be damaged when you replace bottom cover.)Five Screws (4-E, 1-V)
(On bottom cover)
Bottom Cover
Ribbon Cable from Diskette Drive
Battery Cable
Voltage Converter Cable
Keyboard Cables
Model N51 (8551)

99

.12/
.13/

.27/
.28/
.29/
.3ð/
.31/

Three Voltage Converter Screws (2-H, 1-T)
Voltage Converter(Voltage converter consists of three boards. Gently
lift voltage converter up to unplug two connectors
from system board.)
Four Diskette Drive Cables(These cables are very fragile. Be very carefulwhen disconnecting them.)
Four Diskette Drive Screws (H)Diskette Drive
Speaker
Two Battery Bracket Screws (B)Battery Bracket
Two Hard Disk Drive Cables(These cables are very fragile. Be very carefulwhen disconnecting them.)
Two Hard Disk Drive Screws (H)Hard Disk Drive(Have customer backup all information on hard disk
drive before removal. When replacing hard disk
drive, use customer's backup Reference Diskette torestore system partition.)
Upper Left System Board Cable
Six System Board Screws (2-L, 4-H)
Lower Left System Board Cable
Upper Left System Board Cable
Upper Right System Board Cable
Two Cables, System Board Top Edge
Two Screws (T) and Keyboard Control Card
(When replacing keyboard control card, make surethat switch setting on card is correct for type ofkeyboard used.)
System Board(Run Automatic Configuration and set time anddate.)
Two Battery Connector Card Screws (H)Battery Connector Card
Six Keyboard Screws (H)(Four front and two rear keyboard assembly screws.
Two rear screws are located in line with two battery
connector card screws.)
Two Speaker Bracket Screws (B)Speaker Bracket
Keyboard Assembly
Three PC Board Screws (H)Rear Panel PC Board

100

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

.14/

.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/

.2ð/

.21/

.22/

.23/

.24/
.25/
.26/

Model N51 Exploded View

28

27
16

11

18

31

17

29

26

30

22
15

23
14
21
13
8
12

20

19

10

24

25
1

9

Model N51 (8551)

101Model N51 Exploded View (continued)

5

4

7

3

102

2
6

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Locations
System Board (Top View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/

LCD Interface Connector
System-Expansion Port (120-pin)
Keyboard-Control Card Connector
Battery Presence Switch
LCD Interface Connector
LCD Interface Connector

2

3

6
5

4

(Top View)

Model N51 (8551)

103

System Board (Bottom View)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/

I/O Panel Connector
Voltage Converter Connector
System Expansion Port (120-pin)
Password-Override Connector
Memory-Module Kit Connector
Hard-Disk Drive Connector
Voltage Converter Connector
Hard-Disk Drive Connector
Diskette-Drive Connector
Diskette-Drive Connector
I/O Panel Connector
I/O Panel Connector

1

61

62

120
2

3

2

0
9

8

4
7

6

5
(Bottom View)

104

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing
4

2
1

3

6
30

5
7

29

8
28

9
31
27
10
26
11

25

12

24

13

23
15
16
17
22

14
18

21

20

19

Model N51 (8551)

105

System Unit
Index
1
LCD Bezel, N51 SX(Includes contrast and brightness slides)
LCD Bezel, N51 SX (Japan only)
1
LCD Bezel, N51 SLC
LCD Bezel, N51 SLC (Japan only)2
Bumper, Rubber
3
LCD Panel
Cable, LCD
4
LCD Rear Cover, N51 SXLCD Rear Cover, N51 SX (Japan only)
4
LCD Rear Cover, N51 SLC
LCD Rear Cover, N51 SLC (Japan only)
5
Inverter, LCD
6
LCD Hinge Cover, Left
7
LCD Hinge Cover, Right
8
LCD Hinge, Right/Left
LCD Cover Kit
Left/right latch cover release, 2 latchsprings
9
Lid Switch with Holder
10
I/O Panel Assembly11
Terminal Assembly, Battery
14
Backup Battery, Lithium
Holder, Backup Battery
15Standby Battery
Standby Battery, Benelux
Standby Battery, Switzerland
16
Door, Bus Connector
Door, Bus Connector
17
Door, I/O Connector
18
Bezel, Diskette Drive
19
Battery Pack, Nickel-Cadmium
SwedenBenelux
Switzerland
19
Battery Pack, Nickel-Hydride
SwedenBenelux
Switzerland
20
Bottom Cover
21
Cover, Memory-Module Kit
22
Communication Adapters:
Serial Adapter
Data/Fax Modem Adapter
U.S., Canada only
Data/Fax Modem Adapter
Japan only
High-Speed Data/Fax Modem
U.S., Canada only
Telephone Cable
23
Door, Option Slot
24
Voltage Converter
Holder, Voltage Converter
25
2MB Memory Module Kit
4MB Memory Module Kit
8MB Memory Module Kit
26
Card, Keyboard Control, N51 SX
26
Card, Keyboard Control, N51 SLC
Supporter, Keyboard Control Card106

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

07G1741
07G1842
35G3229
35G3230
07G1742
07G1737
07G1739
07G1740
07G1841
35G3231
35G3232
07G1738
07G1745
07G1744
07G1210
35G3335
07G1211
07G1216
07G1223
07G1225
07G1736
07G1240
07G1503
07G1241
07G1212
07G1954
07G1213
07G1227
07G1242
07G1194
07G1497
07G1243
07G1244
07G1195
07G1500
07G1245
07G1209
07G1222
79F6840
53G7772
94X2506
42G2592
94X1540
07G1214
07G1219
07G1221
07G1879
07G1880
07G188107G1218
35G3239
07G1220

Index27
System Board, N51 SX
07G1876
System Board, N51 SX (Japan only)
07G1877
27
System Board, N51 SLC
06G9902
System Board, N51 SLC (Japan only)
06G990328
Keyboard (see Keyboards)
29
Speaker
07G1229
30
Holder, Speaker
07G1734
Holder, Cable Assembly
07G1761
Bracket and Guide, Option Slot
07G1215
31
Cover, Keyboard
07G1208
Miscellaneous Kit
07G1743
Leg Kit
07G1209
2 Legs (one left, one right)
2 Springs (one left, one right)
Screw Kit (230 screws)
07G1835
10-1.6mm x 4; 10-2mm x 5;
10-2.5mm x 3 black; 10-2.5mm x 4 black;10-2.5mm x 8 black; 100-2.5mm x 5;
10-2.5mm x 4&washer; 10-2.5mm x 6&washer;
10-2.5mm x 12&washer; 10-3mm x 4;
10-2mm x 4; 10-4-40 x 5 stud;
10-4-40 x 4.8 stud

DASD
Index
12
40MB Hard Disk Drive
1280MB Hard Disk Drive
Cable, Hard Disk Drive
13
Diskette Drive Assembly
Cable, Diskette Drive

95F4707
95F4708
07G1226
06G9865
07G1228

Model N51 (8551)

107

Options and Adapters
5.25-inch Drive Adapter/A (360KB/1.2MB)
80386 Memory Expansion Adapter
AC Adapter
AC Adapter (U.S., Canada,and Latin America)
AC Adapter (Japan, 2-pin)
AC Adapter (Japan, 3-pin)
Car Battery Adapter
Car Battery Adapter
for European countries
Cartridge, External Power Pack
Communications Cartridge
Communications Cartridge
Data/Fax Modem Adapter(U.S./Canada only)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
External Diskette Drive Adapter
External Power Pack
for Sweden
for Benelux
for Switzerland
External Storage Device Cable
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A Cable
Game Control Adapter
Memory Expansion Kit (for 72X6671)
Miniature Mouse
Quick Charger
Quick Charger(U.S., Canada, Latin America)
Quick Charger (Japan, 2-pin)
Quick Charger (Japan, 3-pin)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 Bit AT)SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Cable (internal)
Serial Adapter
Strap
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)108

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

15F7996
72X6671
07G1851
07G1246
07G1248
07G1771
07G1190
06G9878
07G1541
07G2581
07G3999
53G7772
72X8524
72X6757
07G1540
07G1544
07G1546
07G1542
23F3230
94X2540
94X25278529151
72X6672
95F5723
07G1854
07G1247
07G1249
07G1774
92F0330
32G4089
37G0084
85F0063
85F0002
64F4127
79F6840
07G1449
92F0142

Keyboards
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapan
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSpanish Speaking
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

07G2954
07G1482
07G1490
07G1483
07G1484
07G1167
07G1168
07G2957
07G2956
07G2955
07G1169
07G1481
07G1485
07G1489
07G1480
07G1491
07G1486
07G1487
07G1488
07G2953
07G1166
07G1735

Numeric Keypad (N51 SX)ArabicBelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianJapan
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSpanish Speaking
Swedish/Finnish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F6877
95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
79F6401
95F5467
95F5741
95F6315
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Model N51 (8551)

109

110

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model CL57 (8554)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . .
Power-on Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics. . . .
Hard Disk Partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restoring the Partition . . . . . . . . . . . .
CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice. . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112
115
117
122
123
127
127
130
131
131
132
132
132
133
133
134
135
140
141

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

111

General Checkout001
DOES THE PROBLEM APPEAR TO BE A POWER
SUPPLY FAILURE?
Yes No002
Go to Step 006.
003
DO ALL SYSTEM-STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF?
Yes No004
Go to Step 006.
005
– Make sure the power control switch at the rear of thecomputer is set to ON.
– Go to “Power Systems Checkout” on page 117.
006
– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure no diskette is in the drive.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer and check for the following
responses:
1. All system-status indicators appear once for about
1 second.
Note: Some indicators remain on and others go
off after 1 second.
2. Memory test (the number increases.)
3. Audible responses:
One short beep- or Two short beeps.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE?
Yes No007
Go to Step 013 on page 114.
008
– Press Ctrl+Alt+Del. When the cursor moves to theupper right, press Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the system
program.

112

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

If the IBM logo screen does not appear, insert the
backup Reference Diskette into the diskette drive andrepeat this step.
1. If you are not at the Main Menu, follow the
instructions on the screen to advance to the Main
Menu.
If you cannot advance to the Main Menu, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
- or If that does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 130.
Notes:
a. If the computer has an incorrect keyboard or
numeric keypad response, go to “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” onpage 465.
b. If the printer has incorrect responses, go to“Printer Checkout” on page 468.
c. If the external CRT display has problems suchas jittering, rolling, shifting, or being
out-of-focus, go to “External Display Self-Test”
on page 464.
2. Press Ctrl+A and run the system checkout.

IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
Yes No009
Go to “Checking Installed Devices” on page 131.
010
– Run the diagnostic tests.
DID THE TEST IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Note: If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace
the last device tested.
- or If any POST error code appears, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
Yes

No
011
You might have an intermittent problem:
Check for damaged cables and connectors.
Reseat all adapters, drives, and modules.
Start an error log and run the tests multiple
times.
(Step 011 continues)Model CL57 (8554)

113

(CONTINUED)

011 (continued)
 Check the power supply in use when the error
is reported (see “Power Systems Checkout” onpage 117).
 Check “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
If this did not fix the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 130.
012
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
013
DID NOTHING APPEAR ON THE SCREEN?
Yes No014If all system-status indicators do not appear for
about 1 second, go to Step 016 under “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 117.
If the memory count is incorrect, go to “Memory
Checkout” on page 115.
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
If that does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 130.

015
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 122.
- or If that does not correct the problem, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 130.

114

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout
Customer diagnostics can eliminate defective memory sono memory error code appears at power-on reset. Afteryou replace a defective memory module on the systemboard or IC DRAM card, run Automatic Configuration.
Otherwise, the new memory will not be recognized. (If you
have to run configuration with your own diskette, be surethe customer has all the correct option diskettes available.)Power-off the computer before removing or replacing parts.
001– Remove all IC DRAM cards from the slots if installed.
– Run the memory tests.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No002
Replace the memory module on the system board.
003
DID YOU REMOVE THE IC DRAM CARD FROMSLOT 1?
Yes No004
Go to Step 007.
005
– Reinstall the IC DRAM card into slot 1 and run
Automatic Configuration.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No006
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 1.
If that does not correct the problem, replace thesystem board.
007
DID YOU REMOVE THE IC DRAM CARDFROM SLOT 1?
Yes No008(Step 008 continues)

Model CL57 (8554)

115

(CONTINUED)

008 (continued)
Go to Step 011.
009
– Reinstall the IC DRAM card into slot 2 and run
Automatic Configuration.
– Run the memory test.
Use the RUN TESTS ONE TIME option.
DID THE MEMORY TESTS END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No010
Replace the IC DRAM card in slot 2.
If that does not correct the problem, replace thesystem board.
011
If the problem occurs intermittently, run the memory tests
multiple times to have an error log.

116

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Systems CheckoutNote
One or all of the batteries can discharge if there is a
short circuit in the computer.
1. Replace the failing FRU if the power supply problem
is caused by a short circuit.
2. Determine if one (or all) of the batteries have becomedischarged. Replace a discharged battery with aknown-good spare.
3. Observe the Battery ID indicators or swap the twobattery packs to determine which one has becomedischarged.
The test procedures for each power supply are found on
the following pages.
“Testing the AC Adapter” on page 120.
“Testing the Battery Pack” on page 121.
“Testing the Backup Battery” on page 121.
None of the above? Follow the steps below.
001
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY WHEN USING THE
AC ADAPTER?
Yes No002
Go to Step 004.
003
Go to “Testing the AC Adapter” on page 120. If that does
not correct the problem, replace the voltage converter.
004
DID THE PROBLEM OCCUR ONLY ON BATTERY
POWERED OPERATION?
Yes No005
Go to Step 007 on page 118.
006
– Make sure the battery packs are fully charged.
– Go to “Testing the Battery Pack” on page 121 andcheck the battery packs. If that does not correct the
problem, replace the voltage converter.
007(Step 007 continues)
Model CL57 (8554)

117

(CONTINUED)

007 (continued)
DO ALL SYSTEM STATUS INDICATORS REMAIN OFF
AFTER POWER ON?
Yes No008
Go to Step 016 on page 119.
009
– Remove the following if installed:










Battery packs
Backup battery
IC DRAM card
Internal Data/Fax modem
Serial adapter
Numeric keypad
Math coprocessor
Mouse
External display– Go to Step 010.
010
– Plug in the AC adapter and power-on the computer.
DOES ANY INDICATOR REMAIN ON?
Yes No011– Power-off the computer and remove the following.
Hard disk drive
Diskette drive
LCD cables
Keyboard flexible cables– Power-on the computer again.
– Go to Step 013.
012
Suspect one of the options or devices.
– Reinstall each of the options or devices to the computer
one at a time, and power-on the computer to see if theoriginal problem occurs.
– Replace the last installed option or device when the
problem occurs.
013(Step 013 continues)

118

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

013 (continued)
DOES ANY INDICATOR REMAIN ON?
Yes No014– Replace the following FRUs one at a time until the
problem is corrected.
Indicator card
System board
Voltage converter

015
Suspect one of the devices.
– Reinstall each of the devices to the computer one at atime, and power-on the computer to see if the original
problem occurs.
– Replace the last installed device when the problem
occurs.
016– Observe the system-status indicators for about 1 second
after power on.
System-Status
Indicator

Condition A

Condition B

Power-On
Suspend Mode
Scroll Lock
Caps Lock
Numeric Lock
Diskette Drive
Hard Disk Drive
Battery ID 2
Battery Status 2
Battery ID 1
Battery Status 1
Carrier Detect

Off
Off
On
On
On
On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
–

On
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On
–

If the status lights match either condition A or B, replace
the voltage converter. If the status lights are different
from condition A or B, or replacing the voltage converter
does not correct the problem, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 130.

Model CL57 (8554)

119

Testing the AC Adapter:

If the Power-On
indicator is not on, check the power cord of the AC adapter
for proper installation and continuity.
1. If any noise can be heard from the AC adapter when
it is plugged into line voltage, replace the AC adapter
with a new one.
If no noise can be heard from the adapter, go to Step3.
2. If the noise still comes from the new AC adapter,suspect the computer. Replace the AC adapter withthe original one, then go to the next step. If no noise
comes from the new adapter, the original adapter has
the problem.
3. Unplug the AC adapter cable from the computer andmeasure the output voltages at the plug of the AC
adapter cable. Connect the minus lead of thevolt-ohm meter to pin 3 during the measurement.
2

1
3
4

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+18 to +22

2+17 to +21

3

GND

4

Communication GND

If the voltages are not correct:
1. Unplug the AC adapter from the ac power outlet
and leave it for a few minutes.
2. Plug the AC adapter into the ac outlet.
3. Measure the output voltages of the AC adapter.
4. If the voltages are still not correct, replace theAC adapter.
If the voltages are OK, plug the cable into thecomputer and try the failing operation again.

If the problem still remains, replace the voltage converter.
If the problem disappeared, suspect the installation andcontinuity of the AC adapter cable.

120

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Testing the Battery Pack
1. Remove each battery pack and measure the voltage
at the battery terminals between (+) and (−).

(+)

(T)
( )
Terminal

Voltage (V dc)(+)+12 to +18(T)

Thermal Detection(-)

GroundIf the voltage is less than +12 V dc, the battery
pack is discharged or defective.
 If the voltage is more than +12 V dc, go to thenext step.
2. Using a low-power ohm meter, measure theresistance at the battery terminals between(T) and (−). The resistance must be
500 ohms to 20 kilohms.


If the resistance is out of range, replace the battery
pack.

Testing the Backup Battery
1. Remove the keyboard and the top cover.
2. Disconnect the battery connector from the systemboard.
3. Measure the voltage of the backup battery.
(Black)+(Red)

Wire

Voltage (V dc)

Red+2.5 to +3.7

Black

GroundIf the voltage is correct, replace the system board. If it isnot, the backup battery is discharged by a short circuit oris defective.

Model CL57 (8554)

121Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 112. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing a computer.
If you are unable to correct the problem using this index,
go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 130.
IMPORTANT:
1. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
2. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostics tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
3. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part ofthis index.
4. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the system board. (See “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 117.)
5. If an error message is not listed, there is a device
installed that requires an additional diskette or service
manual. Refer to the diskette or service manual forthat device.
How to Read POST Error Messages
POST error messages are displayed on the screen as 3, 4,
5, or 8 digits. The error messages that can be displayed
as shorter POST messages are highlighted in thisSymptom-to-FRU Index.

122

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

In the following index, an X in an error message can be
any number.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00010200, 00010300,
00010400, 00010700

1. System Board

00010800

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge

00011000(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 115 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. IC DRAM Card or
Memory Module
2. System Board

000110XX

1. IC DRAM Card or
Memory Module
2. System Board

000113XX

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. Any Drive

000114XX

1. Communications
Cartridge

000118XX

1. IC DRAM Card or
Memory Module
2. System Board

00016100

1. See “Testing the
Backup Battery” onpage 121.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

00016300, 00016400,
00016500, 00016900(If setting configuration
does not solve the problem,see “Checking Installed
Devices” on page 131.)

1. Set Configuration
2. System Board
3. Communications
Cartridge
4. Hard Disk Drive
5. IC DRAM Card
6. Memory Module

000166XX

1. Communications
Cartridge

000171XX

1. See “Testing the
Backup Battery” onpage 121.
2. System Board

000172XX

1. System Board

00017300

1. See “Testing the
Backup Battery” onpage 121.
2. System Board
3. Voltage Converter

Model CL57 (8554)

123Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00017400(If Automatic Configuration
does not solve the problem,
run Advanced Diagnostics.)

1. Set Configuration
2. System Board
3. Math Coprocessor

00019000, 000191XX

1. System Board

00019200

1. Lid Switch
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

00019300

1. System Board

000199XX

1. System Board

0001XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. Indicator Card

0002XXXX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 115 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. IC DRAM Card or
Memory Module
2. System Board

00030100, 00030500

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard or Numeric
Keypad00030200, 00030300,
00030400

1. System Board
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. Keyboard or Numeric
Keypad00030600

1. Keyboard or Numeric
Keypad2. Auxiliary Input Device
3. Keyboard Control Card
4. System Board
5. I/O Panel Assembly

0004XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.

000601XX

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

000602XX

1. Defective Diskette000655XX, 000662XX
000670XX to 000675XX

1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
3. Diskette Drive Cable

0006XXXX
Unsupported drive or cable.

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

000720XX

1. System Board
2. Math Coprocessor

0007XXXX

1. Math Coprocessor
2. System Board

124

System Board
Any Parallel Device
Communication Cable
I/O Panel Assembly

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0011XX00

1.
2.
3.
4.

0014XXXX(See “Printer Checkout” onpage 468 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Printer
2. System Board

0024XX00

1. Display Control Card
2. Voltage Converter

005002XX, 005006XX,
005008XX

1.
2.
3.
4.

005004XX, 005010XX,
005032XX

1. Display Control Card
2. LCD Panel
3. LCD Cable

005009XX

1. External Display
2. Display Control Card
3. I/O Panel Assembly

00860100, 00860200
00861700, 00861800

1.
2.
3.
4.

Mouse or Trackball
System Board
Numeric Keypad
I/O Panel Assembly

0086XX00

1.
2.
3.
4.

System Board
Mouse or Trackball
Numeric Keypad
I/O Panel Assembly

0101XXXX

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 466.

010436XX

1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

0104XXXX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board
3. Hard Disk Drive Cable

0130XXXX

1. Indicator Card
2. System Board
3. Keyboard Control Card

0137XXXX

1. Serial Adapter
2. System Board
3. Communication
Adapter Holder
4. Any Serial Device
5. Communication Cable

0166XXXX, 0167XXXX

1. Adapter in
Communications
Cartridge
2. Communications
Cartridge

System Board
Serial Connector
Any Serial Device
Communication Cable

Display Control Card
Voltage Converter
External Display
I/O Panel Assembly

Model CL57 (8554)

125Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

I9990301(Startup drive not found.)

1. Start the backup
copy of theReference Disketteand verify if thestartup sequence iscorrect.
a. Select Set
features from theMain Menu.
b. Select Set
startupsequence.
c. Check the list ofdevices on thescreen.

I9990302(Operating system notfound.)

1. Make sure that an
operating system isinstalled.
2. Hard Disk Drive
3. System Board
4. Hard Disk Drive Cable

I998XXXX, I9990303(See “Hard Disk Partition”
on page 132 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. Restore the system
programs onto thesystem partition.
2. Set configuration
3. Hard Disk Drive
4. System Board
5. Hard Disk Drive Cable

126

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Continuous beep.

1. System Board

Repeating short beeps.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Control Card
3. System Board

One long and one short
beep.

1. System Board

One long and two short
beeps.

1. Display Control Card
2. System Board

One short beep and ablank, unreadable, or
flashing display with noexternal display attached.
(See “CL57 LCD FRU
Replacement Notice” onpage 133 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

One short beep andDiskette Prompt or aprogram load from the harddisk or unable to readdiskette.

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive Cable

Two short beeps and ablank display.

1. System BoardLCD Panel
Display Control Card
System BoardLCD Cable

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Note: A no beep symptom can be caused by incorrectvolume setting of the speaker. Set the speakervolume to its maximum position.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

A no beep and a blank or
unreadable display during
POST.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 117
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Voltage Converter
3. Communications
Cartridge
4. Hard Disk Drive
5. Display Control Card
6. Any options
7. Power source when
failing

A no beep with a blinking
cursor.

1. System Board
2. Display Control Card
3. Communications
Cartridge

A no beep with a normal
display during POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Speaker
Indicator Card
System Board
Keyboard Control Card

Model CL57 (8554)

127Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

A no beep and thecomputer hangs after
displaying memory count.

1. System Board
2. Communications
Cartridge
3. Hard Disk Drive

LCD too dark, unable toadjust contrast or
brightness.
(See “CL57 LCD FRU
Replacement Notice” onpage 133 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. LCD Panel
2. Regulator
3. Voltage Converter

LCD unreadable or illegible.
(See “CL57 LCD FRU
Replacement Notice” onpage 133 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. LCD Panel
2. Display Control Card
3. LCD Cable

Missing or discolored dotson the LCD panel.

1. See “CL57 LCD FRU
Replacement Notice”
on page 133.

Unable to turn the LCD on
and off.

1. Regulator
2. Voltage Converter
3. LCD Cable

Blank screen, or extra
horizontal or vertical line(s)displayed on upper or lower
half of the LCD.
(See “CL57 LCD FRU
Replacement Notice” onpage 133 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. LCD Panel
2. Display Control Card
3. LCD Cable

Four battery indicators areblinking.

1. Voltage Converter
2. System Board

Battery ID 1
Battery Status 1
Battery ID 2
Battery Status 2
System status indicator isincorrectly blinking or stayson.

1. Related Device
2. System Board
3. Indicator Card

System status indicator
stays off, but the POST
ends without an error.

1. Indicator Card
2. System Board
3. Related Device

Reference Diskette does notwork. (Try another
Reference Diskette or any
bootable diskette before
replacing FRUs. Ensure all
correct level drivers areloaded.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

128

Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Reference Diskette

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Keyboard does not work.

1. Keyboard Control
Card
2. Keyboard Cable
3. Numeric Keypad if
used
4. System Board

One or more keys do not
work.
(See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Keyboard
2. Numeric Keypad
3. Keyboard Control Card

External display problems.
(See “External Display
Self-Test” on page 464
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. Display Control Card

Incorrect memory size
during POST.
(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 115 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Memory Module
3. IC DRAM Card

Computer hang orIntermittent hang.
(See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 130
before replacing any FRUs.)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

System Board
Hard Disk Drive Cable
Hard Disk Drive
Replace the last device
being tested
Display Control Card
Memory Module
IC DRAM Card
Voltage Converter

The computer goes into
suspend mode after the
POST.

1.
2.
3.
4.

System Board
Voltage Converter
Lid Switch
Keyboard Control Card

The computer does notsuspend or resume.

1.
2.
3.
4.

System Board
Voltage Converter
Lid Switch
Keyboard Control Card

The computer does not
power off.

1. Voltage Converter
2. System Board
3. Indicator Card

Real-time clock inaccurate.
(See “Testing the Backup
Battery” on page 121 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. Backup Battery
2. System Board

Printer problems.

1. See “PrinterCheckout” onpage 468.

Model CL57 (8554)

129

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Internal Data/Fax modem
does not communicate witha remote modem or a fax.

1. See “Fax/Modem
Checkout” onpage 466.

DeviceCable
System Board
Serial Adapter (ifattached)
5. I/O Panel Assembly

Undetermined Problem
You are here because the diagnostics tests did not identify
the failing FRU.
Check the power supply in use (see “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 117). If the power supply is operatingcorrectly, return here and continue with the following
procedure.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the battery packs
from the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices oradapter (do not isolate FRUs that are known to begood).
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, printer, mouse, or other external devicec. IC DRAM cardd. Hard disk drive (fixed disk drive) or diskette drivee. Communications cartridgef. Any adapter and device
3. Power-on the computer and start the system program.
4. Press Ctrl+A to run the system checkout. Do notconfigure the computer. If diagnostics cannot beloaded from the hard disk, try and load them from theReference Diskette. Test only those adapters anddevices still attached to the computer.
5. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1 through 3
until you find the failing FRU or until all FRUs havebeen removed.
6. If all of the FRUs listed have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the system board.

130

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Checking Installed Devices”“Power-on Password” on page 132“How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics” on page 132“Hard Disk Partition” on page 132“Restoring the Partition” on page 133“CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice” on page 133

Checking Installed Devices
The Installed Devices List shows the presence of devices
in the computer. If an adapter or device is missing fromthe list, you might have one of the following conditions.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) might exist on the computer you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration can alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the View configuration) and verify that the samesettings are in place when service is complete.







The protected partition on the hard disk or theReference Diskette you are using does not containthe code required to support that device.
An adapter or device is defective.
The device missing from the list is an unrecognizable
drive or adapter.
The device missing from the list requires an additional
diskette.
A power supply voltage is incorrect (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 117).

If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostics
tests. If the list contains an adapter or device that is notinstalled, go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 130.

Model CL57 (8554)

131

Power-on Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

How to Run the Advanced Diagnostics
1. Power-on the computer.
2. When the cursor moves to the upper right, press
Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the system program. If the IBM
logo does not appear, insert the backup copy of theReference Diskette into the diskette drive, press
Ctrl+Alt+Del, then repeat this step.
3. Advance to the Main Menu.
4. Press Ctrl+A to run the system checkout.

Hard Disk Partition
A protected partition on the hard disk contains the system
configuration data set, system setup programs, andcustomer and advanced diagnostics. System setup anddiagnostic programs can be loaded from this partition bypressing and holding Ctrl+Alt+Del and, as soon as the
cursor moves to the upper right corner of the display,pressing and holding Ctrl+Alt+Ins.

132

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Restoring the Partition
If a computer or hard disk problem prevents system setup
or diagnostic programs from being loaded from theprotected partition, load and run the programs from theReference Diskette. If no errors are found, restore theprograms to the protected partition on the hard disk using
the following procedure.
1. Start the computer with the customer's backup copyof the Reference Diskette installed.
2. Select the Backup/Restore system programs from
the Main Menu.
3. Select the Restore the system partition to load thesystem setup and utility programs, and the customer
and advanced diagnostics programs onto the system
partition of the hard disk.
If this does not correct the problem, use the backup copyof the Reference Diskette to format the hard disk and thenrestore the programs to the protected partition. If the
problem remains, return to the I998XXXX, I9990303 error
code (on page 126 in the Symptom-to-FRU index).
Note: After the programs have been restored, theDiskette and F1 prompts appear, unless anoperating system is present.

CL57 LCD FRU Replacement Notice
If missing or discolored dots appear on the LCD, carefully
read the following note to determine whether you should
replace the LCD.
Important
The LCD for the Model CL57 contains over 921 000
thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number ofmissing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time) is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive
pixel problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD
should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies
either of the following conditions:The number of missing or discolored dots in any
colored back ground, except black, is 14 or more.
The number of lighted dots in a black backgroundis 7 or more.

Model CL57 (8554)

133

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SX 20 MHz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory (Standard)

2MB

Memory (Maximum)

16MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

80MB

134

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

.5/

.6/

.7/

.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

Battery CoverBattery Pack
Hinge Covers
Six Screws (4-EE, 2-C)
(One at each bottom corner and two throughextensions at bottom of LCD)
LCD Rear Cover(To separate panel from rear cover, placescrewdriver in small slit in bottom front of LCD
panel and release latch.)
Two Cables from LCD Assembly
Four Screws (LL)
(Two on each side)
LCD Assembly
Bend Back Thirteen LCD Panel Tabs
Four LCD Panel Screws (MM)(From back of panel)
Separate LCD Panel and LCD Bezel
Three Bottom Cover Screws (LL)
(At bottom-front)
Keyboard Frame
Two Screws (MM)(At rear of keyboard)
Loosen Keyboard
Four Screws (MM)(Look for .13/ four times in illustration.)
Loosen Top Cover
Two Ribbon Cables

Model CL57 (8554)

135

.16/

.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/

.21/

.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/

.29/
.3ð/
.31/
.32/

.33/
.34/
.35/
.36/
.37/
.38/
.39/
.4ð/
.41/
.42/
.43/

136

Keyboard(Keyboard can be removed without removing top
cover. However, keyboard cables cannot bereconnected with top cover installed.)
Trackball Cable(At right-rear of keyboard)
Indicator Card Cable
Top Cover(See step .14/. Ensure that keyboard is removed
before removing top cover.)Two Trackball Assembly Screws (LL)
Trackball Assembly
Speaker Cable
Four Screws (LL)
(Two indicator card screws from rear and two
speaker retainer bracket screws from bottom)
Indicator Card
(When replacing indicator card, ensure that speakervolume switch and power-on switch fit into theirrespective slots in top cover.)Speaker
Two Diskette Drive Ribbon Cables
Four Diskette Drive Screws (LL)
Micro Switch Cable
Diskette Drive and Mounting Bracket
Two Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cables
Four Hard Disk Drive Screws (LL)
Hard Disk Drive and Mounting Bracket(Have customer backup all information on hard disk
drive before removal. When replacing hard disk
drive, use customer's backup Reference Diskette torestore system partition.)
Backup Battery
Keyboard Control Card Ribbon Cable
Three Keyboard Control Card Screws (NN)
Keyboard Control Card
Display Control Card Ribbon Cable(Press and hold metal clips on each side of cableconnector.)
Two Display Control Card Screws (LL)
Display Control Card
Two Hinge Support Screws (LL)
(On hinge support)
Six Screws (4-PP, 2-QQ) and Hinge Assemblies(Three screws on each side)
Loosen Hinge Support
Two Regulator Card Cables
Three Regulator Card Screws (LL)
Regulator Card
Two I/O Connector Ribbon Cables
Two Threaded Spacers
Three Modem Guide Screws (V)Two Threaded Hex Spacers(At each end of system board)
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

.44/
.45/

.46/
.47/
.48/
.49/

.5ð/

Voltage Converter Cable
System Board Cable (upper left)
System Board and Mounting Bracket(When installing system board, ensure that power
control switch on I/O panel is set to On. Also, run
Automatic Configuration and set time and date.
Transfer math coprocessor (if installed) to new
system board.)
IC DRAM Card Connector(Connected under system board.)
Two I/O Connector Screws (LL)
I/O Connectors and CoverSix Voltage Converter Card Screws (SS)Two Threaded Spacers(On voltage converter card)
Battery Cable
Voltage Converter Card
(Be careful to use correct screws to replace voltage
converter. Bottom cover can be cracked.)

Model CL57 (8554)

137

Model CL57 Exploded View
27
26
24
28

23

25
33
34

42

41
43

45

46

47

32

49

48

40

44
50
30
29

1
2

31

9

138

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model CL57 Exploded View (continued)

5

7
8

4
6
3

36

36

10

11
15

12

35

13

37
39
20
13

38

21

19
22

16
14

20

13

13

18
17

Model CL57 (8554)

139

Locations
System Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

System Expansion Connector (150-pin)
Display Control Card
Serial Connector
I/O Panel (Parallel/External Input)
Indicator Card
Password-Override Connector
Backup Battery
Communication Interface (Modem/Serial)
Diskette Drive
Thermal Sensor
Hard Disk Drive
Trackball/Keyboard Card Connector
Dew Point Sensor
Voltage Converter
Voltage Converter
2

3

4

5
4
5
3

6

2

7

0

140

9

8

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing
4
3

2

1

5
6

28
27

26
25

24

7
8

23
9
10
22
18

19

20

21

11

17
16

15

14

12
13

Model CL57 (8554)

141

System Unit
Index
1
Frame, Keyboard
07G13932
Bezel, LCD
07G1391
3
LCD Panel
48G9999
4
Cover, LCD Rear
07G1392
Cable, LCD
07G1384
5
Speaker
07G1229
6
Indicator Card
07G1375
Support, Indicator Card
07G1398
7
Top Cover
07G13908
Trackball Assembly
1397752
9
Guide, Modem
07G1378
Bracket, Modem
07G1408
10
Hinge, Support
07G1407
Hinge, Left
07G1403
Hinge, Right
07G1404
11
Cover, I/O Connectors
07G1394
12
Cover, Option Slot
07G1395
Cover, Math Coprocessor
07G1429
13
Backup Battery, Lithium
35G2282
14
Diskette Drive Assembly
72X6074
Bracket, Diskette Drive
07G1405
Cable, Diskette Drive
07G1379
15
Lid Switch
07G1386
16
Hard Disk Drive, 80MB
95F4708
Bracket, Hard Disk Drive
07G1406
Cable, Hard Disk Drive
07G1380
17
Bottom Cover
07G1389
18
Keyboard Control Card
1397751
19
Voltage Converter
07G1373
20
2MB IC DRAM Card
07G1414
4MB IC DRAM Card
07G1415
8MB IC DRAM Card
07G1416
21
Regulator
06G9536
22
Connector, IC DRAM Card
07G1377
23
Memory Module Kit, System Board
07G1879
24
System Board
07G1371
Note: On system board EC
level C81806A, J2 and J12 have been removed,
and the cable between J2 and Voltage Converter(index 19) is not used.
System Board Dew Sensor
35G2319
25
Switch, Communications Cartridge
07G1385
26
Display Control Card
07G1372
27
I/O Panel Assembly
07G1374
Bracket, Connector
07G1402(includes slide and connector screws)
Serial Connector Assembly
07G1426
28
Keyboard (see Keyboards)
Battery Pack, Rechargeable, HHR140A
07G1413
For Benelux
06G8433
For Nordic countries
06G8434
For Switzerland
06G8432
Battery Pack, Rechargeable, HHR150A
06G9259
For Switzerland
06G9264
Holder, Battery Pack
07G1376
Sensor, Thermal
07G1387
Slide, Brightness/Contrast
07G1399
Slide, Power Switch
07G1400
Slide, Volume Control
07G1401142

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

IndexFoot, Left
Foot, Right
Cable, 50-Pin(voltage converter to system board)
Cable, 4-Pin(voltage converter to system board)
Communications Adapters:
Serial Adapter
Data/Fax Modem Adapter(U.S., Canada only)
High-Speed Data/Fax Modem(U.S., Canada only)
Telephone Cable
Miscellaneous Kit
Miscellaneous Kit, LCD
Screw Kit

07G1396
07G1397
07G1382
07G1383

79F6840
53G7772
92F0288
94X1540
07G1409
07G1410
07G1411

Options and Adapters
AC Adapter, CVCC, World Trade
for Japan
for U.S./Canada
AC Adapter, CT
for Japan
for U.S./Canada
Communications Cartridge
External Battery Pack
Battery Pack Cable (for 34G9869)
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A Cable
Miniature Mouse
Strap
Trackball Cable

06G8457
06G8462
06G8452
35G2285
07G1412
07G3999
34G9869
34G9870
94X2540
94X2527
95F5723
07G1449
07G1381

Keyboards
FrenchGermanItalianJapanese
Spanish
U.K. English
U.S. English
Cable, Keyboard

1397927
1397926
1397928
13982991397929
13979251397750
07G1381

Numeric Keypad
FrenchGermanItalian
Spanish
U.K. English
U.S. English

95F6313
95F6314
95F6316
95F6315
95F5741
95F5741

Model CL57 (8554)

143

144

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model P70 and P75 (8573)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Installed Devices . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable and Disable Settings. . . . . . . . .
How to Run Advanced Diagnostics . . . . . .
Power-on Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview (P70). . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview (P75). . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing (P70). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing (P75). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146
149
150
151
156
157
157
157
158
158
159
160
160
161
170
172
178

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

145

General Checkout001– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Make sure there are no diskettes in the drives.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the computer.
ARE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO THE
SYSTEM UNIT?
Yes No002
Go to Step 005.
003
DID THE POWER-GOOD LIGHT ON ALL OF THE
EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON?
Yes No004
Go to the external devices service pamphlet.
005
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No006
Continue with Step 014 on page 147.
007
IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE
RANGE OF 02080000 190I TO 02410000 190I?
Yes No008
Continue with Step 014 on page 147.
009
– Start the Reference Diskette and verify that the “Enable”
and “Disable” settings are correct. (For more
information, go to “Enable and Disable Settings” onpage 158.)– If you get a warning message to instruct you to “Keep”
and “Remove” setting, follow the instructions on thescreen before continuing.
(Step 009 continues)

146

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

009 (continued)
DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE
SETTINGS?
Yes No010
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 151.
– Before replacing any SCSI devices, verify that
there are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
011– Remove the Reference Diskette and restart thecomputer.
DID THE ERROR REMAIN?
Yes No012
If you suspect another problem, or wish to run
System Checkout, continue with Step 014.
013
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 151.
014
– Insert your Reference Diskette.
– Press Ctrl+Alt+Del and check for the following
responses:
1. One or two short beeps.
2. IBM logo screen appears.
DID YOU RECEIVE THE RESPONSES LISTED ABOVE?
Yes No015
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 151.
If that does not correct the problem, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 156.
016
– Advance to the Main Menu.
– Press Ctrl+A and run System Checkout.
Notes:
1. If the computer has incorrect keyboard responses,
go to “External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout” on page 465.
2. If the printer has incorrect responses, go to “PrinterCheckout” on page 468.
3. If the external display has problems such as
jittering, rolling, shifting, or being out-of-focus, go to“External Display Self-Test” on page 464.
Model P70 and P75 (8573)

147

(CONTINUED)

4. A minimum of 512KB of memory must be active toload the diagnostic tests.
IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
Yes No017
Go to “Checking Installed Devices” on page 157.
018
– Run the diagnostic tests. (See “How to Run Advanced
Diagnostics” on page 158.)
Note:

If the test stops and you cannot continue,
replace the last device being tested.

DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Yes No019
Go to Step 021.
020
Follow the action described on the screen. If that does notcorrect the problem go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 151.
021
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No022
You might have an intermittent problem.






Check for damaged cables and connectors.
Reseat all adapters, drives, and modules.
Check the system unit fan for proper operation.
Start an error log and run the tests multiple
times.
Go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 156023
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 151.
If that does not correct the problem, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 156.

148

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout
Power-off the computer before removing or replacing parts.
4MB memory modules installed in slots 2 or 4 must be
FRU number 79F3234.
00011000 indicates a system board parity check error.
Remove all memory module kits except the one inposition 1. If the problem remains, replace the kit inposition 1. If the kit does not solve the problem,
replace the system board.
If the problem disappears after removing the memory
module kits (you should still have a kit in position 1),
install the kits, one at a time, until the problem
returns. Replace the kit that caused the problem toreturn. If the kit does not solve the problem, replace
the system board.
00011100 indicates a memory expansion adapter parity
check error.
Remove the memory expansion adapters from the
expansion slots one at a time until you no longer get
a 111 error. (If all of the adapters have been
removed and you still have a 111 error, replace thesystem board.)
Remove the memory expansion kits from the adapterthat was removed last. Install the kits one at a time
until the failure returns. Replace the kit that caused
the error to return; if that does not solve the problem,
replace the adapter.
00021500, 00021600 indicates a failing system board
memory module kit.
If the error message does not indicate the location of
the failing kit, follow the procedure for a 00011000
error, described above.

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

149

Power Systems Checkout
To check the power supply voltages, do the following:
Note: If you cannot power-on the computer, a motor-start
jumper might be installed on the hard disk drive.
Remove the motor-start jumper.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Unplug the two power-supply connectors.
3. Power-on the computer and check for the voltages
listed below.
 If the voltages are not correct, check the power
cord for continuity.
 If the power cord is good, replace the power
supply.
Vdc
Minimum

Vdc
Maximum

Ground (–)
Pin

Positive (+)
Pin

+4.8
+11.5
–11.0

+5.2
+12.6
−12.9

6, 7, or 8
6, 7, or 8
6, 7, or 8

3, 4, or 5
2
1

12
8
9
4

1

5

System Unit Fan:

A non-functioning fan can cause
heat to build up resulting in intermittent problems.
If the fan is not running, replace the power supply.

150

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
Error symptoms and the FRUs that might be responsible
for the failure are listed in the “Symptom-To-FRU index.”
The most-likely failing FRU is listed first.
If the computer displays an error message and gives anincorrect audio response, start with the FRUs listed for thaterror message. An X in an error message can be any
number.
Notes:
1. Before replacing any SCSI devices, verify that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
2. If you are unable to find an error message, you havean IBM device with its own service manual or a
device not supported by the advanced diagnostic
tests. Refer to the manual for that device.
Important

SLOT 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI
adapter built into the system board which controls theinternal and external SCSI devices.
If you are instructed to replace the SCSI adapter inslot 1, replace the system board.
Note: The system board for the Model P75 486 consistsof two FRUs. If you are instructed to replace the systemboard, exchange the system board first. If that does notcorrect the problem, reinstall the original system board,then exchange the processor card.
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Reference Diskette does notwork. (Try another
Reference Diskette or any
bootable diskette before
replacing FRUs. Ensure all
correct level drivers areloaded.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Reference Diskette

Reference Diskette does notwork. (Try another
Reference Diskette or any
bootable diskette before
replacing FRUs. Ensure all
correct level drivers areloaded.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Diskette Drive
System Board
Diskette Drive Cable
Reference Diskette

One or more keys do notwork

1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board

Changing colors

1. External Display
2. Plasma Display Card

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

151

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Power-good light does notlight - fan does not run (see“Undetermined Problem” onpage 156).

1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. Any device or adapter

No beep and the computeris otherwise functional.

1. Speaker Assembly
2. System Board

No beep and nonfunctional
computer.
(See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 156
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Power Supply

Continuous beep

1. Power Supply
2. System Board

Repeating short beeps

1. Power Supply
2. System Board
3. Keyboard (stuck key)

One long and one short
beep

1. Display Option
Adapter (if installed)
2. System Board
3. Power Supply

One long and two short
beeps

1.
2.
3.
4.

One short beep and a blankor unreadable display withno external display

1. Plasma Display
Assembly
2. Plasma Display Cables
3. Plasma Display Card
4. System Board

One short beep and diskette
prompt or a program loads
from the fixed disk drive

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board
3. Power Supply

LED for fixed disk drive
stays on.

1. Fixed Disk Drive
2. System Board
3. Power Supply

LED for fixed disk drive notworking, but computer iscompletely functional.

1. LED Assembly
2. System BoardSCSI ID of the internal fixed
disk drive cannot be set
correctly

1. Set Configuration
2. Internal SCSI Fixed
Disk Drive
3. SCSI ID Switch

000110XX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 149 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
Memory Module
2. System Board

000111XX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 149 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Memory Expansion
Kit
2. Memory Expansion
Adapter

000112XX, 000113XX

1. Any Adapter
2. System Board

152

Plasma Display Card
System Board
Power Supply
Display Option Adapter

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

000161XX

1. Battery

000162XX(Verify the “enable,”“disable” settings are correct
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. Any Device

000163XX, 000164XX,
000165XX(See “Checking Installed
Devices” on page 157 formore information.)

1. Set Configuration
2. System Board

000166XX

1. Any Adapter

000194XX

1. System Board
2. Memory Module

0001XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board

000201XX

1. System Board
Memory Module orMemory Expansion
Adapter or Memory
Expansion Kit
2. System Board

20X (slot 0)

1. System Board
Memory Module
2. System Board

20X (slot 1 - 4)

1. Adapter Memory
2. Memory Adapter

000211XX, 000215XX,
000216XX, 000221XX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 149 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. System Board
Memory Module
2. System Board

000225XX

1. System Board
Memory Module
2. System Board

000301XX, 000302XX

1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board

000303XX

1. System Board
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Cable

000304XX

1. System Board
2. Keyboard

000305XX

1. Keyboard Cable

000401XX

1. System Board

000602XX

1. Defective Diskette

0006XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.

0007XXXX

1. Processor Board
2. System Board

Diskette Drive
System Board
Power Supply
Diskette-Drive Cable

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

153

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

001102XX, 001106XX

1. System Board
2. Any Serial Device

001107XX

1. Communications
Cable
2. System Board

001108XX, 001109XX

1. System Board
2. Serial Device

0011XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board

001202XX, 001206XX

1. Dual Async
Adapter/A

001207XX

1. Communications
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A

001208XX, 001209XX

1. Serial Device

0012XXXX(not listed above)

1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board

0014XXXX(See “Printer Checkout” onpage 468 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Printer
2. System Board

004611XX, 004630XX

1. Multiport/2 Interface
Board
2. Multiport/2 Adapter

004612XX, 004613XX,
004640XX, 004641XX

1. Memory Module
2. Multiport/2 Adapter

004650XX

1. Multiport Interface
Cable

0046XXXX

1. Multiport/2 Adapter
2. Interface Board
3. Memory Module008601XX, 008602XX

1. Pointing Device

008603XX

1. System Board

008604XX

1. System Board
2. Pointing Device

0096XXXX

1. SCSI Adapter (withcache)
2. Any SCSI Device
3. System Board

010007XX

1. Communications
Cable
2. Multiprotocol Adapter/A

0100XXXX(not listed above)

1. Multiprotocol
Adapter/A
2. System Board

010102XX, 010106XX,
010108XX

1. Modem Adapter/A

0010109XX

1. Serial Device

154

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0101XXXX(not listed above)

1. Modem Adapter/A
2. System Board

0112XXXX(SLOT 1 designates thelogical position for the SCSI
adapter built into the systemboard which controls theinternal and external SCSI
devices. To replace the
SCSI adapter in slot 1,
replace the system board.)

1. SCSI Adapter(without cache)
2. SCSI Device

000107XX

1. 5.25 inch External
Diskette Drive
2. 5.25 inch External
Diskette Drive
Adapter/A

012102XX, 012106XX,
012108XX

1. 300/1200/2400 Modem
Adapter/A

012109XX

1. Serial Device

0121XXXX(not listed above)

1. 300/1200/2400 Modem
Adapter/A
2. System Board

012901XX, 012902XX,
012903XX

1. Processor Card
2. System Board

014710XX

1. Plasma Display Card
2. Display Option Adapter

014711XX

1. Plasma Display Card
2. Display Option Adapter

0147XXXX

1.
2.
3.
4.

01490XXX, 01491XXX,
01492XXX

1. Plasma Display Card
2. System Board
3. Plasma Display
Assembly

014932XX

1. External Display
2. Plasma Display Card

014952XX

1. Plasma Display
Assembly
2. Plasma Display Card
3. System Board

016500XX

1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter

016520XX

1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive016540XX

1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter

Plasma Display Card
Display Option Adapter
System Board
Processor Card

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

155

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0166XXXX, 0167XXXX

1. Token-Ring Network
Adapter/A
2. System Board

0208XXXX(Verify that there are no
duplicate SCSI ID settings.)

1. Any SCSI Device

0210XXXX(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal devices service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI Fixed Disk
Drive
2. SCSI Adapter
3. SCSI Cable
4. SCSI ID Switch(internal SCSI fixed
disk drive only)

0215XXXX(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal device service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI CD-ROM Drive
2. SCSI Adapter

Undetermined Problem
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following adaptersor devices.
 Non-IBM devices
 Any external device (modem, printer, mouse, or
external display) Any adapter
 Fixed disk or diskette drive
 Memory module kits.
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 until
you find the failing adapter or device.
5. If all adapters and devices have been removed andthe problem persists, check the power supply
voltages. If the voltages are correct, replace thesystem board. If the voltages are not correct, replace
the power supply. If the symptom remains, reinstall
the original system board and replace the processor
card.

156

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Checking Installed Devices”“SCSI Devices”“Enable and Disable Settings” on page 158“How to Run Advanced Diagnostics” on page 158“Power-on Password” on page 159

Checking Installed Devices
If an adapter or device is missing from the list, you might
have one of the following conditions:






Your Reference Diskette does not contain the moduleof code required to support that device.
The missing device is a 5.25-Inch 360KB or 1.2MB
External Diskette Drive adapter, or anotherunrecognizable adapter.
The missing device is defective.
An adapter or system board is defective.

Run Automatic Configuration (see “Automatic
Configuration” before continuing) and determine which typeof device, SCSI or non-SCSI, is missing from the Installed
Devices List, in Advanced Diagnostics, then continue withthe following steps. (If SCSI and non-SCSI devices bothare missing, go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 156.)SCSI Devices
Important

SLOT 1 designates the logical position for the SCSI
adapter built into the system board which controls theinternal and external SCSI devices.
If you are instructed to replace the SCSI adapter inslot 1, replace the system board.
The adapter supporting the missing device might bedefective. If more than one SCSI adapter is installed,
isolate adapters in the option slots one by one, thensuspect the system board.
1. Power-off the computer and disconnect all cables
attached to the system board and the SCSI adapter.
2. Terminate the adapter, as required.
3. Power-on the computer and run Automatic
Configuration. If the adapter is not on the Installed
Devices List, in Advanced Diagnostics, the adapter orthe system board is defective. If the adapter is on thelist, run the adapter diagnostic tests.

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

157

4. If the adapter fails the tests, replace it or the systemboard (SLOT 1). If the adapter passes the tests, adifferent adapter might be defective.
5. Reconnect the cables to the SCSI adapter or systemboard, then terminate the adapter, as required.
6. Go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 156 to findthe problem.

Enable and Disable Settings
To verify that the “Enable” and “Disable” settings arecorrect, select Set and View SCSI Device Configurationfrom the Set Configuration menu, and determine if there
are any “Presence Error Reporting” devices listed. The
settings must be as follows:

Devices connected to the computer must be set to“Enabled.”
Devices listed but not connected must be set to“Disabled.”

Change the settings by pressing F5, then save them bypressing F10.

Non-SCSI Devices:

The missing device is

defective.
If that does not correct the problem, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 156.
Note: If the number of diskette drives shown on the list isincorrect, an error can occur during the tests. Restart thecomputer and verify that the drive information on the Set
Configuration menu is correct, then continue testing.

How to Run Advanced Diagnostics
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Power-off the computer.
Insert the Reference Diskette into drive A.
Power-on the computer.
Advance to the Main Menu.
Press Ctrl+A to run the System Checkout.

158

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power-on Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

159

Product Overview (P70)
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386 20-Mhz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory(Standard)

2MB

Memory(Maximum)

8MB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

30MB
60MB
120MB

Product Overview (P75)
The following table provides a brief overview of thecomputer features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)486 33-MHz

Bus Architecture

Micro Channel

Memory(Standard)

8MB

Memory(Maximum)

16MB

Video

XGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

160MB
400MB

160

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Use the figure below to locate the FRU you want toremove. Refer to the following pages for additional
information.

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

161

A

C

B

E
D

F

G
H

162

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)
A

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

163

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)

B

C

164

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)

DE

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

165

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)
F

166

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)

G

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

167

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)
H1 Model P75

168

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Model P70/P75 Exploded View (continued)
H2 Model P70

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

169

Locations
System Board (P70)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/

Speaker Connector
Battery Connector
Expansion Connector
Plasma-Display-Adapter Connector
Parallel-Port Connector
Serial-Port Connector
Pointing-Device Connector
Keyboard Connector
External Diskette-Drive Connector
Hard-Disk-Drive Connector
Power-Supply Connector
80387 Math Coprocessor Connector
Password-Override Connector
Indicator Connector
Diskette-Drive Connector
Memory-Module Connector 4 (MEM 4)
Memory-Module Connector 3 (MEM 3)
Memory-Module Connector 2 (MEM 2)
Memory-Module Connector 1 (MEM 1)
6

5

7

8

4
3
2

9
0

19
18

2

17

3

16

170

5

4

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Board (P75)
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/

Pointing-Device Port Connector
Serial-Port Connector
Parallel-Port Connector
SCSI-Port Connector
Hard-Disk-Drive Connector
Power-Supply Connector
Password-Override Connector
Indicator Connector
Diskette-Drive Connector
Memory-Module Connector 4 (MEM 4)
Memory-Module Connector 3 (MEM 3)
Memory-Module Connector 2 (MEM 2)
Memory-Module Connector 1 (MEM 1)
Speaker Connector
Battery Connector
Processor-Card Connector
Expansion Connector, small
Plasma Display Card Connector
Expansion Connector, large
External Storage-Device Connector
Keyboard Connector

20

19

21

18

17
16
5
2
3
5

4

4

6

3
7

2

8
0

9

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

171

14

15

13

16

1

2

12

3

11

10

9

7

4

8

6

5

Parts Listing (P70)172

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System (P70, All Serial Numbers)
Index
1
See DASD
7
2MB Memory Module
4MB Parity Memory-Module Kit (70ns)
8
Battery
9
Holder, Battery/Speaker10
Speaker
80387 Math Coprocessor, 16 MHz
80387 Math Coprocessor, 20 MHz
11
LED Assembly
13
Plasma Display Assembly (see page 177)
Bracket, Bus Interface
Cable, Keyboard
Cable, Plasma Display Signal
Name Plate, Model P70
Copper Tape Kit (for ECA 104)
Shipping Carton (U.S. and Canada)
Shipping Carton (other countries)
Rear Door
Screws (four each)
6/32 x 1/4, 3 x 5 mm,
3 x 8 mm, mm 3 x 10, 3 x 12 mm,
3.5 x 6 mm, 4 x 4 mm, 4 x 8 mm,
4 x 9 mm, 4 x 10 mm

92F0104
79F3234
72X8498
65X1571
65X1319
72X6673
90X7393
65X1569
38F47376279235
65X1576
65X1574
65X1528
07G1680
23F3196
23F3195
65X1583
23F2741

System (P70, Serial Number xxxx49999 and earlier)Index
2
System Board (031, 16 MHz)2
System Board (061, 121, 20 MHz)
3
Plasma Display Adapter (see page 177)
Cable, Plasma Display Power(see page 177)
4
Bus Interface Assembly
Bus Interface Card
5
Cover, Rear
6
Power Supply (see page 177)
12
Cover, Main (8573-031, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-031, 99 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-061, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-061, 99 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-121, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-121, 99 prefix) (R)Cover, PDP Connector
14
Cover, Diskette Drive
Cover, Hard Disk Drive
Tilt Assembly, Diskette Drive
Display Tilt

38F5969
65X1564
38F4686
38F5939
65X1567
79F3197
65X1582
38F4734
38F782138F8947
65X1577
23F3206
23F3018
23F3207
65X1558
79F3239
65X1563
65X1559
65X1579

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

173

System (P70, Serial Number xxxx50001 or later)
Index
2
System Board (031, 16 MHz)2
System Board (061, 121, 20 MHz)
3
Plasma Display Adapter (see page 177)
Cable, Plasma Display Power
4
Bus Interface Assembly
Bus Interface Card
Cover, PDP Connector
Cover, Hard Disk Drive
Cover, Rear
Tilt Assembly, Diskette Drive
Display Tilt
12
Cover, Main (8573-031, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-031, 99 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-061, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-061, 99 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-121, 23 prefix) (R)12
Cover, Main (8573-121, 99 prefix) (R)14
Cover, Diskette Drive
16
Catch, Diskette Drive

56F9084
56F9085
59F9083
56F9087
56F9101
79F3197
56F9102
56F9089
56F9096
56F9097
56F9100
56F9090
56F9091
56F9092
56F9093
56F9094
56F9095
56F9088
23F2742DASD (P70 386)
Index
1
30MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)(Includes ESDI hard disk controller)
160MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)(Includes ESDI hard disk controller)
1
120MB Hard Disk Drive (ESDI)(Includes ESDI hard disk controller)
15
1.44MB Diskette Drive
Cable, Diskette Drive
Cable, Hard Disk

174

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

612828761282946128291
38F5936
65X1572
64F8799

Options and Adapters (P70)
2MB Memory Module
2-8MB 80386 Memory Expansion Adapter
2MB Memory Module (85ns) (for 90X9556)
300/1200 Modem Adapter/A
Communications Cable (for 34F0006)
300/1200/2400 Modem Adapter/A
Communications Cable (for 65X1253)
36/38 Emulation Adapter
5.25-inch Drive Adapter/A (360KB/1.2MB)
80386 Memory Expansion Adapter
Memory Expansion Kit (for 72X6671)
80387 Coprocessor, 16MHz
80387 Coprocessor, 20MHz
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
External Diskette Drive Adapter
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A Cable
High Speed Communications Coprocessor
Leased Line Modem
Multiprotocol Adapter/A
Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6-Port V.35
Realtime Interface Coprocessor Multiport/2
4-port RS232-C Elec Intfc Brd (for 09F1888)
8-port RS232-C Elec Intfc Brd (for 09F1888)
512KB Memory Module Pkg (for 09F1888)
Multiport Interface Cable (for 09F1888)
S/370 Channel Emulator Adapter/A
SCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 Bit AT)SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
SDLC Adapter
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)
Token-Ring 16/4 Adapter/A
Token-Ring 16/4 Adapter
Token-Ring Adapter/A
RPL Module (for 25F7540)
X.25 Interface Coprocessor

07G1879
90X9556
92F0104
34F0006
8285985
65X1253
94X1540
69X6294
15F7996
72X6671
72X6672
72X6673
90X7393
72X8524
72X6757
94X2540
94X2527
04G5827
26F072485F0004
72F0164
09F1888
09F1957
91F7974
16F2267
00F5524
06F3160
85F0063
33F8464
92F0057
85F0002
64F4127
92F0330
32G4089
37G0084
8286099
92F014293F033193F0334
25F7540
83X9180
44F7123

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

175

Keyboard and Mouse (P70 386)
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGermanItalianLatin Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French/German
U.K. English
U.S. English
TurkishGreek
HebrewArabicKeyboard Cable
Mouse

176

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

65X1598
65F0000
65X1601
65X1602
65X1603
65X1604
65X1605
65X1606
65X1607
65X1608
65X1609
65X1610
65X1611
65X1612
65X1537
65X1613
65X1614
65X1615
65X1616
64F9998
61X8923

IMPORTANT: (See ECA 014)
Some early P70 386 computers require concurrent
replacement of the plasma display assembly, plasma
display adapter, power supply, or plasma display power
cable. Follow the instructions below to determine theproper parts to be replaced. Do not use any part numbersother than the ones listed.
Instructions:
Step 1:

Check the serial number of the system unit. The
serial number is under the left corner of theplasma display panel.
Is the serial number (S/N)
between 230000001 and 230004000 or
between 231000001 and 231001000 ?
Yes: Go to step 2.
No: Replace the failing part.

Step 2:Check the FRU number of the plasma display
assembly. The FRU number is on the back of
the plasma display panel.
orCheck the color of the power supply cable fromthe power supply assembly to the plasma display
assembly.
Is the FRU number of the plasma display
assembly 38F4737 ?
orIs the color of the power supply cable GRAY?
Yes: Replace the failing part.
No: Replace all parts in Table 1 at the same
time.

Part Name

Part Number

Plasma Display Assembly

38F4737

Plasma Display Adapter

38F4686

Power Supply

38F4734

Plasma Display Power Cable

38F5939

Table 1. Parts for Concurrent Replacement

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

177

14

15

13

16

1

10

12

2

11

3

17

9

7

4

8

6

5

Parts Listing (P75)178

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Unit (P75 486)
Index
1
See DASD
Bracket, Bus Interface
2
Plasma Display Adapter
3
Processor Card, (80486 33MHz)
Screw-kit
4
Bus Interface, 4-slot
Bus Interface Cable
Cable Set, Ground
Cable, Plasma-Display Power(with cable tie)
Cable, Plasma-Display Signal(with cable tie)
5
Cover, Rear
Security Key/Lock
Display Tilt
6
Power Assembly
7
2MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
7
4MB Memory Module Kit (70ns)
4MB Parity Memory-Module Kit (70ns)
8
Battery
9
Holder, without Speaker/Battery
10
System Board (161, 401, 33Mhz)
11
LED AssemblyName Plate, System Unit
Name Plate, Keyboard
Connector, Plasma Display
Cover, Connector
12
Cover, Main (Model 161)
S/N 99xxxxx
S/N 23xxxxx
12
Cover, Main (Model 401)
S/N 99xxxxx
S/N 23xxxxx
13
Plasma Display Assembly
14
Cover, Diskette Drive
Bracket, Fixed Disk Drive
16
Catch, Diskette Drive
17
Speaker
Tilt Assembly, Diskette Drive
Shipping Carton Box
S/N 99xxxxx
S/N 23xxxxx

6279235
78F9897
64F8789
64F9989
64F9977
78F9893
64F9990
64F9973
64F9974
64F9984
64F9991
56F9100
64F8798
92F0102
92F0105
79F3234
64F9987
64F9986
78F9896
65X1569
64F9988
65X1549
56F9102
64F9978
64F9980
64F998164F9982
64F9983
64F9985
56F9088
64F9979
23F2742
78F992156F9097
64F9996
64F9997

DASD (P75 486)
Index
1
160MB Fixed DiskSCSI ID Switch for 160MB
1400MB Fixed DiskSCSI ID Switch for 400MB
Cable, Fixed-Disk Power
Cable, Fixed-Disk Signal
153.5-Inch Diskette Drive15
3.5-Inch Diskette Drive(with 4MB Sensor)

56F8851
79F321885F0012
79F3219
64F9971
64F9976
38F5936
38F5936

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

179

Options and Adapters (P75 486)
300/1200 Modem Adapter/A
300/1200/2400 Modem Adapter/A
Communications Cable (for 65X1253)
36/38 Emulation Adapter
5.25-inch Drive Adapter/A (360KB/1.2MB)
6157 Tape Adapter
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter
External Diskette Drive Adapter
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A
FaxConcentrator Adapter/A Cable
High Speed Communications Coprocessor
Internal Tape Backup Unit
Formatted Blank Tape (for 87F9787)
Leased Line Modem
Multiprotocol Adapter/A
Realtime Interface Coprocessor 6-Port V.35
Realtime Interface Coprocessor Multiport/2
4-port RS232-C Elec Intfc Brd (for 09F1888)
8-port RS232-C Elec Intfc Brd (for 91F1888)
Multiport Interface Cable (for 09F1888)
512KB Memory Module Pkg (for 09F1888)
S/370 Channel Emulator Adapter/A
Screen Reader Keypad
Screen Reader Keypad CableSCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Cable (internal)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 Bit AT)SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
Tape Cover Plate
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)
Token-Ring 16/4 Adapter/A
Token-Ring Adapter/A
RPL Module (for 25F7540)
X.25 Interface Coprocessor

180

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

34F0006
65X1253
94X1540
69X6294
15F7996
37F6718
72X8524
72X6757
94X2540
94X2527
04G5827
87F9787
30F5277
26F072485F0004
72F0164
09F1888
09F1957
91F7974
00F5524
16F2267
06F3160
1393515
72X8537
85F0063
33F8464
92F0057
85F0002
64F4127
92F0330
32G4089
37G0084
87F9767
92F014293F033125F7540
83X9180
44F7123

Keyboard and Mouse (P75 486)
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGermanItalianLatin Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French/German
U.K. English
U.S. English
TurkishGreek
HebrewArabicKeyboard Cable
Mouse

65X1598
65F0000
65X1601
65X1602
65X1603
65X1604
65X1605
65X1606
65X1607
65X1608
65X1609
65X1610
65X1611
65X1612
65X1537
65X1613
65X1614
65X1615
65X1616
64F9998
61X8923

Model P70 and P75 (8573)

181

182

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

ThinkPad 300 (2615)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Failed Device to FRU Index. . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run Advanced Diagnostics . . . . . .
Using the Advanced Utilities. . . . . . . . .
Read LAN ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set LAN ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Set EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PREP — Hard Disk Low Level Format. . . .
BIOS Update Procedure . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

184
185
185
190
192
193
193
194
194
194
194
194
194
194
195
196
197
200
200
201

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

183

General Checkout
Important
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype card, or
modified options can give false errors and invalid
computer responses.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
3. Power-on all external devices, then power-on thecomputer.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the Monitor program.
5. At the Monitor-program prompt, type BF then press
Enter.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and run the
diagnostics tests. For information on how to disable apassword, see “Power-On Password” on page 194.
Note: Press F1 to access the help screens.
7. If you receive an error or message, find yoursymptom below, then go to the appropriate page.
Symptom

Go to ...

Numeric Error Code

“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 185

Error Messages“Miscellaneous Symptoms”
on page 190

Note
For information about how to run diagnostics,
passwords, and various other tests, go to “Related
Service Procedures” on page 193.

184

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, andthe possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to haveavailable when servicing the computer.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad 300
diagnostic code, refer to the manual for that device.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200006 - Hard Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Boot the computerfrom the diskette drive,
back up the hard drive,
then prep and format
the hard drive.
3. Replace hard drive.
4. Replace video/powerboard.

200007 - Hard Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Boot the computerfrom the diskette drive,
back up the hard drive,
then prep and format
the hard drive.
3. Replace hard drive.
4. Replace video/powerboard.

200008 - Hard Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Replace hard drive.
3. Replace video/powerboard.

200009 - Hard Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Reinstall the operating
system on the harddisk.
3. Boot the computerfrom the diskette drive,
back up the hard drive,
then prep and format
the hard drive.

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

185

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200102 - Diskette Error

1. Make sure diskette isproperly formatted
and inserted.
2. Try a different diskette.
3. Check all cableconnections.
4. Replace diskette drive.
5. Replace video/powerboard.

200103 - Diskette Error

1. Make sure diskette isproperly formatted
and inserted.
2. Try a different diskette.
3. Check all cableconnections.
4. Replace diskette drive.
5. Replace video/powerboard.

200104 - Diskette Error

1. Remove any
non-system diskettes
when powering on
the computer.
2. Make sure diskette has
a bootable operating
system on it.

200105 - Diskette Error

1. Reformat thediskette.
2. Replace the diskette.
3. Replace video/powerboard.

200110 - Floppy Drive Error

1. Make sure diskette is
fully inserted into thedrive.
2. Make sure diskette isformatted.
3. Try a different diskette.
4. Replace diskette drive.
5. Replace video/powerboard.

200112 - Floppy Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Replace diskette drive.
3. Replace video/powerboard.
4. Replace system board.

200113 - Floppy Drive Error

1. Check drive cableconnection.
2. Replace diskette drive.
3. Replace video/powerboard.
4. Replace system board.

186

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200301 - Memory Error

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on.
2. If the message
reappears, replacesystem board.

200302 - Memory Error

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on.
2. If the message
reappears, replacesystem board.

200303 - Memory Error

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on.
2. Perform BIOS update.
See “BIOS Update
Procedure” onpage 195.
3. Replace system board.

200304 - Memory Error

1. Replace systemboard.

200305 - Memory Error

1. Perform BIOS update.
See “BIOS Update
Procedure” onpage 195.
2. Replace system board.

200307 - Memory Error

1. Charge battery,re-enter configuration
data in Setup,
power-off computer,then power-on.
2. Replace backup
battery.
3. Replace system board.

200308 - Memory Error

1. Make sure memory
modules are properly
seated in theirsockets.
2. Use Setup to confirm
that the hardware
configuration is correct.
3. Run Advanced
Diagnostics todetermine what
hardware is failing.
4. Replace memory
modules if errors areabove 2MB.
5. Replace system board
if errors are below
2MB or if replacing
memory modules did
not help.

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

187

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200351 - PMI Error
An SVGA monitor isrequired to run theapplication that is to beresumed.

1. This message
appears if an SVGA
monitor was attachedwhen the systementered suspendmode, but it was notfound when thesystem resumed.
2. Attach an SVGA
monitor before
resuming.

200352 or 200353- PMI Error

1. Retry the operation
after the computer isfinished accessing
the diskette drive.

200354 - PMI Error

1. Insert the diskettethat was in thecomputer when it
was rested.

200355 - PMI Error

1. Retry the operation
after modem or serial
port activity isfinished.
2. Replace system board.

200402, 200403,
200404, 200405- Memory Error

1. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on.
2. Replace system board.

200453 or 200459- Configuration Error
This message is normal
after backup battery
replacement.

1. Use the Setup
program toreconfigure.
2. Replace backup
battery.
3. Replace system board.

188

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200456 - Configuration Error

1. Use the Setup
program to verify
extended RAM
memory size matches
memory installed.
2. Ensure memory
module is proper
installed.
3. Use Advanced
Diagnostics to test
extended memory. If
you cannot bootcomputer, replacesystem board andretry.
 If the tests identify
an expansion
memory module(memory above
2MB), replace it.
 If the tests identify
a problem in thememory below
2MB, replacesystem board.

200458 - Configuration Error

1. Use Setup program
to reconfigure.
2. Make sure the drive isbootable.
3. Replace hard drive.
4. Replace system board.

200552 - Error

1. Verify keyboard isproperly connected.
2. Replace keyboard.
3. Replace system board.

200553 - Error

1. Recharge the battery
pack.
2. Replace battery pack.
3. Replace video/powerboard.

200554 - Error

1. Replace battery pack.
2. Replace video/powerboard.

200555 - Error

1. Reboot computer andenter the correct
password.

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

189

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

200556 or 200557 - Error

1. Try another copy ofthe software, or havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer ordealer and report the
problem.
2. Power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on. If themessage reappears,
replace system board.

200558 - Error

1. Try another copy ofthe software, or havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer ordealer and report the
problem.
2. Power-off computer,make sure all externalcable connections are
secure, wait 15
seconds, and thenpower-on. If themessage reappears,
replace system board.

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

AC Adapter connected, nocharge light

1. Replace AC Adapter
2. Battery pack3. Video/power board

Red Charge LED

1. Replace battery
2. Video/power board

No display and no status
icons

1. System board
2. Video/power board

Display blank, any status
icon on

1. Top cabinet/LCD
2. Video/power board

Rest/Resume problem

1.
2.
3.
4.

Won't boot from diskette

1. Check setup
2. Diskette drive
3. Video/power board

Won't boot from hard disk

1. Check Setup
2. Hard disk
3. Video/power board

Time/Date problems

1. Backup battery
2. System board

LCD not readable

1. Top cabinet/LCD
2. Video/power board

190

Check setup
Backup battery
System board
Video/power board

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No backlight

1. Top cabinet/LCD
2. Video/power board“No system”

1. Install the operating
system. Refer tooperating system
documentation.
2. Re-enter the bootcommand syntax andmake certain a valid
drive was selected.

“Non-maskable interrupt
received!”

1. If a software problem
is suspected, havethe customer contact
the software
manufacturer ordealer and report the
problem.
2. Use the Advanced
Diagnostics to test thecomputer.
3. Replace AC adapter.

“Retries exhausted, Please
remove diskette”

1. Power-off computer,then try
reprogramming withanother Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.
2. Replace system board.

“Error programming FLASH
Device. Retrying” The
Flash ROM is not acceptingdata.

1. Replace systemboard.

“Device failure! Device
content has been corrupted”

1. Replace systemboard.

“Remove floppy andre-insert to try again, else
reboot”

1. Follow the
instructions listed. If
this does not work,
power-off computer,wait 15 seconds, thenpower-on. Try
reprogramming withanother Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.
2. Replace system board.

“Device error during erasing
process”

1. Replace systemboard.

“Device error during
programming process”

1. Replace DC-to-DC
board.
2. Replace system board.

“Program verify failure”

1. Replace systemboard.

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

191

Failed Device to FRU Index
Whenever a diagnostic test fails, an error message isdisplayed indicating what device failed. The following tablecross references a failed device message to the failing
FRU.
Diagnostic Message

FRU

CPU

1. Main Board

Real Time Clock

1. Main Board

Math Coprocessor

1. Math Coprocessor
2. Main Board

DMA Controller

1. Main Board

Speaker

1. Bottom Cabinet Assy

Flash ROM

1. Main Board

Interrupt Controller

1. Main Board

Interval Timer Circuit

1. Main Board

System Control Processor

1. Main Board

COM1 Serial Port

1. Main Board

COM2 Serial Port

1. Main Board

Parallel Port (378H)

1. Main Board

Parallel Port (278H)

1. Main Board

CPU Crystal

1. Main Board

Interval Timer Crystal

1. Main Board

Interrupt Control Circuit

1. Main Board

PS/2 Mouse Circuit

1. Main Board

Video Controller

1. Video Board

Video Memory

1. Video Board

Hard Drive Controller (0)1. Hard Drive
2. Video Board

Hard Drive (0)1. Hard Drive
2. Video Board

Floppy Drive Controller

1. Video Board

Floppy Drive

1. Diskette Drive

Parity1. Main Board

Cache Circuity

1. Main Board

Cache Data RAM

1. Main Board

Cache Tag RAM

1. Main Board

Base Memory

1. Main Board

Extended Memory

1. Memory Module
2. Main Board

Configuration RAM

1. Main Board

Modem

1. Modem
2. Video Board

192

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service Procedures
Status Indicators
Light

+

State

Status IndicatedGreen

Battery pack is full.

Amber

Battery pack is being fast
charged.

Amber(flashing)Battery pack temperature isout of operational range.

Red

Problem in battery circuit.

Off

Computer is operatingfrom battery pack.
Battery pack isremoved fromcomputer.
Computer is off.
Computer is using
external power (carbattery or AC power).

On

Computer is attached to AC
power

On

Standby mode is active

On

Computer is operating frombatteryOn

Hard disk drive is active

On

Diskette drive is active

On

Port replicator is attachedOn

External video is enabledOn

Modem is enabledOn

LAN controller is enabled

On

Speaker is enabledOn

Keyboard is in Num Lock
mode

On

Keyboard is in Caps Lock
mode

On

Keyboard is in Scroll Lock
mode

On

Imbedded keypad is lockedonThinkPad 300 (2615)

193

Power-On Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

How to Run Advanced Diagnostics
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into diskette
drive.
3. Power-on all external devices, then power-on thecomputer.
4. Press Ctrl+Alt+Ins to start the Monitor program.
5. At the Monitor-program prompt, type BF then press
Enter.
6. Follow the instructions on the screen and run the
diagnostics tests.
Note: Press F1 to access the help screens.

Using the Advanced Utilities
To use the advanced utilities, select Advanced Utilities
from the Run Tests menu. Use the arrow keys to movethe highlight to the proper utility. Instructions are provided
on the screens when the utilities are selected.

Read LAN ID
Select this field to read the current LAN ID number that isprogrammed into the main board.

Set LAN ID
Select this field to program a new LAN ID number into themain board.

Set EEPROM
Select this field to program the EEPROM. It allows you to
set LCD display type (monochrome or color) and enable ordisable the LAN option, if installed.

PREP — Hard Disk Low Level Format
The PREP utility initializes and prepares the hard disk
surface for the storage of data. It performs a low-level
format, then checks for bad sectors. If any bad sectors
are found, they are marked in a way that prevents datafrom being stored in them.
There are two situations where PREP is used.



194

To prepare the hard disk drive surface for formatting
when installing a new hard disk drive.
To exclude sectors of the hard disk that have become
unusable, indicated by intermittent or continuous harddisk drive read failures.
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Warning
PREP erases all data on the hard disk. If at all
possible, always back up the data on the hard disk to
diskettes before running PREP.

BIOS Update Procedure
Use this procedure to reprogram the computer's BIOS.
The computer contains the latest version of BIOS available
when manufactured, but later revisions might be available.
There are two reasons for replacing the BIOS.
1. To have a more recent version of BIOS that adds
features that enhance the computer's performance.
2. To reinstall the BIOS on a computer in which theBIOS has become corrupt.
After you select this option, the current BIOS version will
be displayed. You will be asked if you want to overwrite
the current BIOS version. If you answer Yes, thecomputer will look for the BIOS image file on drive A andinstall it.
Note: Always operate the computer on AC power when
updating the BIOS.

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

195

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)386SL 25-MHz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory(Standard)

4MB

Memory(Maximum)

12MB

CMOS RAM

256KB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

80MB
120MB

196

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and in the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/

Battery Pack

.2/

Coprocessor Cover.3/

Three Top Cover Screws (1-B, 2-TT)(At rear of keyboard).4/

Five Bottom Cover Screws (4-B, 1-UU)(One is inside battery compartment).5/

LCD Cable.6/

LCD Ribbon Cable.7/

LCD Assembly.8/

One Keyboard Screw (D)(At front of keyboard).9/

Two Ribbon Cables.1ð/

Keyboard Assembly.11/

Four System Board Screws (D).12/

Two Threaded Hex Spacers(At rear of system board).13/

System Board.14/

Three Hard Disk Drive Screws (D).15/

Hard Disk Drive and Mounting Brackets(Have customer backup all information before
replacing drive. Do not replace the hard drive if thecomputer is operating or is in suspend mode.
Restore drive system information using thecustomer's backup copy of the system programs.)

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

197

.16/

Diskette Drive Ribbon Cable.17/

Diskette Drive.18/

Backup Battery.19/

Speaker.2ð/Five Threaded Spacers.21/

Video/Power Board

198

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Exploded View
3
2

5

7

8
6
10

9

12

11
13

20
21

14

15

16

17

18

19

1

4

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

199

Locations
System Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/
.16/
.17/
.18/

200

Serial Connector
Parallel Connector
Port Replicator Connector
Memory Module Connectors
Math Coprocessor Connector
Keyboard Connector
Status Light Panel Connector
AC Adapter Connector
External Display Connector
LAN Connector
LCD Connectors
System Board Connectors
Modem Connector
Diskette Connector
Speaker Connector
Backup Battery Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
Battery Contacts

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing

1

2

12
3

4

5

6

7

11

9

8
10

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

201

System Unit (300)Index
1
Top Cover Assembly, Monochrome
1
Top Cover Assembly, Color
2Power Cord, US
2Power Cord, UK
2Power Cord, Switzerland
2
Power Cord, Europe
3
A.C. Power Cube
4
System Board, Monochrome (US)4
System Board, Color (US)4
System Board, Monochrome (Europe)
4
System Board, Color (Europe)
2MB Memory Module
8MB Memory Module
5Video/Power Board
8
Parts Pack, Cover
9
Bottom Cover Assembly
10
Battery Pack
11
Backup Battery
Speaker
Parts Package, Screws
Parts Package, Covers
12
See Keyboards (300)

33G9301
33G93206952301
14F0033
14F0051
13F9979
33G6490
33G9297
33G9487
33G9488
33G9489
33G931033G9311
33G9296
33G9302
33G9305
33G9298
33G9295
33G9475
33G9303
33G9302DASD (300)Index
680MB Hard Disk Drive
6
120MB Hard Disk Drive
7
Diskette Drive

33G9306
33G9307
33G9304

Options and Adapters (300)AC Adapter, Power Cube
Charging Cradle
NiMH Battery
Port Replicator (standard)
Ethernet Adapter (thin)
Ethernet Adapter (twisted pair)
Modem, 2400 BPS, US
Fax/Modem, US
Fax/Modem, Worldwide
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, US
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, UK
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Danish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, French
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, German
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Italian
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Norwegian
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Spanish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Swedish
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Swiss
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Australia
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, New Zealand
Fax/Modem DAA Adapter, Latin America
BIOS Update Diskette

202

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

33G6490
33G9312
33G9298
33G9313
33G9308
33G9309
92F8846
92F8896
33G6293
92F8847
92F8848
92F8849
92F8850
92F8851
92F8852
92F8853
92F8854
92F8855
92F8856
33G9284
33G9387
92F9288
33G9490

Keyboards (300)
BelgianCanadian
DanishDutch
FrenchGermanItalianLatin America Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss
U.K. English
U.S. English
Numeric Keypad

33G9423
33G9422
33G9424
33G9425
33G9324
33G9317
33G9318
33G9431
33G9426
33G9427
33G9319
33G9428
33G9430
33G9316
33G9315
33G9314Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598

ThinkPad 300 (2615)

203

204

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Self Test (POST). . . . . . . . .
Advanced Diagnostics Diskette . . . . . . . .
Loading the Diagnostics Diskette . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . .
Formatting the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206
207
209
209
211
211
212
213
214
215
215
215
216
216
216
216
217
217
217
218
220
221
225
225
226

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

205

General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype card, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid computer
responses.
Warning: Drives in the computer that you are servicing
might have been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
might have been altered. Be extremely careful during write
operations such as copying, saving, or formatting. Data or
programs can be written over if you select an incorrect
drive.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correctconnection.
3. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
4. Power-on all external devices.
5. Power-on the computer and check for one short beepat the end of POST with a clear and readable
diagnostics menu displayed. If you did not get thecorrect responses, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 211.
6. Run the advanced diagnostics tests. For information
on how to disable the password, see “Power-On
Password” on page 216.
7. Find your symptom below, then go to the appropriate
page. Otherwise, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 211, then go to “Undetermined Problems” onpage 214.
Symptom

Go to ...

Error Code or Message“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 211

Configuration Problem“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 218

Power Problem“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 209

Memory Problem“Memory Checkout” onpage 207

TrackPoint II Problem“TrackPoint II Checkout” onpage 470

Note
For information about how to run diagnostics, error
messages, passwords, and various other tests andservice checks, go to “Related Service Procedures” onpage 215.

206

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout001– Power-off (O) the computer and wait 10 seconds.
– Reseat the memory module.
– Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
– Power-on (|) the computer.
– Make a note of any error code you receive.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR
02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM?
Yes No002
Go to Step 006.
003
IS A MEMORY MODULE INSTALLED?
Yes No004
Replace the system board. Press Fn and F1 to set
the time and date to remove any 16X errors.
005
Replace the memory module kit.
If the error remains, replace the system board. Press Fn
and F1 to set the time and date and remove the 16X
errors.
006(From step 002)
– If you need to bypass an error, press Esc or F1.
– If you cannot continue, you might have a keyboard
problem; go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 211.
DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR?
Yes No007
You might have a diskette drive problem; go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 211.
008
– Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
– Follow the screen instructions.
Note: Ignore a 199 error.
– Press 0 (RUN TESTS ONE TIME), then press Enter.
(Step 008 continues)

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

207

(CONTINUED)

008 (continued)– Press 2 (MEMORY), then press Enter.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURESYMPTOM?
Yes No009
Go to Step 011.
010
Go to Step 003 on page 207.
011
(From step 009)
DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE
END OF THE TEST?
Yes No012
You might have a power source problem; go to“Power Systems Checkout” on page 209.
013
The Advanced Diagnostics tests finished without detecting
a failure. If you suspect an intermittent problem, start anerror log. If you need instructions, refer to “Error Log” onpage 217.

208

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Systems Checkout
To check the system power, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery from the computer.
3. Check the battery voltage. The voltage should read 9
to 12 V dc across the negative and positive contacts(the two contacts farthest apart).
If the voltages are not correct, try recharging thebattery pack.
If the voltages are correct, continue with the next stepto test the AC adapter voltage.
4. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer.
5. Measure the voltage at the points shown.

1

2

V dc

+ Lead– Lead+13.5 to +15

2

1

If the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.
If the voltage is correct, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 214.

Standby Battery Check:

To check the standby
battery voltage, measure across the two contacts. The
voltage should read 3.5 to 4.5 V dc.
If the voltage is not correct, replace the battery.

RTC Battery Check: To check the backup battery
voltage, measure across the two contacts. The voltage
should read 2.5 to 3.5 V dc.
If the voltage is not correct, replace the battery.

Power Management Features
Press Fn + F1 to select the Configuration Utility. The
Power Management Features can be accessed from thismenu. Press F1 for additional online help.

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

209

Important
Before using the power saving features, be sure toread and observe the following precautions:








If you enter Suspend mode with a disketteinserted in the diskette drive, the same diskettemust be installed in the drive before attempting toresume normal operation.
If you enter Suspend mode with a PCMCIA** card
inserted in the PCMCIA slot, the same PCMCIA
card must be installed in the slot before
attempting to resume normal operation.
If the computer is connected to a Local Area
Network (LAN) that periodically polls for station
activity, the LAN-connection might be terminatedwhile the computer is in Suspend mode. Any
further attempt to access the network results in abrief delay and the computer appears to hang (upto 1 minute, depending on the network). Afterthe delay, an error is displayed. Follow the
instructions on the screen to restore normal
operation.
Any software program that was running over the
LAN is not re-entered when you resume normal
operation from Suspend mode.

** Trademark of the Personal Computer Memory Card

International Association.

210

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, andthe possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to haveavailable when servicing the computer.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad 350
and 350C diagnostic code, refer to the manual for thatdevice.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

02X, 101, 107

1.
2.
3.
4.

111

1. Memory Option

117

1. System Board
2. Hard Disk Drive118

1. I/O Card
2. System Board

126

1. System Board(Press FN and F1 to
set the time and date.)

161, 163

1. Set Configuration(Press FN and F1 to
set the time and date.)
2. Battery
3. System Board

162(Check the Installed Devices
list for a missing device.)

1. Any Missing Device
2. System Board

16X

1. Set Configuration(Press FN and F1 to
set the time and date.)
2. Battery
3. System Board

1XX(not listed above)

1. System Board

2XX

1. Memory Option
2. System Board

3XX(Before replacing FRUs,
power-off computer and all
external devices, thenpower-on computer first.)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

Keyboard
Pointing Device
Numeric Keypad
External Keyboard
System Board

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

211

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

602, 608, 614, 652

1.
2.
3.
4.

613, 630

1. System Board

6XX(not listed above)

1. Diskette Drive
2. Diskette Drive Cable
3. System Board

09XX, 10XX

1. Any External Parallel
Device2. System Board

1101, 1142, 1201, 1242

1. System Board
2. Modem
3. Any Serial Device

1180, 1181, 1280, 1281

1. Internal Modem
2. System Board

11XX, 12XX
(not listed above)

1.
2.
3.
4.

17XX

1. Hard Disk
2. Hard Disk Cable
3. System Board

24XX(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. External Display Power
Cord
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly
4. LCD Assembly
5. System Board
6. Inverter Card

8000

1. Set Configuration
2. PCMCIA Card
3. System Board

8603

1. System Board

86XX(not listed above)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Diskette
Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
System Board

Set Configuration
System Board
Modem
Serial Device

Pointing Device
Keyboard
Numeric Keypad
System Board

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

One short beep with display
problem.
(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. External Display Power
Cord
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly
4. LCD Assembly
5. System Board
6. Inverter Card212

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

One long and multiple short
beeps.
(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. External Display Power
Cord
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly
4. LCD Assembly
5. System Board
6. Inverter Card

Multiple short beeps.
(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. External Display Power
Cord
3. Backlight Lamp
Assembly
4. LCD Assembly
5. System Board
6. Inverter Card

Continuous beeps.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 209
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Memory Option

Display problems

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly

LCD contrast not adjustable

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board

Keyboard problems

1. Keyboard

Keypad problems

1.
2.
3.
4.

External keyboard problems

1. Reseat Cables
2. Keyboard
3. System Board

Printer problems

1. Printer2. Keyboard
3. System Board

Reseat Cables
KeypadKeyboard
System Board

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Blank screen(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 209
before replacing any FRUs.)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

Diagnostic tests hang

1.
2.
3.
4.

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

Blinking cursor only

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board

Diskette drive bypassed

1. Diskette Drive

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

213

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Can't read diskette

1. Diskette Drive

Hard disk problem

1. Hard Disk

Printer problem

1. Check Configuration
2. Parallel Port
3. System Board

Communication or plotter
problem

1.
2.
3.
4.

Check Configuration
Serial PortPCMCIA Device
System Board

Undetermined Problems
If you have not already done so, go to “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 209 and check the AC adapter andbattery voltages.
If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the
problem remains, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices:- Any external devices or cables- Any PCMCIA device
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 until
you find the failing adapter or device.
5. If this does not solve the problem, replace the systemboard.

214

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information on the following:“Status Indicators”“PC Test Card LED”
“Power-On Password” on page 216“Power-On Self Test (POST)” on page 216“Advanced Diagnostics Diskette” on page 216“Loading the Diagnostics Diskette” on page 216“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 217“Formatting the Hard Disk Drive” on page 217“Error Log” on page 217“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 218

Status Indicators
Light

Status IndicatedOn

Computer using AC power insuspend or active mode.
Computer using battery packand not in suspend mode.

+

Off

Computer using battery pack
and in standby mode.

On

Computer is using AC powersource and battery is being
charged.

Off

Computer is using AC powersource and no battery pack is
installed.
Computer is using AC powersource and battery pack is fully
charged.
Computer is using battery pack.
Computer is off.

Hard disk drive is active
Keyboard is in Num Lock mode
Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode
Diskette drive is active

Battery status can also be checked from the Configuration
Utility main menu.

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card lights when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not go on, checkthat the card is installed correctly by reseating the card. If
ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

215

it still does not light after reseating, try using another slot
for the test. If the LED still does not go on and the test
fails, replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code.

Power-On Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Power-On Self Test (POST)
Each time you power-on the computer, POST is initiated.
The POST takes up to 90 seconds to complete, dependingon the options installed.
The POST checks the following: system board, memory,
display, keyboard, diskette drive, hard disk drive, parallel
port, and serial port.
To start the POST, power-on the computer. The following
will happen:
1. You will hear one short beep when the POST
successfully ends.
If the POST cannot be completed successfully, anerror message appears on the display accompaniedby the Configuration Utility box requesting the user topress the Esc or Enter key. When the Esc key ispressed, the computer bypasses the error andattempts to complete the POST. If the Enter key ispressed, the Configuration Utility is shown. The user
can then try to correct the error. If a critical error isencountered, the POST is halted.
2. The computer attempts to load the operating system
as customized. If an operating system is not found, agraphic message (icon) is displayed requesting theuser to insert a diskette into the diskette drive andpress the F1 (RESUME = “F1” KEY) key to resume
operation.

Advanced Diagnostics Diskette
The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic
and utility programs. The diskette is intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, ormodified options can give false errors and invalid computer
responses.

Loading the Diagnostics Diskette
To load the diagnostics diskette, insert the Advanced
Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive and power-on
the computer.

216

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

How to Run the Diagnostics
To access diagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION
Menu, do the following.
1. Select 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
2. At the Installed Devices menu, press (Y), then press
Enter.
3. The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed.
4. Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu.
5. Select the devices to be tested.

Formatting the Hard Disk Drive
Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of theirstated capacity to allow for defective tracks. The user isnotified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has
been reached and service is recommended.
The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different
from the operating system format program. Before thecustomer can transfer information from the backup
diskettes to the hard disk drive, the hard disk drive mustbe formatted using the operating system format program.
Have the customer refer to the operating system manual
for a description of the hard disk preparation commands.
Warning: All data on the selected hard disk drive will be
destroyed during a format operation or surface analysis.
After formatting the hard disk drive, copy the System files
from the Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive.

Error Log
Use the following steps to create an error log, run the
diagnostic tests, and automatically record any error
messages in an error log. This procedure is normally used
to diagnose an intermittent problem.
Note: The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or toa printer. If recording errors on a diskette, use acopy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is
not write-protected. Do not run any diskettetests when logging to a diskette drive. Do not
run a parallel port test when logging to a
printer.

Creating the Error Log
1. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
2. Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then Enter.
3. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices might appear on
the display. Answer as required; then press Enter.
4. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenEnter.
5. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.
6. Press 0 (START ERROR LOG), then Enter.
ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

217

7. Press 0 or 1 (LOG TO DISKETTE, OR PRINTER(0/1)?), then Enter.
8. If you are logging to diskette, press A (ENTER THE
DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG?), then Enter.
9. Press 9 (END LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.

Starting the Test
1. Press 1 (RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES), thenEnter.
2. Select the device you suspect has a failure, thenpress Enter.
3. Select the number of times the test is to be run, thenpress Enter.
4. Press N (WAIT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS(Y/N)?), then Enter.
5. Follow any instructions on the display and select allavailable tests.
Note: Do not press any keys during the keyboard
test.
6. To end (RUN TEST CONTINUOUSLY), press andhold the Ctrl key; then press the Pause key. The
computer will complete testing and return to the
Installed Devices menu.

Display the Error Log
1. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices will appear on thedisplay. Answer as required; then press Enter.
2. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenEnter.
3. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.
4. Press 2 (DISPLAY LOG), then Enter.
5. Press A (ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR
LOG?), then Enter.
6. If no errors occurred, the Log Utilities menu appears.
If errors are displayed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index”
on page 211.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed
Devices list and you are able to add it to the list, do so andcontinue with the diagnostic tests.
If an adapter or device is missing from the installed
devices list and you cannot add it to the list, you might
have one of the following conditions:






218

The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on
your Advanced Diagnostics diskette.
The missing device is a 5.25-Inch External Diskette
Drive Adapter, or another unrecognizable adapter.
The missing device is defective.
The bus adapter is defective.
The adapter or device is not an IBM product.
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

If the number of drives installed in the computer differsfrom the number shown in the installed devices list, anerror can occur during the diagnostic tests. Restart thecomputer and correct the drive information in the Set
Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests.
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thandefault settings) might exist on the computer you areservicing. Running Automatic Configuration can alter
those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the View Configuration option) and verify that thesettings are in place when service is complete.

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

219

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)486SL 25-MHz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory(Standard)

4MB

Memory(Maximum)

20MB

CMOS RAM

256KB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

PCMCIA

Type-I or Type-II

Keyboard

TrackPoint II

85MB, 2.5-inch
125MB, 2.5-inch
250MB, 2.5-inch

Notes:
1. The Power Switch is located inside the rear I/O door.
2. The Suspend/Resume button is located at the rear of
the keyboard on the status indicator light cover.

220

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/

Battery Compartment Door

.2/

Battery Pack
Note: If you are not removing other batteries or the
LCD assembly, go to step 18.

.3/Open Accessory Door
(Use a coin).4/

RTC Battery.5/Standby Battery.6/

Two Hinge Covers(Open the LCD display completely to the flat
position. Use a small screwdriver to gently press
the cover latch through the slot while lifting thecover.).7/

Four Hinge Screws (D).8/Two LCD Bezel Screws (GG)

.9/

LCD Bezel(Only remove brightness/contrast slides from thebezel to replace them. They are easily damaged.
Move the slides to the lowest position before
reattaching the slides.).1ð/Four Backlight Lamp Screws (GG)

.11/

Backlight Lamp (Mono only)(If tape is present, remove and save tape.) Lamp isfragile, handle only at the ends.

.12/

Four LCD Screws (GG)

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

221

LCD Cable (upper-right).13/

LCD Display.14/

Left Hinge Cable.15/

Right Hinge Cable.16/

LCD Assembly.17/

Inverter Card
(If tape is present, remove and save tape.).18/

Two Rear I/O Panel Screws (GG)
(Inside rear access door at opposite ends of thepanel).19/

Separate Bottom Cover(The bottom cover is held to the keyboard coverwith eight hidden latches, two on each side and fourat the front. Use a screwdriver in the slots at bothsides of the bottom cover while lifting up on
keyboard cover. Then use a screwdriver along thefront of the bottom cover.

.2ð/Three Keyboard Cables from System Board(upper-right)(Release cable by pulling the slide at each side.)

.21/

Cable
(From upper-right of keyboard).22/

Keyboard Cover.23/

Eight Keyboard Screws (WW).24/

Keyboard.25/

Diskette Drive Cable(Release cable by pulling the slide at each side.).26/

Two Diskette Drive Screws (HH).27/

Diskette Drive.28/

Two Ribbon Cables(Release cable by pulling the slide at each side.).29/

Hard Disk Drive.3ð/

Three I/O Card Ribbon Cables(Release cable by pulling the slide at each side.).31/

Speaker Cable.32/

System Board.33/

Modem Card

.34/

Speaker(Gently pry the snaps apart to release the speaker.).35/

Six Threaded Hex Spacers(From I/O Card).36/

One Screw (KK)
(Inside rear access door at top-center of I/O panel).37/

I/O Card

222

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

ThinkPad 350 Exploded View

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

223

ThinkPad 350 Exploded View (continued)

37

33

32

34
36

31

35

224

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Locations
System Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/

LCD Connector
VGA Connector
I/O Card Connector
RTC Battery Connector
Keyboard Connector
Speaker Connector
Lid Switch Cable Connector
Diskette Drive Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
Lid Switch Connector

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

225

Parts Listing
1
2
3

4
5

6

26

7

25

8
9

10
11
23
12
22
21

13
14

20

15

16
19
17
18

226

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Unit
Index
1
Top Cover Assembly (350, 425)
60G0351
Top Cover Assembly (350C, 425C)
60G0352
2
Inverter Card (350, 425)
60G1743
Inverter Card (350C, 425C)
60G1744
3
LCD Display (425 - E18, E26, E35)
33G4488
LCD Display (350, all other 425)
60G1745
LCD Display and Backlight (350C, 425C)
60G1887
4
Backlight Lamp (350)
60G1746
5
LCD Bezel (350, 425)
60G0353
LCD Bezel (350C, 425C)
60G0354
6Bright/Contrast Slides (350)
60G1727Bright/Contrast Slides (425)
33G4200
Bright/Contrast Slides (350C, 425C)
60G0195
7
Right Hinge Assembly (350, 425)
60G0209
Right Hinge Assembly (350C, 425C)
60G0344
8
Lid Switch
60G0358
9
Keyboard Cover
60G0348
10
See Keyboards
11
80MB Hard Disk Drive
60G1806
120MB Hard Disk Drive
60G1807
170MB Hard Disk Drive
84G1201
252MB Hard Disk Drive
60G1809
Hard Disk Drive Cable
33G4163
12
Diskette Drive
60G1792
Diskette Drive Cable
59G7550
13
System Boards with Flash
System Board (350, 425)
73G2495
System Board (350C, 425C)
73G2497
System Board (425)
73G2496
System Board (425C)
73G2498
13
System Boards without Flash
System Board (350, 425)
10H3981
System Board (350C, 425C)
10H3983
System Board (425)
10H3982
System Board (425C)
10H3984
4MB Memory Module
79F1003(350/350C does not support 16MB memory modules)
15
Bottom Cover (350x, 425x)
60G0345
Bottom Cover (425x, no PCMCIA)
60G1916
16
Standby Battery
59G7591
17
Accessory Door
60G0288
18
Battery Pack Compartment Door
60G0349
19
RTC battery
59G7581
Battery Pads
92G9418
20
Speaker Assembly
33G4418
21
I/O Cables
33G4176
22
VGA Cable
33G4175
23
I/O Card
60G1924
23
I/O Card (425)
33G6008
25
Left Hinge Assembly (350, 425)
60G0186
25
Left Hinge Assembly (350C, 425C)
60G0208
26
Left Hinge Cover
60G0346
26
Right Hinge Cover
60G0347
TrackPoint Caps
60G1712
Miscellaneous Fastener Kit
60G1907
AC Adapter and Power Supply
33G9616
US/Canada Only (wallmount)
60G1684
US/Canada Only (425)
33G9657
World-Wide
33G6022

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

227

IndexNiCd Battery Pack
NiMh Battery Pack
Battery Terminal CoverFeet Kit
I/O Door
Modem Port CoverCommunications Adapter Cable
Car Adapter

33G6023
60G1791
33G4177
60G1906
60G0350
60G03578529274
92F0094

ModemsIndex
14
Modem Card
(Models N82, S82, W82, and E82 only)
Modem Card, 2400 Data/9600 Send-DCA
FranceGermany
Italy
Mexico/Latin America
Netherlands
UK
US/Canada
Modem Card, 9600 Data/Fax DCA
Belgium
Denmark
FinlandFranceGermany
Italy
Mexico/Latin America
Netherlands
NorwaySpain
SwedenSwitzerland
US/CanadaUK
DAA Low Speed
FranceGermany
Italy
Netherlands
UK
DAA High Speed
FranceGermany
Italy
Netherlands, Denmark, Sweden, Spain,
Finland, Switzerland, Belgium, Norway
UK

228

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

33G6010

60G1826
60G1814
60G1828
60G1812
60G1816
60G1834
60G1810
60G1823
60G1837
60G1720
60G1827
60G1815
60G1829
60G1813
60G1817
60G1825
60G1831
60G1819
60G1821
60G1811
60G1835
73G2406
73G2361
73G2408
73G2363
73G2362
73G2407
73G2364
73G2409
73G2366
73G2365

Keyboards
Index
10
Belgium/Dutch
Belgium/French
Canadian French
Denmark
FinlandFrenchGermanHebrew
ItalianLatin American
Netherlands
NorwayPortuguese
SpanishSwedishSwiss/French
Swiss/German
UK
US/Canada/Australia

60G0265
60G1800
60G1798
60G0258
60G0230
60G1796
60G1797
60G1716
60G1795
60G1799
60G0272
60G0237
60G0223
60G1794
60G1801
60G0251
60G0279
60G1793
60G1653

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598

ThinkPad 350, PS/Note 425 (2618)

229

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
1

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10

230

Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
France, Germany, Spain
France, Germany, Spain (425x)
Italy
Italy (425x)Australia, New ZealandAustralia (425x)
Denmark
IsraelBangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
South Africa
Portugal, Finland, Norway, (425x)
Sweden, Belgium, Netherlands
Switzerland
Thailand
U.K. (425x)

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

13F99596454377
65F003114F0033
13F9979
13F9978
14F0069
14F0068
13F9940
13F9939
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
13F9979
14F0051
1838574
14F0032

ThinkPad 500 (2603)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Power-On Self Test (POST). . . . . . . . .
Advanced Diagnostics Diskette . . . . . . . .
Loading the Diagnostics Diskette . . . . . . .
Formatting the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

232
233
235
236
237
237
238
238
239
240
240
240
240
241
241
242
242
242
243
244
244
245
247
248
251
251
252
253

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

231

General Checkout
Important
An external diskette drive must be attached to thecomputer to run the diagnostics program from adiskette. If an external diskette drive is not attachedto the computer, do the following.
1. Run the POST (Power-On Self Test).
2. If you receive an error, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 237.
3. If you suspect an undetermined problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 239.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correctconnection.
3. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
4. Power-on all external devices.
5. Power-on the computer and check for one short beepat the end of POST with a clear and readable
diagnostics menu displayed. If you did not get thecorrect responses, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 237.
6. Run the advanced diagnostics tests. For information
on how to disable the password, see “Power-On
Password” on page 240.
7. Find your symptom below, then go to the appropriate
page. Otherwise, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 237, then go to “Undetermined Problems” onpage 239.
Symptom

Go to ...

Error Code or Message“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 237

Configuration Problem“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 241

Power Problem“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 235

Memory Problem“Memory Checkout” onpage 233

TrackPoint II Problem“TrackPoint II Checkout” onpage 470

Note
For information about how to run diagnostics, error
messages, passwords, and various other tests andservice checks, go to “Related Service Procedures” onpage 240.

232

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Checkout001– Power-off (O) the computer and wait 10 seconds.
– Reseat the memory module.
– Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
– Power-on (|) the computer.
– Make a note of any error code you receive.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR
02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM?
Yes No002
Go to Step 006.
003
IS A MEMORY MODULE INSTALLED?
Yes No004
Replace the system board. Press Fn and F1 to set
the time and date to remove the 16X errors.
005
Replace the memory module kit.
If the error remains, replace the system board. Press Fn
and F1 to set the time and date and remove the 16X
errors.
006(From step 002)
– If you need to bypass an error, press Esc or F1.
– If you cannot continue, you might have a keyboard
problem; go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 237.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

233

(CONTINUED)

DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR?
Yes No007
You may have a diskette drive problem; go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 237.
008
– Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
– Follow the screen instructions.
Note: Ignore a 199 error.
– Press 0 (RUN TESTS ONE TIME), then press Enter.
– Press 2 (MEMORY), then press Enter.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURESYMPTOM?
Yes No009
Go to Step 011.
010
Go to Step 003 on page 233.
011
(From step 009)
DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE
END OF TEST?
Yes No012
You may have a power source problem; go to“Power Systems Checkout” on page 235.
013
The Advanced Diagnostics tests finished without detecting
a failure. If you suspect an intermittent problem, start anerror log. If you need instructions, go to “Error Log” onpage 243.

234

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Systems Checkout
To check the system power, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery from the computer.
3. Check the battery voltage. The voltage should be
10.8 V dc.
If the voltages are not correct, try recharging thebattery pack.
If the voltages are correct, continue with the next stepto test the AC adapter voltage.
4. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer.
5. Measure the voltage at the points shown.

1

2

V dc

+ Lead– Lead

+16.3

2

1

If the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.
If the voltage is correct, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 239.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

235

Power Management Features
Press Func+F3 to select Power Management setup (anytime after the computer is powered-on).
Important
Before using the power saving features, be sure toread and observe the following precautions:








236

If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with adiskette inserted in the diskette drive, the samediskette must be installed in the drive before
attempting to resume normal operation.
If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a
PCMCIA card inserted in the PCMCIA slot, thesame PCMCIA card must be installed in the slot
before attempting to resume normal operation.
Hibernate mode does not save/restore the statusof PCMCIA cards. When you resume normal
operation from Hibernate mode, the PCMCIA
card is no longer configured and will not berecognized by the computer.
If the computer is connected to a Local Area
Network (LAN) that periodically polls for station
activity, the LAN-connection may be terminatedwhile the computer is in Suspend or Hibernate
mode. Any further attempt to access the network
results in a brief delay and the computer appears
to hang (up to 1 minute, depending on the
network). After the delay, an error is displayed.
Follow the instructions on the screen to restore
normal operation.
Any software program that was running over the
LAN is not re-entered when you resume normal
operation from Hibernate or Suspend modes.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, andthe possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to haveavailable when servicing the computer.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad
diagnostic code, refer to the manual for that device.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

02X, 101, 107

1.
2.
3.
4.

102, 103, 104, 106,108, 109, 190(Press Func and F1 to set
the time and date andremove any 16X errors.)

1. System Board

111

1. Memory Option

161, 163

1. Set Configuration
2. Battery
3. System Board

162

1. Any Device(Check the installed
devices list for a
missing device.)
2. System Board

1XX(not listed above)

1. System Board

2XX

1. Memory Option

3XX

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

6XX

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board

9XX, 10XX

1. Any External Parallel
Device2. System Board

11XX, 12XX

1. Any External Serial
Device2. PCMCIA Device
3. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk
2. System Board

24XX

1. Display
2. System Board

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

237

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

86XX

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

One long and one short
beep

1. Memory Option

Two long beeps, 3 short
beeps, and a blank screen

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board

Multiple short beeps

1. Keyboard (stuck key)

One short beep with adisplay problem.
(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. Display Power Cord
3. LCD Assembly

One long and multiple short
beeps

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Blank screen

1.
2.
3.
4.

Display problems

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly

LCD contrast not adjustable

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board

Keyboard problems

1. Reseat cables
2. Keyboard
3. System Board

Mouse problems

1. Reseat cable
2. Mouse
3. System Board

Diagnostic tests hang

1.
2.
3.
4.

Blinking cursor only

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board

238

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

Battery
AC Adapter
Memory Option
System Board

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep or continuous
beeps.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 235
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Memory Option

Diskette drive bypassed

1. Reseat DASD/Serial
Cable
2. Diskette Drive

Can't read diskette

1. Diskette Drive

Hard disk problem

1. Hard Disk

Printer problem

1. Check Configuration
2. Parallel Port
3. System Board

Communication or plotter
problem

1.
2.
3.
4.

Check Configuration
Serial PortPCMCIA Device
System Board

Undetermined Problems
If you have not already done so, go to “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 235 and check the AC adapter andbattery voltages.
If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the
problem remains, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices:- Any external devices or cables- Any PCMCIA device
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 until
you find the failing adapter or device.
5. If this does not solve the problem, replace the systemboard.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

239

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information on the following:“Status Indicators”“PC Test Card LED”
“Power-On Password”“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 241“Power-On Self Test (POST)” on page 241“Advanced Diagnostics Diskette” on page 242“Loading the Diagnostics Diskette” on page 242“Formatting the Hard Disk Drive” on page 242“Error Log” on page 243“Setup Options” on page 244“Starting Setup” on page 244“Utilities” on page 245

Status Indicators
Light

Status IndicatedBattery almost discharged
Battery is charging(this indicator is on whenever the AC
adapter is connected to the computer)
Computer is powered-on
Computer is in suspend mode
Hard disk drive is active
Diskette drive is active
Keyboard is in Num Lock mode
Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode

PC Test Card LED
The green LED on the PC test card lights when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not go on, checkthat the card is installed correctly by reseating the card. If
it still does not light after reseating, try using another slot
for the test. If the LED still does not go on and the test
fails, replace the FRU shown in the diagnostic error code.

Power-On Password

240

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed
Devices list and you are able to add it to the list, do so andcontinue with the diagnostic tests.
If an adapter or device is missing from the installed
devices list and you cannot add it to the list, you might
have one of the following conditions:






The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on
your Advanced Diagnostics diskette.
The missing device is a 5.25-Inch External Diskette
Drive Adapter, or another unrecognizable adapter.
The missing device is defective.
The bus adapter is defective.
The adapter or device is not an IBM product.

If the number of drives installed in the computer differsfrom the number shown in the installed devices list, anerror can occur during the diagnostic tests. Restart thecomputer and correct the drive information in the Set
Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests.

Power-On Self Test (POST)
Each time you power-on the computer, the POST is
initiated. The POST takes up to 15 seconds to complete,depending on the options installed.
The POST checks the following: system board, memory,
display, keyboard, diskette drive, hard disk drive, parallel
port, and serial port.
To start the POST, power-on the computer.
1. You will hear one short beep when the POST
successfully ends.
If the POST cannot be completed successfully, anerror message appears on the display accompaniedby the Configuration Utility box requesting the user topress the Esc or Enter key. If the Esc key ispressed, the computer bypasses the error andattempts to complete the POST. If the Enter key ispressed, the Configuration Utility is shown. The user
can then try to correct the error. If a critical error isencountered, the POST is halted.
2. The computer attempts to load the operating system
as customized.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

241

Advanced Diagnostics Diskette
The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic
and utility programs. The diskette is intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, ormodified options can give false errors and invalid computer
responses.

Loading the Diagnostics Diskette
To load the diagnostics diskette, insert the Advanced
Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive and power-on
the computer.

Accessing the Diagnostic Tests:

To accessdiagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION Menu, dothe following.
1. Select 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
2. At the Installed Devices menu, press (Y), then press
Enter.
3. The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed.
4. Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu.
5. Select the device to be tested.

Formatting the Hard Disk Drive
Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of theirstated capacity to allow for defective tracks. The user isnotified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has
been reached and service is recommended.
The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different
from the operating system format program. Before thecustomer can transfer information from the backup
diskettes to the hard disk drive, the hard disk drive mustbe formatted using the operating system format program.
Have the customer refer to the operating system manual
for a description of the hard disk preparation commands.
Warning: All data on the selected hard disk drive will be
destroyed during a format operation or surface analysis.
After formatting the hard disk drive, copy the System files
from the Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk drive.

Restoring the TP500 Subdirectory: The
TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette and harddisk drive contains the following:Installation utilities
Introductory program
Other utilities
OS/2 PCMCIA drivers

If the hard disk drive is reformatted or the files in the
TP500 subdirectory on the hard disk drive are corrupted,
copy the TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette to
the hard disk drive. To create a TP500 subdirectory on
the hard disk drive and copy the files, do the following:

242

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Important
The following is required to complete this procedure:

DOS or OS/2 must be installed on the hard disk
drive.
An external diskette drive must be attached tothe computer.

1. Power-on the computer.
2. At the DOS prompt, typemd c:\TP5ðð
then press Enter. A TP500 subdirectory is createdon the hard disk drive.
3. Insert the Diagnostics diskette into the diskette drive.
4. Typecopy a:\TP5ðð\\.\ c:\TP5ðð\\.\then press Enter. The files are copied from the
TP500 subdirectory on the Diagnostics diskette to theTP500 subdirectory on the C drive.

Error Log
Use the following steps to create an error log, run the
diagnostic tests, and automatically record any error
messages in an error log. This procedure is normally used
to diagnose an intermittent problem.
Note: The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or toa printer. If recording errors on a diskette, use acopy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is
not write-protected. Do not run any diskettetests when logging to a diskette drive. Do not
run a parallel port test when logging to a
printer.

Creating the Error Log
1. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
2. Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then Enter.
3. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices may appear on thedisplay. Answer as required; then press Enter.
4. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenEnter.
5. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.
6. Press 0 (START ERROR LOG), then Enter.
7. Press 0 or 1 (LOG TO DISKETTE, OR PRINTER(0/1)?), then Enter.
8. If you are logging to diskette, press A (ENTER THE
DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG?), then Enter.
9. Press 9 (END LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

243

Starting the Test
1. Press 1 (RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES), thenEnter.
2. Select the device you suspect has a failure, thenpress Enter.
3. Select the number of times the test is to be run; thenpress Enter.
4. Press N (WAIT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS(Y/N)?), then Enter.
5. Follow any instructions on the display and select allavailable tests.
Note: Do not press any keys during the keyboard
test.
6. To end (RUN TEST CONTINUOUSLY), press andhold the Ctrl key; then press the Pause key. The
computer will complete testing and return to the
Installed Devices menu.

Display the Error Log
1. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices will appear on thedisplay. Answer as required; then press Enter.
2. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenEnter.
3. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then Enter.
4. Press 2 (DISPLAY LOG), then Enter.
5. Press A (ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR
LOG?), then Enter.
6. If no errors occurred, the Log Utilities menu appears.
If errors are displayed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index”
on page 237.

Setup Options
The computer has two setup options that allow you to
specify how the computer operates. The System
Parameters (Ctrl+Alt+F3) provides access to the power
management parameters and the following systemelements.








Time
Date
Password
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
Cache
Parallel port

Starting Setup
Press the key combination for the setup program you want
to start.

244

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Key Combination

Setup Program

Ctrl+Alt+F3

System Parameters setup. (Mustbe started at the DOS prompt.)

Func+F3Power Management setup (can bestarted at any time after thecomputer is powered-on). This ispage 2 of System Parameters.

Press Esc to exit.

Utilities
The system is configured with several utility programs.
These programs provide added function that enhance theusability of the system. It is recommended that you
backup these programs to prevent loss of data. Use the
INTRO program shipped with the computer to backup theutilities. The utility programs are:
SIMUL

Allows you to enable/disable simultaneous
display on both the LCD and externalmonitor.
Note: The computer will not enter
Suspend/Resume while in the
Simultaneous mode. You must exit
Simultaneous mode before
Suspend/Resume is allowed. Also,
the Func + F7 function is notrecognized until you exit the
Simultaneous mode.

EPP2

Provides Enhanced Parallel Port Utility. Thisutility needs to be added to the
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS if theoption attached to the parallel port supports
the enhanced parallel port mode.

PHDISK

Prepares the hard disk drive for thehibernation feature, including formatting andthe marking of defective areas. A partition isreserved on the hard disk drive to save data
before the computer enters Hibernation
mode.
Warning: Running this utility causes loss ofdata on the hard disk drive. It is importantthat the customer backup all data prior tousing this utility.
Important
Run the PHDISK utility if you change theoperating environment, reformat thehard disk drive, or add additional
memory.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

245

PCMCIA Drivers
IBM22SS01.SYS and PCMCIA.SYS provides
the ability to use PCMCIA cards in an OS/2*
environment.

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

246

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)486SLC2 50/25-MHz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory(Standard)

4MB

Memory(Maximum)

12MB

CMOS RAM

256KB

Video

VGA

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

85MB, 2.5-inch
170MB, 2.5-inch

Audio
Subsystem

Yes (Standard)

PCMCIA

One Type-II slot

Keyboard

TrackPoint II

Note: An external diskette drive and cable are provided
with this model.

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

247

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Note: Be sure the LED cable is not in the battery
compartment of over the keyboard supports.
.1/

Battery Pack

.2/

Lift Keyboard (Pry up front of keyboard with asmall plastic screwdriver.).3/

Three Ribbon Cables
Remove Keyboard
Remove Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable (Usecaution; the cable pins can scratch the LCD.).4/

Fourteen Bottom Cover Screws (6-G, 2-DD,
6-EE) (2-G screws near mouse buttons)(1-D screw in center)(1-D screw near power button icon)(6-EE screws around bottom cover perimeter).5/

Bottom Cover.6/

Ribbon Cable(Open the IC DRAM cover on the bottom. From thebottom, keep pressure on the system board whileremoving the cable.)(If replacing the hard disk drive or bottom cover,remove the 4-G screws near FCC notice. Caution;copper flakes easily from the screws.).7/

Hard Disk Drive.8/

Mouse Button Cable (Pull connector, not thecable.).9/

Three Cables

248

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

.1ð/System Board (Note plastic screw inserts location.).11/

Two Threaded Spacers (In power card).12/Power Card (Note washer placement.)

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

249

ThinkPad 500 Exploded View

250

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/

Top Cover Release Latches
Contrast Control Buttons
Brightness Control Buttons
On/Off Button
PCMCIA Eject Button
PCMCIA Slot
Pointing StickRight Button (pointing stick)Memory Card Access Panel
Left Button (pointing stick)Battery
Status Indicator LEDs

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

251

System Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/

Pointing Device Connector
Hard Disk Drive Connector
Keyboard Connector
Sense Connector
Wobble Connector
LED Connector
Power Card Connector
LCD Data Connector
Parallel Port Connector
PCMCIA Connector
IC DRAM Card Socket
External Display Connector
LCD Power Connector
Diskette Drive/Serial Port Connector

J1

J2

J3

B1

J4
J7

J5

J6

J8
J9
J11

J10

J12

J13

J14

252

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing

9

11
10
1

2

3

4
8

5

7
6

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

253

Important
IBM ThinkPad 500 (2603) Models 081 and 171 are
obsolete. The following FRU numbers are being
discontinued:
System Board
Power Card
Base Cover Assembly
AC Adapter
SLA Self-Charging Battery
SLA Rechargeable Battery

52G7290
59G792259G7921
59G7923
59G7924
59G7946

If you encounter a ThinkPad 500 (2603) Model 081 or
171, please call 1-800-426-7244 for upgrade
instructions.
System Unit
Index
1
Keyboard Assembly
2
LCD Assembly
3Power Button
4Power Card
5
System Board
System Board Bracket
685MB Hard Disk
170MB Hard Disk
7
Base Cover Assembly (R)Connector Door
8
NiMH Rechargeable Battery
9
Diskette Drive/Serial Cable (External)
Diskette Drive/Serial Cable (Internal)
Hard Disk Cable (Internal)
10Video Cable
11
AC Adapter
4MB IC DRAM
8MB IC DRAM
External Diskette Drive

59G7920
59G7919
59G7937
59G7993
65G8741
59G7951
59G7915
59G7917
59G7995
59G7936
59G7976
59G7925
59G7952
59G7927
59G7926
59G79918189098
8189099
59G7918

Tools and Miscellaneous
Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit
Screw Pack(screws, standoff, studs, and inserts)

254

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598
59G7944Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use the power cord certified for your country.
Index
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy
5
Australia, New Zealand
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
South Africa
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand

13F99596454377
65F003114F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574

ThinkPad 500 (2603)

255

256

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

ThinkPad 510 (2604)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management Features. . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCMCIA Test Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Password Override. . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Power-On Self Test (POST). . . . . . . . .
Advanced Diagnostics Diskette . . . . . . . .
Loading the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . .
Formatting the Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . .
Restoring the TP 510 System Files . . . . . .
Error Log
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
Bottom Cover Screws. . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board Connectors. . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

258
260
262
263
264
264
265
265
267
268
268
268
268
269
269
270
270
271
271
271
273
273
273
275
276
279
280
281
282

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

257

General Checkout
Important
The Advanced Diagnostics program is shipped on thehard disk drive. An external diskette drive must be
attached to the computer to run the diagnostics
program from a diskette. The Advanced Diagnostics
diskette, part number S83G8095, contains the same
Advanced Diagnostics program shipped on the harddisk drive. If the diagnostics are not on the hard disk
drive and an external diskette drive is not attached tothe computer, do the following.
1. Run the POST (Power-On Self Test).
2. If you receive an error, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 264.
3. If you suspect an undetermined problem, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 267.
1. Power-off the computer and all external devices.
2. Check all cables and power cords for correctconnection.
3. If you are going to run the advanced diagnostics fromthe diskette drive; insert the Advanced Diagnostics
diskette into the diskette drive, then continue withstep 4
If you are going to run advanced diagnostics from thehard disk drive, go to step 6.
4. Power-on all external devices.
5. Power-on the computer and check for one short beepat the end of POST with a clear and readable
diagnostics menu displayed.
If you did not get the correct responses, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 264.
If you received the correct responses, go to step 12
on page 259.
6. Power-on all external devices.
7. Power-on the computer and check for one short beepat the end of POST with a clear and readable
diagnostics menu displayed. If you did not get thecorrect responses, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 264.
Note: The following two steps are important because
they prevent programs which might affect thediagnostic tests from being loaded intomemory.
8. When the message Starting PC DOS appears,
press F5.
9. When the DOS prompt appears, type
cd c:\thinkpad\diags

258

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 110. Press Enter.
11. Typecommand
12. Press Enter to start the advanced diagnostics; then,continue with the next step.
13. Run the advanced diagnostics tests. For information
on how to disable the password, see “Power-On
Password Override” on page 268.
14. Find your symptom below, then go to the appropriate
page. Otherwise, see “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 264, then go to “Undetermined Problems” onpage 267.
Symptom

Go to ...

Error Code or Message“Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 264

Configuration Problem“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 269

Power Problem“Power Systems Checkout”
on page 262

Memory Problem“Memory Checkout” onpage 260

TrackPoint II Problem“TrackPoint II Checkout” on“TrackPoint II Checkout” onpage 470

Note
For information about diagnostics, error messages,
passwords, and other tests and service checks, go to“Related Service Procedures” on page 268.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

259

Memory Checkout001– Always start with “General Checkout” on page 258.
– Power-off (O) the computer and wait 10 seconds.
– Reseat the DRAM card.
– Run the advanced diagnostics; if necessary refer to“Loading the Diagnostics” on page 270.
– Make a note of any error code you receive.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 20X XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX OR
02XX POST ERROR OR FAILURE SYMPTOM?
Yes No002
Go to Step 006.
003
IS A DRAM CARD INSTALLED?
Yes No004
Replace the system board. Press Ctrl+Alt+F3 to set
the time and date to remove the 16X errors.
005
Replace the DRAM card.
If the error remains, replace the system board. Press
Ctrl+Alt+F3 after POST to set the time and date andremove the 16X errors.
006(From step 002)
– If you need to bypass an error, press Esc or F1.
– If you cannot continue, you might have a keyboard
problem; go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 264.

260

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS MENU APPEAR?
Yes No007
You might have a diskette drive problem; go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 264.
008
– Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
– Follow the screen instructions.
Note: Ignore a 199 error.
– Press 0 (RUN TESTS ONE TIME), then press Enter.
– Press 2 (MEMORY), then press Enter.
DID YOU RECEIVE A 2XX ERROR OR FAILURESYMPTOM?
Yes No009
Go to Step 011.
010
Go to Step 003 on page 260.
011
(From step 009)
DID THE SYSTEM CHECKOUT MENU APPEAR AT THE
END OF TEST?
Yes No012
You might have a power source problem; go to“Power Systems Checkout” on page 262.
013
The advanced diagnostics tests finished without detecting
a failure. If you suspect an intermittent problem, start anerror log. If you need instructions, refer to “Error Log” onpage 271.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

261

Power Systems Checkout
To check the system power, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the battery from the computer.
3. Check the battery voltage. The voltage should be aminimum of 10.8 V dc.
If the voltage is not correct, try recharging the battery
pack.
If the voltage is correct, continue with the next step totest the AC adapter voltage.
4. Unplug the AC adapter from the computer.
5. Measure the voltage at the points shown.

1

2

V dc

+ Lead– Lead

+16.6

2

1

If the voltage is not correct, replace the AC adapter.
If the voltage is correct, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 267.

262

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Management Features
Press Func+F3 to select Power Management setup (anytime after the computer is powered-on).
Important
Before using the power saving features, be sure toread and observe the following precautions:








If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with adiskette inserted in the diskette drive, the samediskette must be installed in the drive before
attempting to resume normal operation.
If you enter Suspend or Hibernate mode with a
PCMCIA card inserted in the PCMCIA slot, thesame PCMCIA card must be installed in the slot
before attempting to resume normal operation.
Hibernate mode does not save/restore the statusof PCMCIA cards. When you resume normal
operation from Hibernate mode, the PCMCIA
card is no longer configured and will not berecognized by the computer.
If the computer is connected to a Local Area
Network (LAN) that periodically polls for station
activity, the LAN-connection might be terminatedwhile the computer is in Suspend or Hibernate
mode. Any further attempt to access the network
results in a brief delay and the computer appears
to hang (up to 1 minute, depending on the
network). After the delay, an error is displayed.
Follow the instructions on the screen to restore
normal operation.
Any software program that was running over the
LAN is not re-entered when you resume normal
operation from Hibernate or Suspend modes.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

263

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists symptoms, errors, andthe possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to haveavailable when servicing the computer.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by the ThinkPad
diagnostic code, refer to the manual for that device.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

02X, 101, 107

1.
2.
3.
4.

102, 103, 104, 106,108, 109, 190(Press Ctrl+Alt+F3 to set
the time and date andremove any 16X errors.)

1. System Board

111

1. DRAM Card

161, 163(Press Ctrl+Alt+F3 to set
the time and date andremove any 16X errors.)

1. Set Configuration
2. Battery
3. System Board

162

1. Any Device(Check the installed
devices list for a
missing device.)
2. System Board

1XX(not listed above)

1. System Board

2XX

1. DRAM Card

3XX

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

6XX

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board

9XX, 10XX

1. ThinkPad MultiPort
2. Any External Parallel
Device3. System Board

11XX, 12XX

1. ThinkPad MultiPort
2. Any External Serial
Device3. PCMCIA Device
4. System Board

17XX

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board

264

Battery
AC Adapter
DRAM Card
System Board

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

24XX

1. ThinkPad MultiPort
2. LCD/External Display
3. System Board

80XX

1. System Board

86XX

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

No beep or continuous
beeps(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 262
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. DRAM Card

One long and one short
beep

1. DRAM Card

Two long beeps, 3 short
beeps, and a blank screen

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board

One long beep, 3 long
beeps, 3 long beeps and ablank screen

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board

Multiple short beeps

1. Keyboard (stuck key)

One short beep with adisplay problem(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. Display Power Cord
3. LCD Assembly

One long and multiple short
beeps

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Blank screen

1.
2.
3.
4.

Battery
AC Adapter
DRAM Card
System Board

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

265Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Display problems(For external displays, see“External Display Self-Test”
on page 464 before
replacing FRUs.)

1. External Display, if
installed
2. External Display PowerCord
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board

LCD contrast not adjustable

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board

Keyboard problems

1. Reseat cables
2. Keyboard
3. System Board

Mouse problems

1. Reseat cable
2. Mouse
3. System Board

Diagnostic tests hang

1.
2.
3.
4.

Blinking cursor only

1. Diskette Drive
2. System Board

Diskette drive bypassed

1. Reseat DASD/Serial
Cable
2. ThinkPad MultiPort
3. Diskette Drive

Cannot read diskette

1.
2.
3.
4.

Hard disk drive problem

1. Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive Cable
3. System Board

Printer problem

1.
2.
3.
4.

Check Configuration
ThinkPad MultiPort
Parallel Port
System Board

Communication or plotter
problem

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Check Configuration
ThinkPad MultiPort
Serial PortPCMCIA Device
System Board

266

Battery
AC Adapter
DRAM Card
System Board

Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Cable
Diskette
System Board

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Undetermined Problems
If you have not already done so, go to “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 262 and check the AC adapter andbattery voltages.
If the AC adapter and battery voltages are correct and the
problem remains, do the following.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices:- Any external device or cable- Any PCMCIA device
3. Power-on the computer.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 until
you find the failing adapter or device.
5. If the problem remains, replace the Power Card.
6. If this does not solve the problem, replace the systemboard.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

267

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information on the following:“Status Indicators”“PCMCIA Test Card”“Power-On Password Override”“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 269“Power-On Self Test (POST)” on page 269“Advanced Diagnostics Diskette” on page 270“Loading the Diagnostics” on page 270“Formatting the Hard Disk Drive” on page 271“Restoring the TP 510 System Files” on page 271“Error Log” on page 271“Setup Options” on page 273“Starting Setup” on page 273“Utilities” on page 273

Status Indicators
Light

Status IndicatedBattery needs charging
Battery is charging
Computer is powered-on
Computer is in suspend mode
Hard disk drive is active
Diskette drive is active
Keyboard is in Num Lock mode
Keyboard is in Caps Lock mode
Keyboard is in Scroll Lock mode

PCMCIA Test Card
The green LED on the PCMCIA test card lights when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not go on, checkthat the card is installed correctly by reseating the card.
(For the docking station, if it still does not light after
reseating, try using another slot for the test.) If the LED
still does not go on and the test fails, replace the FRU
shown in the diagnostic error code.

Power-On Password Override268

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If an adapter or device is missing from the Installed
Devices list and you are able to add it to the list, do so andcontinue with the diagnostic tests.
If an adapter or device is missing from the installed
devices list and you cannot add it to the list, you might
have one of the following conditions:The diagnostic code for the missing device is not on
your Advanced Diagnostics diskette.
The missing device is a 3.5-Inch External Diskette
Drive Adapter, or another unrecognizable adapter.
The missing device is defective.
The adapter or device is not an IBM product.

If the number of drives installed in the computer differsfrom the number shown in the installed devices list, anerror can occur during the diagnostic tests. Restart thecomputer and correct the drive information in the Set
Configuration menu before running the diagnostic tests.

Power-On Self Test (POST)
Each time you power-on the computer, the POST is
initiated. The POST takes up to 15 seconds to complete,depending on the options installed.
The POST checks the following: system board, memory,
display, keyboard, hard disk drive, parallel port, and serial
port.
To start the POST, power-on the computer. You hear one
short beep when the POST successfully ends.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

269

If the POST cannot be completed successfully, an invalid
configuration error message appears. If F1 is pressed, thesystem bypasses the error and attempts to complete
POST. Press F1 to continue or Press F2 to go to Setup.

Advanced Diagnostics Diskette
The Advanced Diagnostics diskette contains diagnostic
programs. The diskette is intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid computer
responses.

Loading the Diagnostics
To start advanced diagnostics from the Advanced
Diagnostics diskette, do the following.
1. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
2. Power-on all external devices.
3. Power-on the computer. (The advanced diagnostics
program will load from the diskette drive.)
To start advanced diagnostics from the hard disk drive, do
the following.
1. Power-on all external devices.
2. Power-on the computer.
Note: Some programs cause the diagnostic tests togive inaccurate results. The following steps
prevent these programs from being loaded
into memory while starting the advanced
diagnostics.
3. When the message Starting PC DOS appears,
press F5.
4. When the DOS prompt appears, type
cd c:\thinkpad\diags
5. Press Enter.
6. Typecommand
7. Press Enter to start the advanced diagnostics
program.

Accessing the Diagnostic Tests:

To accessdiagnostic tests from the SELECT AN OPTION Menu, dothe following.
1. Select 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
2. At the Installed Devices menu, press (Y), then press
Enter.
3. The SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu is then displayed.
4. Select 0 or 1 from the SYSTEM CHECKOUT menu.
5. Select the device to be tested.

270

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Formatting the Hard Disk Drive
Hard disk drives normally contain tracks in excess of theirstated capacity to allow for defective tracks. The user isnotified by a diagnostic message when the defect limit has
been reached and service is recommended.
The Advanced Diagnostics Format program is different
from the operating system format program.
Warning
All data on the selected hard disk drive is destroyed
during a format operation or surface analysis.
Before the customer can transfer information from the
backup diskettes to the hard disk drive, the hard disk drive
must be formatted using the operating system format
program. Have the customer refer to the operating systemmanual for a description of the hard disk preparationcommands.
After formatting the hard disk drive, copy the System files
from the Advanced Diagnostics diskette to the hard disk
drive.

Restoring the TP 510 System Files
The subdirectory C:\THINKPAD\DIAGS on the hard disk
drive contains the ThinkPad 510 Diagnostics programs.
If the hard disk drive is reformatted or the files in thesubdirectory on the hard disk drive are corrupted, use theAdvanced Diagnostics diskette to restore the diagnostic
programs.
Important
The following is required to complete this procedure:

DOS must be installed on the hard disk drive.
An external diskette drive must be attached tothe computer.

1. Power-on the computer; then, insert the Advanced
Diagnostics diskette.
2. At the DOS prompt, type
A:UINSTALL
then press Enter.
3. Select Install ThinkPad 510 Diagnostics from themenu. The files are copied from the diskette to the
THINKPAD\DIAGS subdirectory on drive C.

Error Log
Use the following steps to create an error log, run the
diagnostic tests, and automatically record any error

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

271

messages in an error log. This procedure is normally used
to diagnose an intermittent problem.
Note: The errors must be logged to a diskette drive or toa printer. If recording errors on a diskette, use acopy of the Advanced Diagnostics diskette that is
not write-protected. Do not run any diskettetests when logging to a diskette drive. Do not
run a parallel port test when logging to a
printer.

Creating the Error Log
1. Insert the Advanced Diagnostics diskette into thediskette drive.
2. Press 0 (SYSTEM CHECKOUT), then press Enter.
3. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices might appear on
the display. Answer as required; then press Enter.
4. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenpress Enter.
5. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then press Enter.
6. Press 0 (START ERROR LOG), then press Enter.
7. Press 0 or 1 (LOG TO DISKETTE, OR PRINTER(0/1)?), then press Enter.
8. If you are logging to diskette, press A (ENTER THE
DRIVE ID FOR ERROR LOG?), then press Enter.
9. Press 9 (END LOG UTILITIES), then press Enter.

Starting the Test
1. Press 1 (RUN TESTS MULTIPLE TIMES), then press
Enter.
2. Select the device you suspect has a failure, thenpress Enter.
3. Select the number of times to run the test; then press
Enter.
4. Press N (WAIT EACH TIME AN ERROR OCCURS(Y/N)?), then press Enter.
5. Follow any instructions on the display and select allavailable tests.
Note: Do not press any keys during the keyboard
test.
6. To end (RUN TEST CONTINUOUSLY), press andhold Ctrl; then press Pause. The computercompletes testing and returns to the Installed Devices
menu.

Displaying the Error Log
1. Depending on the options installed in the computer,questions about attached devices might appear on
the display. Answer as required; then press Enter.
2. Press Y or N (IS THE LIST CORRECT (Y/N)?), thenpress Enter.
3. Press 2 (LOG UTILITIES), then press Enter.
4. Press 2 (DISPLAY LOG), then press Enter.

272

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

5. Press A (ENTER THE DRIVE ID FOR ERROR
LOG?), then press Enter.
6. If no errors occurred, the Log Utilities menu appears.
If errors are displayed, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index”
on page 264.

Setup Options
The computer has two setup options that allow you to
specify how the computer operates. The System
Parameters (Ctrl+Alt+F3 from the DOS prompt or the
Diagnostic Menu) provide access to the power
management parameters and the following systemelements.











Time
Date
Password
Personalization
Diskette drive
Hard disk drive
Cache
Parallel port
ISO Monitor
Clock Multiplier

Starting Setup
Press the key combination for the setup program you want
to start.
Key Combination

Setup Program

Ctrl+Alt+F3

System Parameters setup. (Mustbe started at the DOS prompt or
the Diagnostic Menu.)

Func+F3Power Management setup (can bestarted at any time after thecomputer is powered-on). This ispage 2 of System Parameters.

Press Esc to display the Exit Menu.

Utilities
The system is configured with several utility programs.
These programs provide added function that enhances theusability of the system. These programs should be backed
up to prevent loss of data. Use the Diskette factory inMicrosoft Windows to make a backup copy of theAdvanced Diagnostics diskette. The utility programs are:
SIMUL

Allows you to enable/disable simultaneous
display on both the LCD and externalmonitor.
Note: The computer does not enter
Suspend/Resume while in the
Simultaneous mode. You must exit
Simultaneous mode before
ThinkPad 510 (2604)

273

Suspend/Resume is allowed. Also,
the Func + F7 function is notrecognized until you exit the
Simultaneous mode.
EPP2

Provides Enhanced Parallel Port Utility. Thisutility needs to be added to the
AUTOEXEC.BAT and CONFIG.SYS if theoption attached to the parallel port supports
the enhanced parallel port mode.

PHDISK

Prepares the hard disk drive for thehibernation feature, including formatting andthe marking of defective areas. A partition isreserved on the hard disk drive to save data
before the computer enters Hibernation
mode.
Warning: Running this utility causes loss ofdata on the hard disk drive. It is importantthat the customer backup all data prior tousing this utility.
Important
Run the PHDISK utility if you change theoperating environment, reformat thehard disk drive, or add additional
memory.

PCMCIA Drivers
IBM2SS01.SYS and PCMCIA.SYS provide
the ability to use PCMCIA cards in an OS/2*
environment.

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

274

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.
FeatureDescription

Processor (MHz)486BL2-50 25/50-Mhz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory (Standard)

4MB

Memory (Maximum)

20MB

CMOS RAM256 bytes

Video

VGA (with 1MB VRAM)

Diskette Drive

3.5-inch

Hard Drive

200MB, 2.5-inch

Audio Subsystem

Yes (Standard AT Audio)

PCMCIA

One Type-II slot

Keyboard

TrackPoint II

ThinkPad MultiPort

Provides connections for thefollowing options:
External Keyboard
External Mouse
External Diskette Drive
External Display
External Serial Device
External Parallel Device

Note: An external diskette drive and cable are provided
with this model.

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

275

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the list below for the sequential removal of FRUs.
See the illustration on “ThinkPad 510 Exploded View” onpage 278 for locations and identification of FRUs. The
letters in parentheses in the list indicate screw types. See“Bottom Cover Screws” on page 279 to match the lettersto the correct screw type and size before replacing eachscrew.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
.1/
.2/

.3/

.4/

.5/

.6/

276

Remove Battery Pack
Lift Keyboard(Tabs located along the inside front edge of the
keyboard hold the keyboard in the bottom cover.
Insert a small screwdriver at 2A and 2B, between
the front of the keyboard and the bottom cover.
Gently pry the bottom cover away from the
keyboard to release the keyboard.)
Disconnect Three Ribbon Cables
Remove Keyboard
CAUTION:Be careful not to scratch the LEDs or LCD
display when removing the keyboard(If you are removing the system board, disconnect
all flat cables. Slide each connector latch retainer
away from the base to release each cable.)
Disconnect Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable(Disconnect the cable at the system board
connector.)
Remove Bottom Cover Screws
See “Bottom Cover Screws” on page 279.
(2-G screws near mouse buttons)(1-EE screw in center)(2-DD screws between the right mouse button and
the PCMCIA slot)(5-EE screws around bottom cover perimeter)
Remove Bottom Cover (with Hard Disk Drive
and Cable Attached)
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

CAUTION:
When removing the bottom cover, be careful not
to damage the PCMCIA test card.

.7/
.8/
.9/

.1ð/
.11/
.12/

.13/
.14/
.15/

(Slide the bottom cover past the PCMCIA eject
button as you lift the cover off.)(If you are not removing the hard disk drive, go tostep 9.)
Disconnect Hard Disk Drive Ribbon Cable(Disconnect the cable from the hard disk drive.)
Remove the Hard Disk Drive(4-G screws near FCC notice)
Lift System Board(Gently lift the system board and turn it over. Be
careful not to lose the two plastic system board
inserts.)
Disconnect Pointing Device Cable
Disconnect LCD Display Cable
Disconnect Parallel Port Cable(In metal frame on system board rear)
Power Switch Assembly, see “Parts Listing” onpage 282.
Remove Two Threaded Power Card Spacers
Remove Power Card
Remove Mouse Buttons

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

277

ThinkPad 510 Exploded View

2B

15
2A
14

13

278

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Bottom Cover Screws
G
EE

EE
G

EE

DD

EE

DD

EE
EE
G
G

G
G

G

Black

DD

Black

EE

Black

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

279

Locations
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/

280

Top Cover Release Latches
On/Off Switch
PCMCIA Eject Button
PCMCIA Slot
TrackPoint II
Right Button (pointing stick)Memory Card Access Panel
Left Button (pointing stick)Battery
Status Indicator LEDs

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Board Connectors
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

Pointing device connector
Hard disk drive connector
Keyboard connector
LED connector
Keyboard connector
Parallel port connector
Keyboard connector
Power card connector
LCD color connector
PCMCIA connector
IC DRAM card connector
PAD1 and PAD2
Multiport replicator connector
LCD power connector
LCD data connector

J1

J2

J5
J12

B1

J4

J3
J7

J6

J9

J10

J15

J8

J13

J14

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

281

Parts Listing

9

11
10
1

2

3

4
8

5

7
6

282

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing (continued)

14
12

13

ThinkPad 510 (2604)

283

ThinkPad 510 System Unit FRUs
Index
1
Keyboard Assembly (US English)
TrackPoint II Cap Set
2
Color LCD Assembly
3Power Switch Assembly(See Index numbers 12, 13 and 14.)
4Power Card
5
System Board
System Board Bracket
6200MB Hard Disk
7
Base Cover Assembly
Connector Door
8
Rechargeable Battery
9
ThinkPad MultiPort
10
Diskette Drive Cable (External)
Parallel Port Cable (Internal)
Hard Disk Cable (Internal)
11
AC Adapter
12Power Switch Spring
13
Power Switch Slide
14
Power Switch Clip
4MB IC DRAM
8MB IC DRAM
16MB IC DRAM
External Diskette Drive
Screw Pack
1 mouse/hard disk drive screw
1 system board insert screw
1 bottom cover screw
1 power card standoff
1 parallel stud
1 plastic system board insert

284

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

73G3394
73G3463
73G3387

73G3465
88G1121
73G3391
73G3443
73G3395
73G3420
73G3417
73G3388
73G3422
73G3421
59G7927
73G3411
73G3449
73G3385
73G34488189098
8189099
19H8061
59G7918
73G3445

ThinkPad 710T (2523)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Power Management System. . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
ThinkPad File (TPF) Card
. . . . . . . . . .
IC Card Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
ThinkPad 710T Exploded View . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Top View
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board Connector (Top View). . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

286
290
290
295
296
296
298
299
300
301
302
302
302
302
302
302
302
304
306
307
307
308
310

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

285

General Checkout
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products or modified options can givefalse errors and invalid responses.
001– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Check that all the cables and the power cord areproperly connected.
– Power-on the computer while holding theSuspend/Resume switch in the On position. Check forthe following responses:The power on indicator lights. The
Suspend/Resume indicator works as the power on
indicator when the power switch is pressed.
One long beep sounds.
Memory test begins (memory size appears on the
top-left corner of the screen) and the Easy-Setup
screen or Password Menu screen appears.

Note: If the Resume/Suspend Switch is not held in the
On position when the computer is powered-on, the user
defined screen appears.
DID EITHER THE EASY-SETUP OR PASSWORD MENUSCREEN APPEAR?

Yes

Date/Time

Setup

Test

RestartPower Save

Password

Digitizer

No
002
Go to Step 004 on page 287.

003
– Enter the password on Password Menu screen, if itappeared.
(Step 003 continues)

286

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

003 (continued)– Select Test on the Easy-Setup screen and go to Step
007 on page 288.
004
DID THE FOLLOWING SCREEN APPEAR?

XXX
XXX
XXX

Yes

No
005
– Note the symptom. If the power does not comeon completely, go to “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 290 and follow the procedure. If thepower is on, but the expected screen does notappear, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 296.

006– Note all error codes on the screen. Go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 296 and find the error
code and follow the instruction. If the problem remains,
go to “Undetermined Problems” on page 301.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

287

(CONTINUED)

007
DID THE TEST MENU APPEAR?

All LoopAll

Planar 12000KB Mem

Yes

FDD

Parallel

PCIC

Slot1:ATA

Restart

Keyboard

Mouse

Video

HDD

SerialFlash Mem

Digitizer

LED

Slot2:SRAM

Slot3:ETNo
008– Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 296 andfind the error code or the symptom and follow the
instructions. If the problem remains, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 301.

009
IS THE DISPLAYED CONFIGURATION CORRECT WITH
THE INSTALLED DEVICES?
Note: Installed devices are displayed in a dark shade,devices not installed are displayed in a gray shade.
Yes

No
010
Go to “Checking the Installed Devices List” onpage 302.

011– Select All on the Test Menu and go to Step 012 on
page 289. (Diagnostic test will run on all devices
displayed in a dark shade.)

288

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

012
DID THE TESTS FIND A DEVICE ERROR?
A device error is displayed with an X over the device.
The device ID (XXX), an error description code (YY),and FRU code (ZZZZ) are displayed.
For example:
XXX YY ZZZZXXX: Device ID
YY: Error Description CodeZZZZ: FRU CodeNote: If the test stops or hangs when the test is running,
replace the last device that was tested.
Yes

No
013
The error was not detected by the test:







Check that the cables and connectors are notdamaged.
Reconnect all adapters, drives, and modules,
then test the computer several times. An All
Loop option is available for looping all the
tests. To exit from the looping, select the test
icon on the right, bottom corner of the screen at
the time of between each test.
If no error is detected, go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 296 and use the user reported
symptom.
If any errors are detected, go to “FRU Codes”
on page 298.

014
– Note the error codes shown on the screen and go to“FRU Codes” on page 298 and replace the appropriate
FRU.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

289

Memory Checkout
Note: Before removing a SIMM card, power-off thecomputer.
Error code 110 indicates that a parity check error on thesystem board was detected. The error is caused by the
SIMM card or the system board.
To isolate the FRUs, remove the SIMM card and run thememory test again.


If an error occurs without the SIMM card, replace thesystem board.
Otherwise, replace the SIMM card.

Note: The system board contains the first 4MB of thememory.

Power Systems Checkout
To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on thecomputer using each of the power sources available. If
you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power
supply check listed below.
“AC Adapter Test” on page 291“Battery Pack Test” on page 292“Backup Battery Test” on page 293“Quick Charger Test” on page 293“Car Battery Adapter Test” on page 294“Short Circuit Test” on page 301

290

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

AC Adapter Test
1. Unplug the AC adapter from the power outlet and thecomputer.
2. Inspect the AC adapter for any signs of overheating
or damage.
3. Inspect the AC adapter power cord for cuts or
damage. Replace the power cord, if necessary.
4. Plug the power cord into a power outlet. Listen forany sound that might indicate defective operation.
5. Measure the output voltage at the AC adapter plug.

2
1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19 to +212

Ground (sleeve)






If the voltage is incorrect, but not 0, replace the AC
adapter.
If the voltage is 0, check the power cord and thepower outlet.
If the power cord and power outlet are OK, replace
the AC adapter.
If the voltage is correct, suspect a short circuit or a
failure in the computer. Go to “Short Circuit Test” onpage 301.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

291

Battery Pack Test
1. Remove the battery pack.
2. Measure the voltage at the battery contacts as shown
below.

+-T

Contacts

Voltage (V dc)++9.0 to +12.6−

GroundIf the voltage is not correct, charge the battery.
If the voltage is not correct after being charged,
replace the battery.
If the voltage is correct, suspect a short circuit or
failure in the computer. Go to the “Short Circuit Test”
on page 301.

Use the following procedure to check if the thermal
protection has tripped.
1. Measure the resistance with an ohmmeter between
the T and - contacts.
2. The resistance should not be open (infinity).
The thermal protection is detected when thetemperature exceeds 70°C to 80°C (158°F to 176°F).
Wait until the battery temperature becomes normal,then verify the resistance at the battery terminals. If it
is open, replace the battery.

292

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Backup Battery Test
1. Remove the backup battery.
2. Measure the voltage on the battery as shown below.

Pole

Voltage (V dc)++2.8 to +3.2−

GroundIf the voltage is not correct, replace the backup battery.
If the voltage is correct, a short circuit or a failure in thesystem board has occurred. Replace the system board.

Quick Charger Test
1. Make sure the AC adapter works correctly by using
the “AC Adapter Test” on page 291.
2. Verify the battery pack is not thermal protected byusing the procedure on “Battery Pack Test” onpage 292.
3. Plug the quick charger to the AC adapter. The
charger power indicator should turn on.
4. Install the battery pack, the charging indicator should
start blinking.
5. Within 3.0 hours, the battery pack (not exhausted,
standard size) will be fully charged and the charging
indicator changes from blinking to constant on.
If the charger does not work as stated above, replace thequick charger.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

293

Car Battery Adapter Test
1. Unplug the car adapter from the computer and thecigarette socket.
2. Measure the cigarette socket voltage. It should be
between 9.0 V dc and 18.0 V dc.
3. Plug the adapter into the car socket. Measure theoutput voltage of the adapter.

2
1

Pin

Voltage (V dc)

1+19 to +212

Ground (sleeve)







294

If the voltage is incorrect, but not 0, replace the carbattery adapter.
If the voltage is 0, check that the adapter connector
has good contact with cigarette socket. If theconnection is good, replace the adapter.
If the voltage is correct, and the computer operates
with the AC Adapter, replace the car battery adapter.
If the voltage is correct, and the computer fails with
AC adapter also, perform the AC Adapter Test
procedure.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Management System
The power management system controls the power applied
to the computer, the modem card, and the printer by using
the setup Program's Power Save menu. This system
reduces the power drain on the battery when the computer
power is on, but not actively being used.

Suspend and Resume Modes:

The suspend
and resume modes are unique methods to minimize theuse of power from the battery. When the computer enterssuspend mode, one beep sounds and theSuspend/Resume indicator glows a steady orange. All
tasks are stopped and their present states are stored inmemory to save power.
When the computer returns to resume mode, the computer
restores the same states as when it entered suspend
mode. One beep sounds and the indicator glows a steadygreen when the resume operation is completed.


The computer enters suspend mode when:– A battery-low condition is detected– The Suspend/Resume switch is activated– When the computer is not actively used (Autosuspend)– The suspend function does not occur when adevice is connected to AT Bus, or a modem cardis inserted in the IC Card slots.
The computer returns to resume mode when the
Suspend/Resume switch is switched on. While in theresume state, the indicator blinks.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

295

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first. Use this index to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing a computer.
For errors indicated by the diagnostic tests, see “FRU
Codes” on page 298. If the symptom is not listed, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 301.
In the following error codes, X can be any number.
Note
For IBM devices not supported by ThinkPad 710T
diagnostic code, refer to the manual for that device.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom / Error

FRU / Action

10X

1. System Board

110(Check “Memory Checkout”
on page 290 beforechanging any device.)

1. SIMM Card
2. System Board111

1. Option Bus
2. System Board

161

1. Refer to “Backup
Battery Test” onpage 293.
2. System Board

162(See “Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 302
before changing any FRU.)

1. Check Device
Configuration
2. System Board
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
5. Diskette Drive Cable
6. Hard Disk Drive Cable
7. Modem Card163

1. Set Time and Date.
2. System Board

164(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 290 before changing
any FRU.)

1. Check Device
Configuration.
2. SIMM Card
3. System Board

199

1. Refer to “Checking
the Installed Devices
List” on page 302.

1XX

1. System Board

20X

1. System Board
2. SIMM Card

296

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom / Error

FRU / Action

21X

1. SIMM Card
2. System board

2XX(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 290 before changing
any FRU.)

1. System Board
2. SIMM Card

301, 31X

1. System Board
2. Keyboard

304, 305

1. System Board
2. Mouse

308

1. System Board

3XX

1. Keyboard
2. Mouse
3. System Board

601, 6XX(Go to the “External Diskette
Drive Test” on page 464
before changing any FRU.)

1. System Board
2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette Drive Cable

602

1. Diskette Drive
Assembly

9XX

1. System Board
2. Parallel Device

11XX

1. System Board
2. Serial Device

12XX

1. System Board
2. Serial Device
3. Communication Cable

17XX

1. Disk Drive Assembly
2. System Board

24XX

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

5001 – 5016

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

5017 – 5020

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board

8601, 8603

1. System Board
2. Mouse

86XX

1. Mouse
2. System Board

101XX

1. Modem Card
2. System Board

102XX

1. LED Card
2. System Board
3. Related Devices

I9990305

1. Operating System
2. OS device

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

297

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs.
Replace the FRU that is indicated by the two leftmost
digits, then replace the FRU indicated by the two rightmost
digits. No FRU is assigned to code 00. If only one FRU issuspected, the other FRU code is filled with 00.
Use the “External Diskette Drive Test” on page 464 toisolate diskette problems to a FRU.
If the problem still remains and the system board has notbeen replaced, replace the system board.
FRU Code

FRU

10

System Board

20

Memory(See “Memory Checkout” onpage 290.)

30

Keyboard

31

Numeric Keypad

32

Keyboard, External

33

Mouse

35

Digitizer

36

LCD/Digitizer

40

LCD Assembly

41

External CRT

50

External Diskette Drive

55

Hard Disk Drive

60

System Board

65

IC Card Memory68

TPF Card

70

System Board, (Printer)

71

System Board, (Printercontrol)80

LED Card82

Switch Card Assembly

85

System Board, (Speaker)

86

DC-DC Card

298

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Beep Symptoms
Symptom / Error

FRU / Action

Continuous beep.

1. System Board

One beep and a blank,
unreadable, or flashing
LCD.

1.
2.
3.
4.

One beep, and the message“Boot source (TPF) cannot
be found.”

1. TPF (in Slot 1)
2. System Board (TPF
Controller)

One beep, and the message“Unable to access bootsource.”1. TPF (in Slot 1)
2. System Board (TPF
Controller)

One long, two short beeps
and a blank or unreadable
LCD.

1. System Board
2. LCD Assembly

One long beep followed byfour short beeps each time
you press the power on/off
button.

1. Connect an AC
adapter or install a
fully charged battery.
Computer cannot
power-on due to low
battery voltage.

One beep every second.

1. Connect AC adapter
or install fully
charged battery(allow computer tocomplete shutdown
before changing thebattery).
Computer is shutting
down due to low
battery voltage.

Two short beeps.

1. POST error. See“Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 296.

Three short beeps.

1. Move computer to acooler environment.
Battery or computerhigh temperaturethreshold has been
exceeded.

Four short beeps every fiveseconds and a blank LCD.

1. System Board
2. SIMM Card
3. Modem Card

LCD Assembly
System Board
SIMM Card
DC/DC Card

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

299

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom / Error

FRU / Action

No beep, Power-on LED not
lit, and a blank LCD during
POST.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 290
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. DC/DC Card
3. Power source when
failing

No beep, Power-on LED lit,
and a blank LCD during
POST.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 290
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. System Board
2. Modem Card

No beep during POST but
computer runs OK.

1. System Board(Speaker)

LCD screen unreadable orcharacters missing pels.

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board

One or more keys do notwork.

1. Keyboard
2. System Board

Computer does not respondto Pen input.

1. Pen
2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board

LCD backlight not
functioning.

1.
2.
3.
4.

LCD backlight intensity not
adjustable.

1. LCD Assembly
2. Switch and LED Card
3. System Board

LCD contrast not adjustable.

1. LCD Assembly
2. System Board
3. Switch and LED Card

System hang or intermittent
hang.
(See “Undetermined
Problems” on page 301
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. Press Reset Button
2. System Board
3. Operating System

The computer does notsuspend or resume.

1. System Board

The computer does not
power off.

1. Press Reset Button
2. System Board

Real-time clock inaccurate.

1. Backup Battery
2. System Board

Printer problems.
(See “Printer Checkout” onpage 468.)

1. System Board
2. Parallel Port Device
Cable

Serial or parallel port device
problems.

1. Device
2. Device Cable
3. System Board

LED incorrectly remains off,
but computer runs OK.

1. Switch and LED Card
2. System Board

300

Inverter Card
LCD Assembly
Switch and LED Card
System Board

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom / Error

FRU / Action

Internal modem card does
not communicate with amodem or FAX.

1. Verify that the setup
data defined by thecommunication
software is suitable
for thecommunication.
2. Modem Card

If the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems.”

Undetermined Problems
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following devices:- Any external device or cables(including the keyboard)- Internal modem card
3. Power-on computer power and run diagnostic tests.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1, 2, and 3 until
you find the failing adapter or device.
5. If all devices are disconnected and the symptom
remains, go to “Power Systems Checkout” onpage 290. If this does not solve the problem, replace
the system board.
6. If an intermittent problem remains after replacementof the FRUs, consider external electrical noise that
can have an effect on the computer. Check that the
EMC contacts on the system board are not broken.
The contacts are fragile and can be easily damaged.

Short Circuit Test
1. Visually check the cables, wires, and connecters forany short circuits, open wires, and damage. If a shortcircuit or burned parts are found, replace the parts.
2. Disconnect, then reconnect all the external devices
from the computer one by one and see if the same
symptom appears. If you find that an external device
has a problem, follow the maintenance procedure forthat device.
3. If the same symptom remains with no external
devices connected, the problem is in the computer.
Isolate the failing component in the computer bychanging the FRUs one by one until you find the
problem. Replace the DC/DC card and the systemboard first.
If the symptom is that the battery becomes low on
power quickly, and all the tests run without detecting
any errors, replace the battery pack first.

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

301

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides information on the following:“Power-On Password”“Reset Button”“Checking the Installed Devices List”“ThinkPad File (TPF) Card”“IC Card Controller”

Power-On Password
Important
This information is not available in this HMM online
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.

Reset Button
The reset button is used when the computer will not
power-off or there is a system hang. The reset button
resets the power supply regardless of the status of the
microcode.

Checking the Installed Devices List
If a device is installed but the icon appears in gray shaderather than dark shade on the Test Menu, it means thatthe device is defective. Make sure that the device isconnected properly. If the symptom continues, replace thedevice or the system board.
FDD, Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed indark shade. That is, these icons represent adapters on
the system board and do not represent external devices.

ThinkPad File (TPF) Card
The TPF card is functionally equivalent to a hard-disk
drive. However, the TPF card utilizes flash-memory fordata storage. The TPF is rugged, noiseless, and usesvery little power.

IC Card Controller
The IC Card controller is integrated on the system board
and can accommodate one IC card (HDD model) or threecards (TPF model) at the same time. The slots conform to
the PCMCIA Type-2 and JEIDA V4.1.

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the system
features.

302

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Feature

Description

Processor (MHz)486SLC2 25-MHz

Bus Architecture

AT BusMemory(Standard)

4MB RAM

Memory(Maximum)12MB RAM

VGA Video

640 x 480 resolution
Support for 16 concurrent gray scales

Hard Drive

60MB (HDD model)
ThinkPad file card (TPF model)

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

303

FRU Removals and Replacements
Follow the numerical sequence in the FRU removalsequence list and in the exploded view to remove or
disconnect parts in the correct order. The letters inparentheses in the list indicate screw types. See the“Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match the letters to thecorrect screw type and size before replacing each screw.
Safety Notice 8: Translation on page 13
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,
unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 7
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU
replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or othersmall parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computerand listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.

.1/

Battery Pack
(To replace the backup battery, use a coin to open
the backup battery door on the bottom cover.
Reset configuration after replacing the backup
battery.).2/

Four Bottom Cover Screws (2-B, 2-W)
(At each corner).3/

Top Cover Assembly.4/

One Bottom Cover Screw (X)(At center).5/

LCD and Digitizer Cables.6/

LCD Assembly and Shield Cover Assembly.7/

Switch and LED Card.8/

Four Shield Cover Screws (Z)(At corners of shield cover)
Separate LCD assembly and shield cover(Perform digitizer calibration if the LCD assembly isreplaced.).9/Standby Battery.1ð/

System Power Cable.11/

Seven System Board Screws (Y).12/

System Board(Remove the backup battery, sub battery, DC/DC
card and inverter card, and the hard disk drive from304

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1the old system board and install them on the newone. Check that the IC card bracket is in place
before tightening the board screws. Perform
digitizer calibration for the new system board.).13/

One Screw (Y).14/

Shield Kit and DC/DC Card

.15/

Inverter Card

.16/

Four Screws (T)(In system board holding hard disk drive).17/

Hard Disk Drive

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

305

ThinkPad 710T Exploded View

306

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Locations
System Top View

.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/

Speaker Volume Control Buttons
Contrast Control Buttons
Brightness Control Buttons
Backlight ON/OFF Switch
Reverse Video Switch
Hard Disk Drive Indicator (HDD model)
Battery Status Indicator
Battery Charge Indicator
Suspend/Resume Switch
Suspend/Resume IndicatorThinkPad 710T (2523)

307

System Board Connector (Top View)

.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/

308

Power Switch Cable Connector
LCD Power Connector
Switch and LED Card Connector
Digitizer Cable Connector
LCD Cable Connector
Sub Battery Connector
Digitizer Cable Connector

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Board Bottom View (TPF Model).1/ Inverter Card Connector.2/ SIMM Card Connector.3/ DC/DC Card Connector.4/ Speaker

System Board Bottom View (HDD Model)

.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/

Inverter Card Connector
SIMM Card Connector
DC/DC Card Connector
HDD Connector
HDD Connector
SpeakerThinkPad 710T (2523)

309

Parts Listing
1
2
3

3
21

20

4

5
19

6

18

17

7
17

8

9
16
10
15

11

12
14

13
3

310

3

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

System Unit
Index
1
Top Cover Assembly (TPF Model)
Top Cover (HDD Model)
2
Pen Assembly3
Cover Group4LCD Unit assembly(Includes 3 cables from index 18)
5Shield Cover
6
System Board (TPF Model)
System Board (HDD Model)
7
Inverter Card8
Miscellaneous Kit (See page 313)
9
DC/DC Card
10 Switch Cable Assembly
11 Battery Terminal Assembly
12 Battery Pack, Standard Size
U.S., Canada, LA, AG, AP, Spain,
and Portugal
Switzerland
Norway, Sweden, Finland
EMEA Others
Benelux
Japan
12
Battery Pack, Half Size
U.S., Canada, LA, AG, AP, Spain,
and Portugal
Switzerland
Norway, Sweden, Finland
EMEA Others
Benelux
Japan
13
SIMM 2MB
SIMM 4MB
SIMM 8MB
14
Backup Battery
15
Bottom Cover

53G7099
53G7100
53G7115
53G7098
48G9685
53G7101
53G6963
53G6964
53G7142
53G6954
53G6965
53G6966
53G6967
48G9775
48G9776
48G9777
48G9778
48G9800
53G7143
53G7104
53G7105
53G7106
53G7108
53G7107
53G7110
79F1002
79F1003
79F1004
53G7114
53G7102

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

311

16

TPF 5MB, Non pre-loaded
TPF 10MB, Non pre-loaded
TPF 15MB, Non pre-loaded
TPF, Pre-loaded (See the table below.)

48G9899
48G9900
49G0000

TPF
P/N

10MB
PenDOS**

15MB
PenDOS

15MB
PenPoint**

U.S. English

53G7152

53G7151

53G7153

U.K. English

53G7155

53G7154

53G7156

French

53G7158

53G7157

53G7159

German

53G7161

53G7160

53G7162

Italian

53G7164

53G7163

53G7165

Spanish

53G7167

53G7166

53G7168

Japanese

53G7170

53G7169

53G7171

17
18
19
20

Miscellaneous Kit, Hard Disk Drive
Hard Disk Drive, 60MB
Switch and LED Card
Sub Battery (Except countries below)
For Switzerland
For Benelux
For Japan
LCD/ Digitizer Cable

21

48G9780
53G6962
48G9684
53G7092
53G7093
53G7094
48G9814
48G9686

External FRUs
External Diskette Drive (without cable)
External Diskette Drive Cable
Quick Charger
Car Adapter
U.S./Canada/LA/JapanEMEA
AC Adapter
AP/EMEAJapan (2-Pin)

48G9896
48G9897
48G9820
07G1190
35G3304
07G1246
07G1851
07G1248** PenPoint is a trademark of the GO Corporation.
** PenDOS is a trademark of the Communications Intelligence
Corporation.

312

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Tools and Miscellaneous
No special tools are needed to service the computer.
The following lists the miscellaneous parts kits.
(Numbers in parentheses show quantity)
Screw kit
LCD screw (10)System board and DC/DC screw (10)
Bottom cover screw long (10)
Bottom cover screw short (10)Bus connector stud (10)Connector stud screw (10)
Keyboard, Mouse screw (10)FDD screw (10)
HDD bracket screw (10)System board bracket screw (10)Knob Sheet
Knob sheet assembly (1)(Screen control button top)
Label Group
Serial No. label, blank (1)Artwork blank (1)Information label, H (1)Information label, H for Japan (1)Information label, T (1)Information label, T for Japan (1)Battery CSU label (1)Bracket Kit
I/O bracket assembly (1)AT BUS,KBD/mouse bracket (1)IC card bracket (1)HDD bracket (1)Miscellaneous Kit
Battery knob (1)Screw cap (1)Front foot (1)Rear foot (1)DC/DC shield (1)Tri-Connector Wrap PlugPC Test Card
Audio Wrap Cable
Screwdriver Kit

53G7113

53G7103

53G6952

53G6953

53G6954

72X8546
35G4703
66G5180
95F3598

ThinkPad 710T (2523)

313

Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Warning: Use only the power cord certified for yourcountry.
Index
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 2-pin
Japan, 3-pin
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy
5
Australia, New Zealand
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
South Africa
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand314

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

13F99596454377
65F003114F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574

Expansion Unit (3550)
General Checkout (3550-001) . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout (3550-002) . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Automatic Configuration. . . . . . . . . . .
Missing SCSI Device . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Missing Non-SCSI device. . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316
322
327
329
329
332
333
334
334
335
335
335
336
336
337

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

315

General Checkout (3550-001)
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.

Overall Procedures
1. Test the computer alone, to make sure there is not a
problem with the computer before testing it with the3550 Expansion Unit. If there is a problem with thecomputer, solve it first. Then, test the computer withthe 3550 Expansion Unit.
2. Have the external keyboard, mouse, parallel, andserial devices connected to the computer and test thecomputer. If no problem exists, connect them to the3550 Expansion Unit and test the 3550 Expansion
Unit with the computer installed.
3. When testing the 3550 Expansion Unit, use theDiagnostic Diskette supplied with the 3550 Expansion
Unit.
a. Because the serial and parallel ports on thecomputer are covered by the 3550 Expansion
Unit, when the computer is installed on the 3550
Expansion Unit, answer “No” when you are
asked if a wrap plug is used.
b. Test the status indicators on the 3550 Expansion
Unit by using the system status indicator test of
the computer. The corresponding indicators on
the 3550 Expansion Unit turn on and off in thetest, except for the power-on indicator. Thispower-on indicator does not turn off due tohardware restriction.
4. If the user did not bring the computer with the 3550
Expansion Unit, use a properly working computer withthe 3550 Expansion Unit.
5. If the diagnostics of the following SCSI devices fail orstop, suspect that the diagnostic programs are down
level before replacing SCSI devices.
 SCSI Tape Drive(error code = 0211XXXX) SCSI CD-ROM Drive(error code = 0215XXXX) SCSI Rewritable Optical Drive(error code = 0217XXXX)
To continue the diagnostics of other devices, remove
these SCSI devices from the installed device list
before starting diagnostics.

Important316

When the Problem Determination Procedure in theoperation manual that is supplied with the adapter or
device says “Have the system unit serviced,” thesystem unit stands for the computer and this 3550
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Expansion Unit.
If the Reference Diskette or Diagnostic Diskette isshipped with this 3550 Expansion Unit, always use
the corresponding version (or later) of the diskette for
operation.

001– Power-off the 3550 Expansion Unit and all external
devices.
– Remove the computer from the 3550 Expansion Unit.
– Have the external keyboard, mouse, parallel and serial
devices connected to the computer.
– Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first.
DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS?
Yes No002
Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first.
003– Disconnect the external keyboard, mouse, parallel andserial devices from the computer and reconnect them tothe 3550 Expansion Unit.
– Install the computer on the 3550 Expansion Unit again
and make sure that the computer is firmly connected.
– Check all cables and power cords.
Notes:
1. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
connected to the keyboard connector.
2. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
connected to the mouse connector on the numeric
keypad.
3. The computer keyboard does not work if anexternal keyboard is connected to the 3550
Expansion Unit.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the 3550 Expansion Unit.
– Watch the screen for a power-on self test (POST) error
code.
Write down all error codes that are displayed. (You canpress Pause when an error code occurs to hold thecode on the screen. Press F1 to continue.)
If the test stops and you cannot continue, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO
THE EXPANSION UNIT?
Yes No004(Step 004 continues)
Expansion Unit (3550)

317

(CONTINUED)

004 (continued)
Go to Step 007.
005
DID THE POWER-GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE
EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON?
Yes No006
See the failing external device manual.
007
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No008
Go to Step 016 on page 319.
009
IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE
RANGE OF 02080000 190I TO 02470000 190I?
IMPORTANT: If your error code is not in the range orif it is not followed by a 190I, answer NO.
Yes No010
Go to Step 016 on page 319.
011
– Restart the system program from:The system partition on the hard disk of thecomputer.
The Reference Diskette or the backup copy of thesystem partition.

– Ensure that the Enable and Disable settings arecorrect. If you receive a warning on the screen
concerning the “Keep” and “Remove” setting, follow the
instructions on the screen before continuing.
DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE ENABLE
AND DISABLE SETTINGS?
Yes No012
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
Before replacing any SCSI device, check that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
013(Step 013 continues)

318

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

013 (continued)– Restart the computer.
DO YOU STILL HAVE THE POST ERROR?
Yes No014
To run system checkout, or if you suspect anotherproblem, go to Step 016.
015
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
016
– Set the volume control switch to maximum.
– Press and hold Ctrl+Alt, then press Delete to restart thecomputer. Release the keys. Closely watch the flashingcursor in the top-left corner of the screen, press andhold Ctrl+Alt, then press Insert. You must do this while
the cursor is at the top-right corner of the screen.
Release the keys.
– Check for the following responses:

One or two short beeps
Readable instructions or the Main Menu

DID YOU RECEIVE BOTH RESPONSES?
Yes No017
Go to the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
- or If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.
018
– If you are not at the Main Menu, follow the instructions
on the screen to advance to the Main Menu.
– If you cannot advance to the Main Menu, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 333.
– Press Ctrl+A and run the system checkout.
Notes:
1. If the external keyboard has incorrect keyboard
responses, see “External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” on page 465.
2. If the printer has incorrect printer responses, see“Printer Checkout” on page 468.
3. If the image on the external display is out of focus,
jittering, rolling, changing colors, or has unreadable
characters, see “External Display Self-Test” onpage 464.
(Step 018 continues)

Expansion Unit (3550)

319

(CONTINUED)

018 (continued)
IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
Yes No019
Go to “Checking the Installed Devices List” onpage 334.
If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.
020
– Run the advanced diagnostics tests.
DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Notes:
1. If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace thelast device being tested.
2. The following table describes the slot information
displayed on the screen. This information is also
displayed during the test of the 3550 Expansion Unit
when the test is successfully completed. “n” can be
any number greater than “2.”Slot Number

Identified Devicen

IBM 3550 Expansion Unit

n+1

Built-in SCSI

n+2

Upper slot

n+3

Lower slot

Yes

No
021
Go to Step 023.

022
Follow the action described on the screen. If the problem
is not corrected, go to the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 329.
023
DID THE POST END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No024
If you noticed an error symptom or if you received
any POST error codes when the computer was
powered-on, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 329.
- or If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.

320

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

025
You may have an intermittent problem:Check for damaged cables or connectors.



Reseat all adapters and devices in the 3550
Expansion Unit, and external devices.



Check the power supply fan in the 3550 Expansion
Unit and make sure it is working properly.

Check the power supply voltages (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 327).

Start an error log and run the tests several times.

If you did not find a problem, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.

Expansion Unit (3550)

321

General Checkout (3550-002)
Overall Procedures
1. Test the computer alone, to make sure there is not a
problem with the computer before testing it with the3550 Expansion Unit. If there is a problem with thecomputer, solve it by referring to the information
supplied with the computer, then test the computerwith the 3550 Expansion Unit.
2. Have the external keyboard, mouse, parallel andserial devices connected to the computer and test thecomputer. If no problem exists, connect them to the3550 Expansion Unit and test the 3550 Expansion
Unit with the computer installed.
3. When testing the 3550 Expansion Unit, use theDiagnostic Diskette supplied with the 3550 Expansion
Unit.
a. Because the serial and parallel ports on thecomputer are covered by the 3550 Expansion
Unit when the computer is installed on the 3550
Expansion Unit, answer “No” when you are
asked if a wrap plug is used.
b. Test the status indicators on the 3550 Expansion
Unit by using the system status indicator test of
the computer. The corresponding indicators on
the 3550 Expansion Unit turn on and off in thetest, except for the power-on indicator. Thispower-on indicator does not turn off due tohardware restriction.
4. If the user did not bring the computer with the 3550
Expansion Unit, use a properly working computer withthe 3550 Expansion Unit.
5. If the docking station serial number is below
97-C0001, and the computer has intermittent
problems that seem to go away when the computer isreseated in the docking station, install the cover kit(part number 66G9433).
Note: To check if the cover kit has already been
installed, look at the plug toward the left sideof the docking station (this plug connects to
the AC adapter port at the left-rear of thecomputer). If the plug has a one-eighth inch
deep shoulder, the cover kit has already been
installed. If the plug has a one-quarter inch
deep shoulder, the cover kit has not yet been
installed.
6. If the diagnostics of the following SCSI devices fail orstop, suspect that the diagnostic programs are down
level before replacing SCSI devices.
 SCSI Tape Drive(error code = 0211XXXX) SCSI CD-ROM Drive(error code = 0215XXXX)

322

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

SCSI Rewritable Optical Drive(error code = 0217XXXX)
To continue the diagnostics of other devices,
remove these SCSI devices from the installed
device list before starting diagnostics.

Important: When the Problem Determination Procedurein the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or
device says “Have the system unit serviced”, the system
unit stands for the computer and this 3550 Expansion Unit.
001– Power-off the 3550 Expansion Unit and all external
devices.
– Remove the computer from the 3550 Expansion Unit.
– Diagnose the computer problem first.
DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS?
Yes No002
Have the computer serviced.
003– Install the computer on the 3550 Expansion Unit again
and make sure that the computer is firmly connected.
– Check all cables and power cords.
Notes:
1. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
connected to the keyboard connector.
2. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
connected to the mouse connector on the numeric
keypad.
3. The computer keyboard does not work if anexternal keyboard is connected to the 3550
Expansion Unit.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Power-on the 3550 Expansion Unit.
– Watch the screen for a power-on self test (POST) error
code.
Write down all error codes that are displayed. (You canpress Pause when an error code occurs to hold thecode on the screen. Press F1 to continue.)
If the test stops and you cannot continue, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO
THE EXPANSION UNIT?
Yes No004(Step 004 continues)
Expansion Unit (3550)

323

(CONTINUED)

004 (continued)
Go to Step 007.
005
DID THE POWER-GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE
EXTERNAL DEVICES COME ON?
Yes No006
See the failing external device manual.
007
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No008
Go to Step 016 on page 325.
009
IS THE FIRST POST ERROR CODE WITHIN THE
RANGE OF 02080000 190I TO 02470000 190I?
IMPORTANT: If your error code is not in the range orif it is not followed by a 190I, answer NO.
Yes No010
Go to Step 016 on page 325.
011
– Restart the system program from:The system partition on the hard disk of thecomputer.
The Reference Diskette or the backup copy of thesystem partition.

– Ensure that the Enable and Disable settings arecorrect. If you receive a warning on the screen
concerning the “Keep” and “Remove” setting, follow the
instructions on the screen before continuing.
DID YOU HAVE TO CORRECT ANY OF THE ENABLE
AND DISABLE SETTINGS?
Yes No012
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
Before replacing any SCSI device, check that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
013(Step 013 continues)

324

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

013 (continued)– Restart the computer.
DO YOU STILL HAVE THE POST ERROR?
Yes No014
To run system checkout, or if you suspect anotherproblem, go to Step 016.
015
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
016
– Set the volume control switch to maximum.
– Power-off, then power-on the 3550 Expansion Unit.
Closely watch the flashing cursor in the top-right cornerof the screen, press and hold Ctrl+Alt, then press
Insert. You must do this while the cursor is at the
top-right corner of the screen. Release the keys.
– Check for the following responses:

One or two short beeps
Readable instructions or the Main Menu

DID YOU RECEIVE BOTH RESPONSES?
Yes No017
Go to the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 329.
- or If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.
018
– If you are not at the Main Menu, follow the instructions
on the screen to advance to the Main Menu.
– If you cannot advance to the Main Menu, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 333.
– Press Ctrl+A and run the system checkout.
Notes:
1. If the external keyboard has incorrect keyboard
responses, see “External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” on page 465.
2. If the printer has incorrect printer responses, see“Printer Checkout” on page 468.
3. If the image on the external display is out of focus,
jittering, rolling, or has unreadable characters, see“External Display Self-Test” on page 464.
(Step 018 continues)

Expansion Unit (3550)

325

(CONTINUED)

018 (continued)
IS THE LIST OF INSTALLED DEVICES CORRECT?
Yes No019
Go to “Checking the Installed Devices List” onpage 334.
If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.
020
– Run the advanced diagnostics tests.
DID THE TESTS IDENTIFY A FAILURE?
Notes:
1. If the test stops and you cannot continue, replace thelast device being tested.
2. The following table describes the slot information
displayed on the screen. This information is also
displayed during the test of the 3550 Expansion Unit
when the test is successfully completed. “n” can be
any number.
Slot Number

Identified Devicen

IBM 3550 Expansion Unit

n+1

Built-in SCSI

n+2

Upper slot

n+3

Lower slot

Yes

No
021
Go to Step 023.

022
Follow the action described on the screen. If the problem
is not corrected, go to the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 329.
023
DID THE POST END WITHOUT AN ERROR?
Yes No024
If you noticed an error symptom or if you received
any POST error codes when the computer
powered-on, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 329.
- or If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 333.

326

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

025
You may have an intermittent problem:Check for damaged cables or connectors.



Reseat all adapters and devices in the 3550
Expansion Unit.

Start an error log and run the tests several times.

Check the power supply fan in the 3550 Expansion
Unit and make sure it is working properly.

Check the power supply voltages (see “Power
Systems Checkout”).

Power Systems Checkout
If the “power good” light is not on and if the power-supply
fan is not running, check the power cord for continuity andproper installation.
If the power cord is not the problem, either the power
supply is defective or another component is defective andis causing the power supply to shut off. To verify that thepower supply is operating correctly, do the following:
1. Power-off the 3550 Expansion Unit and disconnect
the 3550 Expansion Unit power cord.
2. Remove all power supply connectors (power supply
connector P1, P2 and drive connector 1) from thesystem board of the 3550 Expansion Unit and SCSI
device.
3. On power supply connector P2, short-circuit pin 4 topin 6 and short-circuit pin 7 to 8.
4. Connect the 3550 Expansion Unit power cord.
5. Check the power supply voltages using the figures on
the next page.

Expansion Unit (3550)

327

Drive Connector 1
Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1+12 volts+11.52

+12.6

2, 3

Ground4+5 volts

+4.8

+5.25

If any of the voltages are not correct, replace the power
supply.
If all voltages are correct, the power supply is working
properly. Another 3550 Expansion Unit component might
be causing the power supply to shut off. Return to theprocedure that sent you here and continue. (If you havecompleted that procedure, go to “Undetermined Problem”
on page 333.)
Power Supply Connector P1
1

10

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1, 2, 3, 4

+5 volts

+4.8

+5.25

5, 6, 7, 8,
10Ground9+20 volts

+19.0

+21.0

Power Supply Connector P2
8
1

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1, 2+12 volts+11.52

+12.6

3

Power
Good

+4.0

+5.25

4

On/OffSignal5−12 volts−10.92

−13.2

6, 7

Ground8

GlobalSignal328

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout (3550-001)” on
page 316 or “General Checkout (3550-002)” on page 322.
This index also can be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing the 3550
Expansion Unit.
If you cannot correct the problem using this index, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 333.
IMPORTANT:
1. Before replacing any SCSI devices, verify that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
2. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
3. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
4. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part ofthis index.
5. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the system board of the 3550 Expansion Unit. (See“Power Systems Checkout” on page 327.)
6. If an error message is not listed, there is a device
installed that requires an additional diskette or service
manual. Refer to the diskette or the service manual
for that device.
In the following index, X in an error message can be any
number.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

000113XX

1. Any Adapter
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. Any Drive

000114XX

1. Any Adapter

00016300, 00016400,
00016500(If setting configuration does
not solve the problem, see“Checking the Installed
Devices List” on page 334.)

1. Set Configuration/
Features
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

000166XX

1. Any Adapter

Expansion Unit (3550)

329

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00017400(If Automatic Configuration
does not solve the problem,
run Advanced Diagnostics.)

1. SetConfiguration/Features
2. Any Device
3. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

0001XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Any Adapter

00030700

1. External Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable

00030X00(not listed above)

1. Keyboard
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. Keyboard Cable

000401XX

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

00110200, 00110600

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Any Serial Device

00110700

1. Communication
Cable
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

0011XX00(not listed above)
Check the power supply
voltages before replacing
the system board of the3550 Expansion Unit.
(See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 327.)

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

00120700

1. Communication
Cable
2. Dual Async Adapter/A

0012XX00(not listed above)

1. Dual Async
Adapter/A
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. Any Serial Device

0014XX00(See “Printer Checkout” onpage 468 before replacing
any FRUs.)

1. Printer
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

00186XXX

1. Set Configuration/
Features
2. Backup Battery

0018XXXX(not listed above)

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

00240100(See “External Display
Self-Test” on page 464
before replacing any FRUs.)

1. External Display
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

330

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

00241000

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

00860100, 00860200

1. Pointing Device
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

00860300

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

00860400

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Pointing Device(Mouse)0106XXXX

1. Ethernet Network
Adapter/A
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

0137XXXX

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

016500XX

1. 6157 Tape
Attachment Adapter

016520XX

1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive016540XX

1. 6157 Streaming Tape
Drive
2. 6157 Tape Attachment
Adapter

0166XXXX, 0167XXXX(For diagnostic information,refer to the Token-Ring
Network Adapter/A service
information.)

1. Token-Ring Network
Adapter/A
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

0210XXXA (60MB)
0210XXXB (80MB)
0210XXXC (120MB)
0210XXXD (160MB)
0210XXXE (320MB)
0210XXXF (400MB)
0210XXXG (40MB)
0210XXXH (1GB)
0210XXXI (108MB)
0210XXXJ (216MB)
0210XXXU (Sizeundetermined)(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal devices service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. SCSI Adapter (if used)
4. SCSI Cable

0211XXXX(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal devices service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI Tape Drive
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. SCSI Adapter (if used)
4. SCSI Cable

Expansion Unit (3550)

331

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

0215XXXX(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal devices service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI CD-ROM Drive
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. SCSI Adapter (if used)
4. SCSI Cable

0217XXXX(If the failing device is anexternal device, go to theexternal devices service
pamphlet.)

1. SCSI Rewritable
Optical Drive
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. SCSI Adapter (if used)
4. SCSI Cable

0260XXXX

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Any SCSI Device

I998009X

1. Restore System
Partition

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Program-load error during
remote IPL from the fileservice. Displayed on upperor lower half of the LCD.

1. Network Adapter

External display screenchanges colors.

1. External Display
2. Docking Frame

One or more keys do notwork on the external
keyboard but the 3550
Expansion Unit is otherwisefunctional. (See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” onpage 465.)

1. External Keyboard
2. Keyboard Cable
3. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

Power-good light does notturn on and fan runs.

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Power Supply

Power-good light does notturn on, fan does not run,and 3550 Expansion Unit is
not functional. (See
“Undetermined Problem” onpage 333.)

1. Power Supply
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

Intermittent Failures. (See
“Undetermined Problem” onpage 333.)

1. Power Supply
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit
3. Any Device or Adapter

3550 Expansion Unit cannot
be powered-off.

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit
2. Power Supply

LED for hard disk drive
stays on.

1. SCSI Hard Disk Drive
2. System Board of 3550
Expansion Unit

332

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

LED for hard disk drive is
not working, but the 3550
Expansion Unit iscompletely functional.

1. System Board of3550 Expansion Unit

Undetermined Problem
Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do
not identify the failing adapter or device.
Check the power supply (see “Power Systems Checkout”
on page 327). If the power supply is operating correctly,
return here and continue with the following procedure.
1. Power-off the 3550 Expansion Unit.
2. Remove or disconnect one of the following adaptersor devices. (Do not isolate adapters or devices thatare known to be good.)
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Modem, printer, mouse, external keyboard,
external display, numeric keypad, or otherexternal devicesc. Any adapter
d. SCSI device
3. Power-on the 3550 Expansion Unit and reconfigure
the system.
4. Run system checkout (see Step 016 on page 319). If
diagnostic tests cannot be loaded from the computer
hard disk drive, load and run the tests from theReference Diskette. Test only those adapters anddevices still attached to the 3550 Expansion Unit.
5. If the symptom remains, repeat steps 1 through 4
until you find the failing adapter or device.
6. If the problem remains, replace the system board of
the 3550 Expansion Unit.

Expansion Unit (3550)

333

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Checking the Installed Devices List”“Automatic Configuration” on page 335“Missing SCSI Device” on page 335“Missing Non-SCSI device” on page 335

Checking the Installed Devices List
At the start of the customer or advanced diagnostic tests,
the installed devices list is displayed. Normally, all theadapters and devices that are installed are listed.


If the list contains an adapter or device that is notinstalled, go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 333.
If an adapter or device is missing from the list, youhave one of the following conditions:– The system partition on the computer hard disk
drive (fixed disk drive) or the Reference Diskette
you are using does not contain the code
(contained on an option diskette) required tosupport the device.

–
–
–

–
–
–

Copy the option diskette of the missing device tothe system partition of the computer hard disk
drive or to the Reference Diskette.
The SCSI interface on the system board of the3550 Expansion Unit might have failed.
An unrecognizable device or adapter is installed.
The device missing from the list requires anadditional diskette. (See the device service
manual.)The device missing from the list is defective.
An adapter is defective.
A power supply voltage is not correct (see“Power Systems Checkout” on page 327).

If the adapter is on the list, run the adapter diagnostic
tests.

334

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Automatic Configuration
Warning: A customized setup configuration (other thanthe default settings) might have been set on the computer
you are servicing. Running Automatic Configuration mightalter those settings. Note the current configuration settings(using the View configuration or Set and view SCSI
device configuration option) and verify that the samesettings are in place when service is completed.

Missing SCSI Device
The 3550 Expansion Unit features a built-in SCSI
controller.
The built-in SCSI controller supporting the missing device
might be defective.
1. Power-off the 3550 Expansion Unit and disconnect allinternal and external SCSI devices from the 3550
Expansion Unit.
Warning: See “Automatic Configuration” before
continuing.
2. Power-on the 3550 Expansion Unit and run Automatic
Configuration.
 If the built-in SCSI controller is not on the
Installed Device List in advanced diagnostics,
replace the system board of the 3550 Expansion
Unit.
3. Reconnect the devices to the 3550 Expansion Unit.
Note: The built-in SCSI controller includes an active
terminator. This terminator automaticallyworks when an external SCSI device is
attached.
4. Go to “Undetermined Problem” on page 333.

Missing Non-SCSI device
If a non-SCSI device is missing from the list, replace themissing device.
If more than one non-SCSI device is missing, isolate them
one at a time until you find the device causing the failure.

Expansion Unit (3550)

335

Locations
System Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/

336

External SCSI Connector
Serial Connector
Parallel Connector
Pointing Device Connector
Keyboard Connector
120-Pin Connector
System Board-Sub Connector
Power Supply Connectors
Internal SCSI Cable Connector
System Board-Main Interface
Wire Assembly Connector
Backup Battery
16-Bit Expansion Slots

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts Listing
1

2

3

4

2

8

3
5
6
7

Expansion Unit (3550)

337

Index 3550 Expansion Unit
1
Display Stand
2
Main Cover (Model 001)
Front Panel ASM
Rear Panel
Left and Right Side Guide ASM
Release Mechanism
Key Lock w/ bracket
Docking Cover
2
Main Cover (Model 002)
Front Panel ASM
Rear Panel
Left and Right Side Guide ASM
Release Mechanism
Key Lock w/ bracket
Docking Cover3
System Board (Model 001)
System Board-Main
System Board-Sub
Board ASM, LED
Wire ASM LED/Power/Micro Sensor
Device Cable, Internal SCSI 50 pin
3
System Board (Model 002)
System Board-Main
System Board-Sub
Board ASM, LED
Wire ASM, LED/Power/Micro Sensor
Device Cable, Internal SCSI 50 pin
4Docking Frame (Model 001)
Cable ASM, VGA
4
Docking Frame (Model 002)
Power Switch Control Actuator
Cable ASM, VGA
5Power Supply (Model 001)
5Power Supply (Model 002)
6
Attachment Plate
7
Base Frame
Left and Right Rails
Cover, LED Board
Guide, Card
Guide, Adapter Bracket
Slider, Stopper Lock
Spring, Slider
Two Thumb Screws
Four Foot Rubbers
8
Backup Battery, Lithium
Miscellaneous Parts
320MB Hard Disk Drive (Option)
400MB Hard Disk Drive (Option)

49G2664
49G2673

66G6001
66G9940

66G6001
49G2662
66G6006
66G6004
66G6002
66G6003
66G6005
66G9941
66G6011
66G6009
66G6007
66G6008
66G6010
49G2659
49G2666

49G2663
49G2668
49G2660
49G2658

49G2661
49G2665
85F001185F0012

Note: When installing the 320MB or 400MB hard disk
drive in a 3550 Expansion Unit, use the hard disk
drive slide assembly (FRU 85F0035) supplied withthe option.

338

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Dock I (3545)
General Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Checkout. . . . . . . . . .
Display Problems (AD/VC Adapter) . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Display Symptoms (AD/VC Adapter). . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problem . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Run the Diagnostics. . . . . . . . .
SCSI Diagnostics (Dock I). . . . . . . . . .
Selecting a SCSI Device Test
. . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
1010 Bottom Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1020 Video Cable Cover. . . . . . . . . .
1030 Blank Bezel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1040 LED Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 Buzzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1060 Key Lock Assembly. . . . . . . . . .
1070 Security Feature . . . . . . . . . . . .
1080 Main Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1090 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1100 Audio Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1110 Power Supply Unit . . . . . . . . . . .
1120 I/O Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

340
341
346
350
351
352
353
355
356
357
358
358
358
359
359
362
364
366
367
368
368
369
370
370
371
371
373
375
376
377
379
380
386

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

339

General Preparation
1. Check that the computer is correctly docked(connected) to the Dock I.
2. If possible, make sure that there are no hardware
conflicts settings, such as interrupt levels, memory
address, DMA channel, and I/O address.
3. Check that the SCSI ID is set correctly.
4. Test and correct any computer problem before you
test it with the Dock I. Use the computer
documentation to resolve any computer problems.
5. Test the computer with the external keyboard,
external display, mouse, and parallel and serial
device connectors. (Use the keyboard/mouseconnector to test the external keyboard and mouse.)
If no problems are found, connect the external
keyboard, mouse, parallel and serial devices to theDock I, then connect the Dock I to the computer andtest it.
6. If external devices are attached to the Dock I, such as
an audio amplifier, check the device by referring to
the manual shipped with the device.
7. When the release/lock lever is opened with thecomputer docked on the Dock I and power is on, awarning is indicated by a warning beep and a LED
message. If either do not work, the problem is in the
LED or the warning system.
8. If the user did not bring the computer with the Dock I
when service is needed, use a computer that works
correctly with the Dock I.
9. If a beep sounds when the computer is docked to theDock I, make sure that the following are correct.


The release/lock lever is not open.

The computer is not in suspend mode while
docked to the Dock I.

If the beep sounds during normal operation, dock theDock I to another computer and do the same
operation again. If the beep sounds, suspect a
problem with the Dock I.

340

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

General Checkout001– Power-off the computer and all external devices.
– Remove the computer from the Dock I.
– Connect the external keyboard, mouse, parallel andserial devices to the computer, if used. (Use the
keyboard/mouse connector for testing the external
keyboard and mouse.)– Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first.
DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERRORS?
Yes No002
Diagnose and resolve any computer problems first.
003– Install the computer on the Dock I. Make sure that thecomputer is firmly connected.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Check the fan in the power supply in the Dock I andmake sure it is working correctly.
Notes:
1. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
they are connected to the keyboard/numeric
keypad connector.
2. The mouse or other pointing devices do not work if
they are connected to the mouse connector on the
numeric keypad that is connected to the Dock I.
3. The computer keyboard does not work when an
external keyboard is connected to the Dock I.
– Reinstall all external devices.
– Power-on all external devices.
– Press and hold F1, then power-on the computer. (HoldF1 until the Easy-Setup screen or an error message
appears.)
Note: If the warning beep sounds for the correct
operation, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 351.
– Write down all post error codes that are displayed.
(Press the Pause key when an error code appears tokeep the screen from scrolling. Press F1 to continue.)
If the POST stops and you cannot continue, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 351.
(Step 003 continues)

Dock I (3545)

341

(CONTINUED)

003 (continued)
ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO
THE DOCK I?
Yes No004
Go to Step 007.
005
DID THE POWER-GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE
EXTERNAL DEVICES POWER ON?
Yes No006
See the manual for the failing device.
007
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No008
If you cannot check the error code:– Press and hold F1, then power-on the computer.
(Hold F1 until the Easy-Setup screen or an error
message appears.)– Write down all post error codes that are displayed.
(Press the Pause key when an error code appears
to keep the screen from scrolling. Press F1 tocontinue.)
To run system checkout, or if you suspect anotherproblem, go to Step 010 on page 343.
009
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 351.

342

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1010
DID THE EASY-SETUP SCREEN APPEAR?

1
CONFIGD a t e / Ti m e

Password

2

3

Start UpTe s t

Ex it

Yes

No
011
The system might have hung during the running of
the POST. Note the symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 351.

012
– Select Test and press Enter.
DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN APPEAR?

1

2

Yes

2

1

1

2

No
013
– If the keyboard does not work, go to “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” onpage 465.
– Otherwise, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 351.

014(Step 014 continues)
Dock I (3545)

343

(CONTINUED)

014 (continued)
IS THE CONFIGURATION THE SAME AS THE
INSTALLED DEVICES?
Yes No015– Go to “Checking the Installed Devices List” onpage 358.
016– Select Start and press Enter.
Diagnostic tests will run on all available devices.
If the test find any device errors, the errors are displayedwith an X beside the device name.
For example:
DEV: Device ID
ERR: Error Description CodeFRU: FRU Code
System Board
DEV

001

ERR

02

FRU

0010

Note: If the test stops or
hangs during the test,
replace the last device
that was tested.

DID THE TESTS FIND A DEVICE ERROR?
Yes No017
The error was not detected by the basic test. Go to
Step 019.
018– Note the error codes and go to “FRU Codes” onpage 356 and replace the appropriate FRUs.
019– Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A, and run the following tests.
Diskette drive test (use a blank diskette).

Serial port test (with the wrap plug).
Note: Install the wrap plug on the serial port of theDock I.

Parallel port test (with the wrap plug).
Note: Install the wrap plug on the parallel port of
the Dock I.

Keyboard test (see “How to Run the Keyboard
Test” on page 360).

(Step 019 continues)

344

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

019 (continued)
DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS FIND AN ERROR?
Yes No020
The problem was not detected by the diagnostics
Check that the cables and connectors are notdamaged.
If a SCSI device is not installed, start at Step 4.
If a SCSI device is installed, do the following:
1. Check that the total number of the attachedSCSI devices are less than five.
2. Check that the total length of the attached SCSI
cables is less than 3 m (118 in.).
3. Check that the SCSI terminator is correctly
installed.
If the problems still remain, run the SCSI test.
(See “SCSI Diagnostics (Dock I)” on
page 362.)
4. Reconnect all adapters, drives, and devices,then test the system several times. A Loop
Test option is available for running all the tests.
(See “How to Run the Loop Test” onpage 360.)
After stopping the loop test, check that the error
log appears in the error list. (See “Error Log”
on page 362.)
If no errors were detected, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 357 and use the user
reported symptom.
If any errors are detected, go to “Numeric Error
Codes” on page 352.
021
Note the error code and go to “FRU Codes” on page 356
and replace the appropriate FRUs. If the problem remains
after all repair actions are taken, go to “Undetermined
Problem” on page 357.

Dock I (3545)

345

Power Systems Checkout
If the “power good” light is not on and the power supply
fan is not turning, check the power cord for continuity andcorrect installation.
If the power cord is not the problem, either the power
supply is defective, or another component is defective
causing the power supply to shut off. To verify that thepower supply is operating correctly, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and disconnect the Dock I
power cord.
2. Remove all internal and external devices, and thecomputer from the Dock I.
3. Remove power supply connector P3 from the I/O cardand the SCSI power supply connector from the SCSI
device.
P1

P2
P3

346

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

4. Install jumpers between pins 1 and 2, and pins 3 and
4 of JP2 on the main board of the Dock I.

JP2(Main Board)
5. Connect the Dock I power cord.
6. Check the power supply voltages on connector P3
using Table 4 on page 349, then check that the fan
is turning. If the voltage is not correct or the fan is
not turning, replace the power supply.
7. Disconnect the Dock I power cord.
8. Remove the jumpers installed in Step 4.
9. Remove power supply connector P1 from the mainboard and P2 from the I/O card.
10. Install jumpers between pins 2 and 6, and pins 8 and
9 of connector P2 of the power supply.
11. Connect the Dock I power cord.
12. Check the power supply voltages on connectors P1,
P2, and the SCSI power supply connector using
Table 1 and Table 3 on page 348, then check thatthe fan is turning.
If any of the voltages are not correct, replace the power
supply.
If all voltages are correct, the power supply is working
correctly. Other Dock I parts can cause the power supply
to shut off. Return to the procedure that sent you here
and continue. (If you have completed that procedure, go
to “Undetermined Problem” on page 357.)

Dock I (3545)

347

Power Supply Connector P1

Table 2. Power Supply Connector P1
Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1, 2, 3+5 volts

+4.8

+5.25

4, 5

Ground––6−12 volts−11.46−13.2

7Ground––8+12 volts+11.46+12.6

9−5 volts

−4.53

−5.5

10

Ground––Power Supply Connector P2

Table 3. Power Supply Connector P2
Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1

Power on––2

System on

+4.0

+5.25

3

VCC

–

–

4

Mode
control––

5+5 volts

+4.8

+5.25

6, 8

Ground––7+12 volts+11.46+12.6

9Docked

–

–

10

NC

–

–

348

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Supply Connector P3

Table 4. Power Supply Connector P3
Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1

CVCC

+19

+21

2

Ground––SCSI Power Supply Connector

Table 5. SCSI Power Supply Connector
Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1+12 volts+11.46

+12.6

2, 3

Ground––4+5 volts

+4.8

+5.25

Dock I (3545)

349

Display Problems (AD/VC Adapter)
The IBM ThinkPad Analog-to-Digital Converter Adapter(AD/VC adapter) is one of the options for the Dock I. With
the IBM PS/2* ActionMedia II Display Adapter(ActionMedia II adapter), the AD/VC adapter enables thecomputer to run multimedia applications.
When the AD/VC adapter is installed in the Dock I, and adisplay problem occurs, before you start to isolate any
problem; switch off the computer, remove the Dock I fromthe computer, and check that the computer works
correctly.
Information is now displayed on the LCD screen using thecomputer's video control function, not the AD/VC adapter.
If the computer works correctly, make sure that the
ActionMedia II Adapter is installed in the 16-bit AT bus
connector of the Dock I. Then reinstall the computer onto
the Dock I. If there is still a problem, go to “Display
Symptoms (AD/VC Adapter)” on page 355.
The following figure shows the how to remove the AD/VC
adapter from the Dock I.

*

Trademark of the IBM Corporation.

350

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Note: Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence
shown in the FRUs of the Dock I and Sequence of
Action column. If a replaced part did not resolve
the problem, put the original part back in the Dock
I. Do not replace non-defective parts.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 341. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing the Dock I.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in the POST
or system operation. In the following error codes, X canbe any number.
FRU codes are used for errors detected by diagnostic
tests. If no error codes are available, use narrative
symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed or you cannot correct the
problem using this index, go to “Undetermined Problem” onpage 357.
IMPORTANT:
1. Before replacing any SCSI device, verify that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
2. Make sure that there are no conflicts of hardware
settings, such as, interrupt level, memory address,
DMA channel, and I/O address.
3. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
4. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
5. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part ofthis index.
6. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the main board, I/O card, and audio card of the Dock
I. (See “Power Systems Checkout” on page 346.)

Dock I (3545)

351

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X, 11X

1. Adapter in slot (ifused)
2. I/O card
3. Main board

195(The computer was docked
to the Dock I while inhibernation mode.)

1. Do the following
steps.
a. Power-off andundock thesystem.
b. Power-on andshut down thesystem.
c. Power-off anddock the system.

1XX

1. See theSymptom-to-FRU
Index for thecomputer you areservicing.
2. See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 357.

2XX

1. See theSymptom-to-FRU
Index for thecomputer you areservicing.
2. Main board
3. IC DRAM card

3XX

1. See “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 465.

6XX

1. Before changing any
devices, run the
diagnostic tests.
2. FDD external
attachment kit
3. Diskette drive
assembly
4. I/O card

11XX, 12XX

1. Serial devices
2. Communication cable
3. I/O card

17XX

1. Hard disk drive(2.5-inch ThinkPad
hard disk drive)
2. HDD installation kit
3. Main board

24XX

1. Main board
2. I/O card352

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

860X

1. Mouse
2. External keyboard
3. I/O card

104XXXX XXX
209XXXX XXX
210XXXX XXX
211XXXX XXX
212XXXX XXX
213XXXX XXX
214XXXX XXX
215XXXX XXX
216XXXX XXX
217XXXX XXX

1. Go to “SCSI
Diagnostics (Dock I)”
on page 362.

I9990301, I9990302
I9990305

1. See theSymptom-to-FRU
Index for thecomputer you areservicing.

Not shown above

1. See theSymptom-to-FRU
Index for thecomputer you areservicing.
2. See “Undetermined
Problem” on page 357.

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Program-load error during
remote IPL from the fileservicer.

1. Network Adapter

External display screenchanges colors.

1. Go to “External
Display Self-Test” onpage 464.

One or more keys do notwork on the external
keyboard, but the Dock I isotherwise functional.

1. Go to “External
Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” onpage 465.

Computer does not work,
power-good light does notturn on, but the fan runs.

1. See “Undetermined
Problem” onpage 357.

Power-good light does notturn on, fan does not run,and the computer is not
functional.

1. See “Undetermined
Problem” onpage 357.

Although the computer ispowered-off, the fan of theDock I power supply isrunning.

1. The fan is working
correctly. To stop
the fan, set the key
lock to the external
left position ( 2 ).

Dock I (3545)

353

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Computer is functional, fanruns, but power-good light
does not turn on.

1. LED Assembly
2. I/O Card
3. Go to “Power Systems
Checkout” onpage 346.

Intermittent failures.

1. Do the loop test.
(See “How to Run the
Loop Test” onpage 360.)

Cannot turn off Dock I.

1. I/O Card
2. Main Board

The LED (Dock I) for the
hard disk drive stays on.

1. 2.5-inch Hard Disk
Drive
2. The HDD Installation
Kit

LED (Dock I) for the harddisk drive is not working, but
the Dock I is functional.

1. Check LED AssemblyCable
2. LED Assembly
3. Main Board
4. I/O Card
Note: While related to the
SCSI hard disk
installed in the DockI, the LED for the
hard disk drive does
not work when you
access the SCSI
hard disk.

The beep sounds
continuously.

1. Before replacing any
devices, check thatthe release/lock leveris opened.
2. Security Feature Group3. Main Board

The HDD-2 is notrecognized and no error
codes appear on thescreen. (The password of
the HDD-2 is still set.)

1. Remove the harddisk password for theThinkPad hard disk
as follows:a. Install the second
hard disk drive inthe computer.
b. Remove the harddisk password.
Note: The HDD-2
icon means the
2.5-inchThinkPad harddisk drive
installed in the
Dock I.

354

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Display Symptoms (AD/VC Adapter)
Symptom

FRU/Action

The LCD screen is blue.
Note: Make sure all cables
are firmly plugged into theirrespective connectors.

1.
2.
3.
4.

The LCD screen gradually
becomes white after thecomputer is turned on.

1. AD/VC adapter
2. I/O Card
3. Main Board

A white line extends acrossthe screen.

1. AD/VC Adapter
2. I/O Card
3. Main Board

Note: Check the following:Video Connector
AD/VC Adapter
I/O Card
Main Board

1. Remove the computerfrom the Dock I andverify correct operationof the computer.
2. Reinstall the computer
onto the Dock I andrun the Automatic
Configuration.
A particular color (red,green, or blue) appears
considerably more than any
other two colors, even after
the Color Adjustment is
made.

1. AD/VC Adapter
2. Video Connector
3. Main Board

Note: Make sure the video
connector is correctly
connected.
No motion video appears in
the window for motion
video.

1.
2.
3.
4.

AD/VC Adapter
I/O Card
Main Board
ActionMedia II Adapter
Note: If color for
motion video is correct,
suspect that the
AD/VC adapter, the I/O
card, or the mainboard is defective. If
color is not correct,
suspect the
ActionMedia II adapter
or its application
program.

Dock I (3545)

355

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. Two suspected FRU codes areshown. The two leftmost digits indicate the first FRU code.
The following table shows the FRU codes and their FRUs.
The most probable failing FRU is shown first. Always startwith the first FRU then continue down the list. The tworightmost digits indicate the net FRU code. Do these FRU
replacements in the same way as with the first FRU codes.
Undock the computer from the Dock I to check that the
FRU code appears with the computer only. If a FRU code
appears, replace the FRU by following the instructions in
the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer being
serviced. Then dock the computer on the Dock I to checkif any FRU codes appear. Use the table below.
FRU Code

FRUs of the Dock I

10

1. Main board
2. I/O card15

1. Audio card
2. I/O card30

Reserved

32

1. See “External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” on page 465.
2. Main board
3. I/O card

33

1. External mouse
2. Main board
3. I/O card45

1. See “External Display Self-Test” onpage 464.

51

1. Diskette drive (FDD-2)
2. Main board
3. I/O card56

1. Diskette drive (FDD-2)
2. Main board
3. I/O card61

1. Hard disk drive (HDD-2)
2. Main board
3. HDD installation kit

80

Reserved

90

Reserved

If the problem remains after the FRUs are replaced, go to“Undetermined Problem” on page 357.

356

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Undetermined Problem
Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do
not identify the failing adapter or device.
Check that all cables, wires, and connectors are connected
so that they do not cause a short circuit. If any problems
are found, reconnect or replace them.
Check the power supply for correct operation (see “Power
Systems Checkout” on page 346). If the power supply is
operating correctly, return here and continue with thefollowing procedures.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one at a time the following
adapters or devices from the Dock I. (Do not isolate
adapters or devices that are known to be good.)
a. Non-IBM devices.
b. A modem, printer, mouse, external keyboard,
external display, external diskette drive, numeric
keypad, or other external devices.
c. Any adapter.
Note: Removing an adapter or device mightcause configuration errors. Ignore error
code 174.
d. SCSI device.
e. Hard disk drive.
3. Power-on the system and check if the problem haschanged.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat Steps 1 through 3
until you find the failing adapter or device, or until all
adapters or devices have been removed.
5. If all adapters or devices have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the following Dock I FRUs
one at a time.
Note: If a replaced part did not resolve the problem,
put the original part back in the Dock I. Do
not replace non-defective parts.
a. I/O cardb. Main board
c. Dock I audio card
If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter,but replacing the adapter does not correct the problem,
replace the main board of the Dock I.

Dock I (3545)

357

Related Service ProceduresThis section provides related service information on thefollowing:“Status Indicators”“Checking the Installed Devices List”“Security” on page 359“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 359“SCSI Diagnostics (Dock I)” on page 362“Selecting a SCSI Device Test” on page 364

Important
When the Problem Determination Procedure in theoperation manual that is supplied with the adapter or
device says “Have the system unit serviced,” thismeans the computer and the Dock I.

Status Indicators
Light

Status IndicatedComputer is docked in Dock I
Computer is powered-on
Hard disk drive is active
Diskette drive is active
PC Card is inserted!

Warning light

Checking the Installed Devices List
The HDD-1 or FDD-1 represents the first drive in thesystem configuration, respectively. Similarly, the HDD-2 or
FDD-2 represents the second drive, usually attachedthrough a Dock I.
Notes:
1. Neither the Dock I nor the adapters and SCSI devices
installed in the Dock I appear as icons on the screen.
2. HDD-1 and HDD-2 icons are for the 2.5-inch
ThinkPad hard disk drive.
If the devices are installed, but the icon appears in a grayshade rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostic
screen, it means that the devices are defective. Power-off
the computer and make sure that the devices are correctly
connected. If the symptom still remains after the computeris powered-on, replace the devices or the main board of
the Dock I.

358

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Security
The Dock I has two features to secure it from being usedby unauthorized persons.

Security Lock:

The security lock is located on theleft side of the Dock I front panel, and can be unlockedwith the security lock key. This security lock provides thefollowing protection:


Cover Lock prevents unauthorized access to thedevices and options inside the Dock I.

Computer Lock protects from unauthorized removalof the computer.



Key Controlled Power prevents unauthorized use of
the Dock I or unauthorized access to the data stored
on the internal SCSI device through the external SCSI
connector by securing the power.

The key lock has three positions.

2

Icon

1

2

1

Cover
Lock

Computer
Lock

Power
Secured

Key

Lock

Lock

No

Removable

UnlockUnlockNo

Not
Removable

Lock

Lock

Yes

Removable

Security Hook:

The hook for a security chain orcable is located on the rear of the Dock I. The diameter ofthe hook is 4 mm (0.15 in.) or less. Attach a chain orsimilar item through the hook and secure the Dock I to adesk or similar stable item.

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint II or the cursor move keys tointeract with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold F1, then power-on the computer.
Hold F1 until the Easy-setup screen appears.
2. Select Test and press Enter. The basic diagnostic
screen appears.
3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
Dock I (3545)

359

5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.

Advanced Diagnostic Tests
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic screen.
2. Select Tool to install the tools.
3. Select a device, press the spacebar, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.
4. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
5. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.

How to Run All Tests: In the advanced diagnostic
screen, select Test All to test all devices.
How to Run the Loop Test
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic screen.
2. Select the Looptest icon and press Enter or click theclick button.
3. Select a device and press the spacebar. A √ markappears for the selected device.
4. If the selection is OK, select OK and press Enter tostart the loop test.
5. To exit the loop test, press and hold Ctrl+Pause until
the interrupt is accepted by the test program. A beepsounds when the interrupt is accepted. The test loop
stops at the end of the current test.

How to Run the Keyboard Test
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the external keyboard, if one is attached.
3. Press and hold F1 key, then power-on the computer.
Hold F1 until the Easy-Setup screen appears.
4. Select Test and press Enter. The basic diagnostic
screen appears.
5. Press Ctrl+A to go to advanced diagnostic screen.
6. Press Ctrl+K. A keyboard picture appears on thescreen.
7. By pressing a key, the mark appears or disappearson the corresponding key position on the screen.
Repeat this step for any keys that need to be tested.
8. To exit the test, press Esc or select the cancel icon.

How to Run the Audio Test
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Insert the maintenance diskette into diskette drive A
and power-on power.
3. Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu.
4. Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter.
5. Select All tests from the pull-down menu and press
Enter.

360

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

6.
7.
8.

9.

Run options are set to test once and stop on error as
defaults. Other options can be selected by thepull-down menu of Setting-up.
Follow the instructions that appear on the screen toproceed with the tests.
If the tests end without detecting any error, the “Alltests passed OK” message appears.
If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” onpage 356 and replace the FRU.
To exit the test screen, press Esc.
Notes:
a. If an instruction to plug the external loop cableappears, connect it between the microphone/line
jack of the computer and the headphone jack of
the Dock I.
b. If an instruction to plug the headphone appears,
connect it to the headphone jack of the Dock I.
c. Volume Control Test does not work when thecomputer is docked to the Dock I.

PC Test Card LED: The green LED on the PC test
card lights when the PCMCIA test is running. If the LED
does not go on, check that the card is installed correctly byreseating the card. If it still does not light after reseating,
try using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
go on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
Diagnostic Error Indications:

If an error is

detected, the following appears:

Large X on the left-side of the device icon.
Device ID (three digits).
Error code (two digits).
FRU code (four digits).

The FRU code represents two FRUs. The leftmost twodigits indicates the higher priority of replacement.
The device ID and error codes are used to indicate thedetail portion of the FRU which caused the error.

Errors During the POST:

If the POST detects anerror, a three- to eight-digit error code is displayed.

Memory Errors: If the POST detects a memory error
in the first 640KB of system memory, all of the first 2MB ofmemory is de-allocated and the test continues with thesecond 640KB of the second 2MB of memory. If the total
amount of error free memory becomes less than 2MB, a
2XX POST error occurs and the system stops. All of the
20MB (maximum) memory is used as system memory.
The memory write and read test proceeds through the IC
Dock I (3545)

361

DRAM memory. When the POST memory test hascompleted, the usable memory size is compared with theconfiguration data and if a mismatch is detected, a 2XX
error code occurs. The user can continue with system
operation by pressing F1 and call for service at a latertime.
The memory sizes that are de-allocated because of the
POST process is kept by the hibernation or suspendfunctions. To test this memory, it must be re-configured aspart of the original memory size. The memory
re-configuring is done by turning power-off and on.
De-allocation support is done only by the POST for
memory errors. All unrecoverable memory errors that
occur during normal operation cause an interrupt to theoperating system.

Error Log: Diagnostic errors are printed on the printerthat is attached to parallel port when the error is detected.
The error is also logged in the system memory.
Use the following procedure to display the errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.

The error log is not saved when system power is turned
off.

SCSI Diagnostics (Dock I)
The SCSI diagnostics help you troubleshoot SCSI adapter
and device problems through a series of menus. The
diagnostics are provided on the Dock I Option Diskette.
Some SCSI devices might be shipped with diagnostics
However, you must use the option diskette shipped with
Dock I to test the SCSI controller and SCSI devices.
Notes:
1. In the diagnostics, the built-in SCSI controller isregarded as an adapter. If the diagnostics detect any
adapter problems, replace the main board of the DockI.
2. If the SCSI devices are not connected to the Dock I,
the built-in SCSI controller is disabled. You cannot
run the SCSI diagnostics.
The procedures in Figure 1 on page 363 summarizes the
major steps.

362

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1Start the utility program.



Select the SCSI adapter to be scanned.

Select the SCSI device to be tested.



Select a test option from the SCSI fixed/removal
drive menu. The options are:
–
–
–
–
–
–

Adapter Diagnostics
Send Device Diagnostics
Test Unit Ready
Read Test
Read/Write Test (if you have a fixed disk drive)
Low-Level-Format Drive.

Figure 1. SCSI Diagnostics Utility Program Procedure

After SCSI Installation: Run the diagnostics after
you have completed your SCSI device installation to verify
that the installation works correctly. Do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and external SCSI devices.
Insert the Dock I Option Diskette into drive A.
2. Power-on all attached external SCSI devices, thenpower-on the computer.
3. In the main menu, select Diagnostics, then selectTest SCSI subsystem.
4. The following screen appears.
Note: In this screen, SCSI controller of the Dock I,
appears as Adapter 0.
IBM SCSI DIAGNOSTICS 1.1
Status: Ready
Select SCSI adapter
Adapter# Location BIOS Ver.
Adapter#0 CA 00 1.00

F1-Help↑-Up ↓-Down

ENTER-SelectESC-Quit

Figure 2. Select SCSI Adapter Screen
Note: If the following screen appears instead of the
one in Figure 2, check that the SCSI devices
are correctly installed. If the problem still
occurs, the main board has a failure. Ignore
the actions in this screen message.

Dock I (3545)

363

IBM SCSI DIAGNOSTICS 1.1
Status: ReadyNO SCSI HOST ADAPTER FOUND
The following corrective action is recommended:
1. Ensure adapter is installed and properly seated.
2. Check system for resource conflicts (Change MS0 and MS1
jumpers, disable memory managers).
3. Replace SCSI adapter.
Refer to the installation instruction for jumper setting and proper
cabling information.
Press any key to continue

Figure 3. Error Message Screen
5. Press Enter.
6. After the following message appears:
SCANNING SCSI BUS FOR DEVICES
The screen changes to:
IBM SCSI DIAGNOSTICS 1.1
Status: Ready
SCSI
ID

LUN

VenderProduct

Rev.

Capacity

6

0

IBM

KZ-P

R144

160956146 Hard

F1-Help

F5-User
Select↑-Up↓-DownENTER-SelectType

ESC-Quit

Figure 4. SCSI Device Type Selection Screen
Continue with the following.

Selecting a SCSI Device Test
The first SCSI device in the list with the lowest SCSI ID ishighlighted.
1. Select the device to test with the cursor and press
Enter.

364



Adapter Diagnostics: Three pass/fail tests are
run on the built-in SCSI controller to check Read
Only Memory (ROM), Random Access Memory(RAM), and the SCSI data bus.



Device diagnostics: This function issues theDevice Diagnostic command to the selected
device. If the device is a removable media, you
are instructed to insert the media. If thecommand completes successfully, the selected
devices are installed and are functioning
correctly.
IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Test Unit Ready: This command is issued toeach device to check that the device is online
and ready to accept commands.



Get Device Status: If an error occurs in the
Test Unit Ready, Read, or Read/Write tests, run“Get Device Status” to isolate the failure problem
causing the error.



Read Test: This test issues Read commands toread all data from the beginning to the end of thedrive to verify that the drive reads the data
correctly.



Read/Write Test: This test issues Writecommands, then reads the data back andcompares the write and read data to verify thatthe drive is operating correctly. This test
destroys all data test on the drive.



Low-Level Format Drive: This test performs a
low-level format; all existing data is destroyed. It
is not necessary to run this test unless yourSCSI drive was used previously in anotherconfiguration. This test does not have to be run
on a new drive.

2. To select a test option, type the number in the Enter
Selection field and press Enter.

Dock I (3545)

365

Product Overview
The following table provides a brief overview of the Dock I
features.
FeatureDescription

Security

Security lock
Security hook

Main Board












AT full size slot (98-pin)
Audio
Stereo speakers
Headphone jackSpeaker-in jacks
Audio-out jacks
SCSI Subsystem
Storage device connectors
ThinkPad hard disk connector
Internal small computer systeminterface (SCSI) device connector
External display connector
Video-in connector
I/O Card









Power supply

366




Docking connector (240-pin)
External SCSI connector
FDD connector
Parallel connector
Serial connector
Keyboard or numeric keypadconnector
Mouse connector
70-watt
Automatically switches to 100–125
V ac or 200–240 V ac, 50 or 60
Hz

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information on removals andreplacements, and locations.


The arrows in the removals and replacements show
the direction of movement to remove a field
replaceable unit (FRU), or to turn a screw to release
the FRU. The arrows are marked in numeric order toshow the correct sequence of removal.

When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
Go to the removal procedure for each FRU listed,remove the FRU, and then continue with the removalof the failing FRU.



To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections andarrangement information.

CAUTION:
Before removing any FRU, power-off the Dock I,
remove the computer, unplug all power cords fromelectrical outlets, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
CAUTION:
In the U.K., by law, the telephone cable must beconnected after or disconnected before the power
cord.
Warning: The main board, adapters, and circuit boardson the drives are sensitive to, and can be damaged by,electrostatic discharge. Establish personal grounding bytouching a ground point with one hand before touchingthese units.
Note: An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be
used to establish personal grounding.
Important
See the “Screw Size Chart” on page 19 to match theletters to the correct screw type and size before
replacing each screw.

Dock I (3545)

367

1010 Bottom Cover.1/ .2/ .3/

1020 Video Cable Cover.1/ .2/ .3/ .4/

Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.2/Black screw (4)7 mm (0.28 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

368

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1030 Blank Bezel


Bottom Cover (1010)

Note: When you install the blank bezel, set the edge ofthe bezel into the groove of the Dock I. Then put
the latch of the bezel into the Dock I catch.

Dock I (3545)

369

1040 LED Assembly

Bottom Cover (1010).1/ .2/ .3/

Note: When you install the LED assembly in the Dock I:
1. Put the edge of the LED assembly into thegroove.
2. Put the status indicators and headphone jackinto the each hole.
3. Hook the .4/ to the guide.
4. Reinstall the two screws.

1050 Buzzer

Bottom Cover (1010).5/ .6/ .7/

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

White self tapping forplastics (2)Diameter: 2 mm (0.08 in.)

8 mm (0.31 in.)

.6/

White screw (1)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

370

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1060 Key Lock Assembly

Bottom Cover (1010).1/ .2/ .3/ .4/ .5/

1070 Security Feature






Bottom Cover (1010)
LED Assembly (1040)
Open the release/lock lever of the Dock I by setting
the key to the center position () and moving theslide-knob to the right.
.1/ .2/ .3/ .4/ .5/ .6/ .7/

Step

Color, type, quantity

Length.4/Black self tap screw (2)8 mm (0.31 in.)

.6/

White self tap screw (3)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Dock I (3545)

371

To install the Dock I security feature, do the following.
1. Fasten the microswitch with the latches .8/.
2. Assemble the three highlighted parts as shown.

(Rear side view)

3. Set .9/, .1ð/, and .11/ of the Dock I into the security
feature as shown.
4. Reinstall the three screws.

372

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1080 Main Board

Bottom Cover (1010)

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/Black self tap screw (2)8 mm (0.31 in.).2/Black screw (2)5 mm (0.20 in.).3/

White screw (1)5 mm (0.20 in.).5/

White screw (4)5 mm (0.20 in.)

.6/Black screw (4)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Dock I (3545)

373

.9/ Disconnect the three connectors.
.1ð/ Disconnect the audio card interface connector.
.11/ Disconnect the power supply connector P1.
.12/ Disconnect the buzzer connector.
.13/ Remove the three screws.
.14/ Disconnect the I/O card interface connector andremove the main board.
Warning: When you remove the main board, be
careful not to damage the main board with the screw
brackets .15/.
Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.13/

White screw (3)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

374

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1090 Speaker

Bottom Cover (1010)
Main Board (1080)

Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.2/

White self tap screw (8)6 mm (0.24 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Dock I (3545)

375

1100 Audio Card

Bottom Cover (1010)
Main Board (1080)

Note:
.3/

When you remove the four connectors, notethe location of each connector.

Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.1/

White screw (2)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

376

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1110 Power Supply Unit

Bottom Cover (1010)
Main Board (1080)
Open the release/lock lever

Warning: When doing sequence .5/, remove the audio
card only enough to disconnect the power supply
connecters under the card. Do not pull the card out
because there are three more cables connected to the
card.
Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.1/

White screw (6)5 mm (0.20 in.).2/Black self tap screw (1)8 mm (0.31 in.)

.4/

White screw (2)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Dock I (3545)

377

378

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 11120 I/O Card

Bottom Cover (1010)
Main Board (1080)
Audio Card (1100)

Step

Color and type(quantity)

Length.1/

White screw (2)5 mm (0.20 in.).2/

White self tap screw (2)5 mm (0.20 in.)

Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

Dock I (3545)

379

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/

Guide Pins
Docking Connector (240-pin)
Lever CoverRight Speaker
HandleBlank Bezel
Status Indicator
Headphone Jack
Release/Lock Lever
Security Lock
Slide-Knob
Left Speaker
Docking Knob
Hooks

380

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Rear View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

Mouse/Pointing Device Connector
Serial Connector
External SCSI Connector
Audio-Out-Left Jack
Speaker-In-Left JackPower Cord Connector
Cable Opening
Video-in Connector
External Display Connector
Speaker-In-Right Jack
Audio-Out-Right Jack
Security Hook
Parallel Connector
External Diskette Drive Connector
Keyboard/Numeric keypad Connector

Dock I (3545)

381

Main Board
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/

AT Slot (98-pin)
Power Unit Connector
Internal SCSI Connector
Internal Hard Disk Drive Connector
Buzzer Connector
I/O Card Interface
Audio-Out Jack
Speaker-In Jack
External Display Connector
Video-In Connector
Security Feature Microswitch Interface (CN 22)
LED Cable Connecter
Key Lock Assy. Microswitch Interface (CN 21)

Note: Switch 1, switch 4, and all 4- and 8-position DIP
switches have no effect on system operation. The
settings for other switches can be found in the
User's Guide.

382

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

I/O Card
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/

Power Supply Connector P3
Power Supply Connector P2
Audio Card Interface
External SCSI Connector
Parallel Connector
External Diskette Drive Connector (26-pin)
Serial Connector
Keyboard/Numeric Keypad Connector
Mouse/Pointing Device Connector
Audio Card Interface
Main Board Interface
Docking Connector (240-pin)(Rear side)

Dock I (3545)

383

Audio Card
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/

LED Assembly Cable Connector
I/O Card Cable Connector
Audio Cable Connector
Main Board Cable Connector
I/O Card Cable Connector

384

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

LED Assembly
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/

Speaker Connector (Left)
Main Board Cable Connector
Audio Card Cable Connector
Speaker Connector (Right)

Power Supply
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/

SCSI Power Supply Connector (4-pin)
Power Supply Connector P3 (2-pin)
Power Supply Connector P1 (10-pin)
Power Supply Connector P2 (10-pin)
Power Cord Connector

Dock I (3545)

385

Parts Listing

1
13

12
11
2

10

8

3

9

4

8

5

7
6

2

6

386

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Dock I Unit
Index
1
Bottom Cover
66G3555
For Germany (mica gray)
66G3556
2
Main Cabinet
66G3560
Main CoverMain Chassis
HandleRear Cover
Bottom CoverMain Cabinet
Main Cabinet For Germany (mica gray)
66G35613
Main Board
66G3557
4
I/O Card
66G3571
5
Audio Card
66G3588
6
Speaker Right/Left, Buzzer
66G3570
7Power Supply Unit
66G35598
Micro Switch Group
66G3562
9
Security Feature Group
66G3569
For Germany (mica gray)
66G3572
10
Key Lock Assembly
66G3563
11
LED Assembly
66G3568
12
Blank Bezel
66G3564
For Germany (mica gray)
66G3565
13
Audio Cable Cover
66G3566
For Germany (mica gray)
66G3567
Cable Group
66G3572
Miscellaneous Kit
66G3573
Black: 5mm (12), 6mm self-tapping (8)8mm self-tapping (8), 5mm slotted (4)brass: 5mm (1), 8mm (1), 8mm self-tapping (3)6mm hex stud (2), 25mm wire router w/ screw loop

Options and Adapters
3278/3279 Emulation Adapter
Enhanced 5250 Emulation Adapter
PC Network Adapter
PC Network Adapter Cable
PC Network Adapter II
PC Network Baseband Adapter
SDLC Adapter
Communication Adapter Cable
Serial/Parallel Adapter
Printer Cable
Serial Adapter Cable
Serial Adapter Connector
Token Ring Adapter
Token Ring Adapter with RIPL
Token Ring 16/4 Adapter
Token Ring RIPL (module, for 93F0334)
Action Media II Display Adapter
Action Media II Capture Option
Action Media II Video Cable
Action Media II Audio/Video Capture Cable
Action Media II Display CD-ROM Cable
LAN Adapter for Ethernet
Video Connector/Cable
AD/VC Adapter

53F6424
30F5384
8286171
8286172
72X8105
72X8101
82860998529274
8286147
85292148286170
8286194
16F0463
83X7839
93F0334
25F8887
69F9731
69F9735
69F9737
69F9736
69F9747
92F0045
66F3583
66G3581

Dock I (3545)

387

SCSI Hard Disk Drive
80MB Drive
108MB Drive
216MB Drive
160MB Drive
320MB Drive
400MB Drive
1GB Drive (half-high)Terminator, In-line (for 320/400MB)

56F8854
95F4748
95F4749
56F8851
85F001185F001292F0089
92F0142

Keyboard Cable and Mouse
Keyboard Cable
Mouse
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer
Miniature Mouse

72X8537
61X8923
33F8461
33F8462
95F5723

Dock 1 Options
Port Replicator Model I
Port Replicator Model II
Display Stand (black)
Internal CD-ROM Installation Kit
For Germany (mica gray)
Audio Cable
ThinkPad Hard Disk Installation Kit
Internal SCSI CableSCSI Hard Disk Tray
ThinkPad Hard Disk Drive (170 MB)
For Germany (mica gray)ThinkPad Hard Disk Drive (340 MB)
For Germany (mica gray)Diskette Drive
Diskette Drive Attachment Kit

66G3574
66G3575
66G3584
66G3577
66G3578
66G3518
66G3576
66G3579
66G3580
66G5066
66G5085
66G5068
66G5087
66G5060
66G5069

Numeric Keypad
BelgianCanadian French
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
Icelandic
ItalianNorwegian
SpanishSpanish Speaking
Swedish/Finish
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English

388

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

95F5741
95F5466
95F5467
95F5467
95F6313
95F6314
95F5467
95F5741
95F5467
95F6316
95F5467
95F6315
95F6315
95F5468
95F5711
95F5715
95F5467
95F5741
95F5741

Dock II (3546)
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking the Installed Devices . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How To Run the Diagnostics . . . . . . . . .
Running Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Symptoms. . . . . . . . . .
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undetermined Problems. . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Riser Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . .
1010 Main Cabinet Group . . . . . . . . . .
1020 Audio Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1030 Power Supply Unit . . . . . . . . . . .
1040 Riser Card
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1050 Main Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1060 Keylock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .
1070 Micro Switch Group. . . . . . . . . .
1080 Solenoid Group. . . . . . . . . . . .
1090 Tray Unit Group . . . . . . . . . . . .
1100 Blank Cover Group. . . . . . . . . .
1110 Speaker and Speaker Cover Group . . .
1120 Cable Group. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts Listing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

390
397
398
401
402
404
405
410
416
417
418
419
421
422
422
423
425
426
427
428
429
431
432
436
437
439
440
441
442
444
446
448
450
458
461

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

389

General Checkout
The IBM* ThinkPad* Dock II (hereinafter referred to as theDock II) expands the capability of the IBM ThinkPad 360,
750, and 755 notebooks (hereinafter referred to as thecomputer), using the IBM AT* Bus architecture.
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
WarningDrives in the computer that you are servicing
might have been rearranged or the drive startup
sequence might have been altered. Be
extremely careful during write operations such as
copying, saving, or formatting. Data or programs
can be written over if you select an incorrect
drive.



Only certified and trained personnel should
service the computer.

The parts exchange form or parts return form
attached to the FRU to be returned mustdescribe the following:
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Name and phone number of servicer (inprint).
Date serviced.
Date failed.
Date purchased.
Failure symptoms, error codes, and beep
symptoms.
Procedure index and page number on which
the symptom or error code is described.
The failing FRU name and part number.
Machine type, model number, and serial
number.
Customer name and address

Checkout Guide:

During the warranty period, thecustomer may be responsible for repair costs if thecomputer damage was caused by misuse, accident,
modification, unsuitable physical or operating environment,
or improper maintenance by the customer.
The following list provides some common items that are
not covered under warranty and some symptoms that may
indicate the system was subjected to stresses beyond
normal use.

390

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

The following are not covered under warranty:







LCD panel cracked by applying excessive force orbeing dropped
Scratched (cosmetic) parts
Cracked or broken plastic parts, latches, orconnectors caused by excessive force
Damage caused by liquid spilled into the system
Damage caused by improperly inserting a PCMCIA
card or installation of a incompatible card
Damage due to foreign material in the FDD or FDD
bay

If the following symptoms are present, they may
indicate damage caused by non-warranted activity:

Missing parts may be a symptom of unauthorized
service or modification.



HDD spindles become noisy if subjected to highlevels of force or being dropped



I9990303 errors may be caused by exposure to
extreme magnetic fields

Overall Procedure
1. Check that the computer is correctly docked
to Dock II.
2. If possible, make sure that there are no hardware
setting conflicts, such as in interrupt levels, memory
addresses, DMA channels, and I/O addresses.
3. Check that the SCSI ID is set correctly.
4. Test and correct any computer problem before you
test it with Dock II. Use the computer documentation
to resolve any computer problems.
5. Test the computer with the external keyboard,
external display, mouse, and parallel and serial
device connectors. (Use the keyboard/mouseconnector to test the external keyboard and mouse.)
If no problems are found, connect the external
keyboard, mouse, parallel and serial devices to Dock
II, then connect Dock II to the computer and test it.
6. If external devices are attached to Dock II, such as anaudio amplifier, check the device by referring to themanual shipped with the device.
7. If the user did not bring the computer with
Dock II when service is needed, use a computer thatworks correctly with Dock II.

How to Diagnose Combined FRUs:

If anadapter or device consists of more than one FRU, an error
code can be caused by any of the FRUs. Before replacing
the adapter or device, remove the FRUs, one by one, tosee if the symptom changes.

Dock II (3546)

391

(CONTINUED)

How to Use Error Messages: The error
messages caused by Dock II, the attached computer, andthe attached devices are displayed on the LCD of theattached computer or on the external display. Use theerror codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures.
If more than one error code is displayed, begin the
diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of the firsterror code can result in false error codes being displayed.
If the error code is displayed, see the “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 416.
Important: When the Problem Determination Procedurein the operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or
device says “Have the system unit serviced”, this means
the computer and Dock II.
001– Turn off the computer and all external devices.
– Remove the computer from Dock II.
– Connect the external keyboard, mouse, parallel andserial devices to the computer, if used. (Use the
keyboard/mouse connector for testing the external
keyboard and mouse.)– Diagnose all computer problems first (see the computer
Hardware Maintenance Service manual).
DID THE TEST COMPLETE WITHOUT ANY ERROR?
Yes No002
Have the computer serviced.
003– Install the computer on Dock II. Make sure that thecomputer is firmly connected.
– Check all cables and power cords.
– Check the fan in the power supply in Dock II and makesure it is working correctly.
Notes:
1. The mouse or some other pointing device do notwork if they are connected to the keyboard/numeric
keypad connector.
2. The mouse or some other pointing device do notwork if they are connected to the mouse connector
on the numeric keypad that is connected
to Dock II.
3. The computer keyboard does not work when an
external keyboard is connected to Dock II.
– Reinstall all external devices.
– Turn on all external devices.
(Step 003 continues)

392

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

003 (continued)– Press and hold F1, then turn on the computer. (Hold F1
until the Easy-Setup screen or an error message
appears.) See “How To Run the Diagnostics” onpage 405.
Note: If a warning beep sounds for the correct
operation, go to the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 416.
– Write down all post error codes that are displayed.
(Press the Pause key when an error code appears tokeep the screen from scrolling. Press F1 to continue.)
If the POST stops and you cannot continue, go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 416.
ARE THERE ANY EXTERNAL DEVICES ATTACHED TO
THE DOCK II?
Yes No004
Go to Step 007.
005
DID THE POWER-GOOD LIGHT FOR ALL OF THE
EXTERNAL DEVICES TURN ON?
Yes No006
See the manual for the failing device.
007
DID YOU RECEIVE A POST ERROR CODE?
Yes No008
If you cannot check the error code:– Press and hold F1, then turn on the computer.
(Hold F1 until the Easy-Setup screen or an error
message appears.)– Write down all post error codes that are displayed.
(Press the Pause key when an error code
appears to keep the screen from scrolling. Press
F1 to continue.)
To run system checkout, or if you suspect anotherproblem, go to Step 010.
009
Go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 416.
010
(Step 010 continues)

Dock II (3546)

393

(CONTINUED)

010 (continued)
DID THE EASY-SETUP SCREEN APPEAR?

1 2 3
CONFIG

Date/Time

Password

Start UpTe s t

Exit

Yes

No
011
The system may have hung during the running of
the POST. Note the symptoms and go to“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 416.

012
– Select Test and press Enter.
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC SCREEN APPEAR?

1

2

Yes

2

1

1

2

No
013
– If the keyboard does not work, go to “External
Keyboard” on page 404.
– Otherwise, go to “Symptom-to-FRU Index” onpage 416.

014(Step 014 continues)

394

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

014 (continued)
IS THE CONFIGURATION THE SAME AS THE
INSTALLED DEVICES?
Yes No015– Go to “Checking the Installed Devices” onpage 397.
016– Select Start and press Enter.
Diagnostic tests will run on all available devices.
If the test finds a device error, the error is displayed withan X beside the device name.
For example:
DEV: Device ID
ERR: Error Description CodeFRU: FRU Code
System Board
DEV

001

ERR

02

FRU

0010

Note: If the test stops or hangs during
the test, replace the last device
that was tested.

DID THE TESTS FIND A DEVICE ERROR?
Yes No017
The error was not detected by the basic test. Go to
Step 019.
018– Note the error codes and go to “FRU Codes” onpage 419 and replace the appropriate FRUs.
019– Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A, and run the following tests.
Diskette drive test (use a blank diskette).

Serial port test (with the wrap plug).
Note: Install the wrap plug on the serial port ofDock II.



Parallel port test (with the wrap plug).
Note: Install the wrap plug on the parallel port ofDock II.

PCMCIA-2 test (with the PC test card).
Note: Install the PC Test Cards into the PCMCIA
slot of Dock II.

(Step 019 continues)
Dock II (3546)

395

(CONTINUED)

019 (continued)


Keyboard test (see “How to Run the Keyboard
Test” on page 407).

DID THE ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS FIND AN ERROR?
Yes No020
The problem was not detected by the diagnostics.
Check that the cables and connectors are notdamaged.
If a SCSI device is not installed, start at Step 3.
If a SCSI device is installed, do the following:
1. Check that the total number of the attachedSCSI devices is less than eight.
2. Check that the SCSI terminator is correctly
installed.
If the problems still remain, run the SCSI test.
(See “Running Diagnostics” on page 410.)
3. Reconnect all adapters, drives, and devices,then test the system several times. A Loop
Test option is available for running all the tests.
(See “How to Run the Loop Test” onpage 407.)
After stopping the loop test, check that the error
log appears in the error list. (See “Error Log”
on page 409.)
If no errors were detected, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 421 and use the user
reported symptom.
If any errors are detected, go to “Numeric Error
Codes” on page 418.
021
Note the error code and go to “FRU Codes” on page 419
and replace the appropriate FRUs. If the problem remains
after all repair actions are taken, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 421.

396

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Checking the Installed Devices
The HDD-1 or FDD-1 represents the first drive in thesystem configuration, respectively. Similarly, the HDD-2 or
FDD-2 represents the second drive, usually attachedthrough a Dock II.
Notes:
1. Neither the Dock II nor the adapters and SCSI
devices installed in the Dock II appear as icons on
the screen.
2. HDD-1 and HDD-2 icons are for the 2.5-inch
ThinkPad hard disk drive.
If the devices are installed, but the icon appears in a grayshade rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostic
screen, it means that the devices are defective. Turn off
the computer and make sure that the devices are correctly
connected. If the symptom still remains after the computeris turned on, replace the devices or the main card of Dock
II.

Dock II (3546)

397

Power Supply
If the power-on indicator is not on and the power supply
fan is not turning, check the power cord for continuity andcorrect installation.
If the power cord is not the problem, either the power
supply is defective, or another component is defective
causing the power supply to cut off. To verify that thepower supply is operating correctly, do the following:
1. Turn off the computer and disconnect the Dock II
power cord.
2. Remove all internal and external devices, and thecomputer from the Dock II.
3. Remove the power supply connector CN26 from themain card (refer to “Main Card” on page 453) andCN56 from the riser card (refer to “Riser Card” onpage 455).
4. Remove the SCSI power supply connector from the
SCSI device.
5. Install jumpers between pins 1 and 2, and pins 3 and
4 of JP2 on the main card.

6. Connect the Dock II power cord.
7. Check the power supply voltages on the CN26,
CN56, and SCSI connectors by referring to therespective voltage tables. Then, check that the fan isturning. If the voltage is not correct or the fan is notturning, replace the power supply.
8. Connect the Dock II power cord.
If any of the voltages are not correct, replace the power
supply. If replacing the power supply does not correct the
problem, then replace the main card.

398

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Power Supply Connector CN25

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1+5 volts

+4.75

+5.25

2

Ground––3+12 volts

+11.4

+12.6

4

Ground––5

Sub+5 volts

+4.75

+5.25

6

System On––

7

Power On

–

–

8

Mode
Control––

9

Security––

10

Ground––11

Sub+12 volts

+11.4

+12.6

12

NC

–

–

Power Supply Connector CN26

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1

CVCC

+19

+21

2

Ground––Power Supply Connector-Reserved

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1

CVCC

+19

+21

2

Ground––Dock II (3546)

399

Power Supply Connector CN56

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1, 2, 3+5 volts

+4.75

+5.25

4, 5

Ground––6+12 volts

+11.4

+12.6

7

Ground––8−12 volts

−11.4

−13.2

9

−5 volts

−4.53

−5.5

10

Ground––SCSI Power Supply Connector

Pin

SignalV dc Min.

V dc Max.

1+12 volts+11.46

+12.6

2, 3

Ground––4+5 volts+4.758+5.25

400

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Printer
Test the printer by connecting it to the computer before
testing it on Dock II.
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and thepower is turned on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem isin the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, connect a wrap plugon the parallel connector on the rear of Dock II and run theadvanced diagnostic tests to determine the failing FRU.
If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap plugconnected) did not detect a failure, replace the printercable.
If the problem is not corrected, do one of the following:

If the printer is attached to the parallel connector ofDock II, replace the main card of Dock II.
If the printer is attached to the parallel connector on
the adapter, replace the FRUs in the following order
one at a time until the problem is corrected:
Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve theproblem, put the original parts back in the
Dock II. Do not replace non-defective parts.
1. Adapter
2. Main card of Dock II

Dock II (3546)

401

External Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the external display.
If the problem is not corrected, replace FRUs in thefollowing order one at a time until the problem is corrected:
Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem,
put the original parts back in the Dock II. Do not
replace non-defective parts.


If the external display is attached to Dock II:– Main card of Dock II
If the external display is attached to the display
adapter:
1. Display adapter
2. Main card of Dock II
3. Riser card

If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run thedisplay self-test:
1. Turn off Dock II and the external display.
2. Disconnect the external display signal cable from
Dock II.
3. Turn on the external display.
4. Turn the contrast control to its maximum position.
5. Turn the brightness control to its center detent
position.
Check for the following conditions:




402

The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin as described below:–

2–20 mm (0.08–0.79 in.) wide on one or both
sides

–

2–50 mm (0.08–1.97 in.) wide on the top,bottom, or both sides–

For other test patterns, see the appropriate
display manual.

The screen contrast and brightness controls should
vary the intensity of the screen.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

If the external display does not meet these specifications,replace the external display.
If the external display meets these specifications, replace
FRUs in the following order one at a time until the problem
is corrected.
Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem,
put the original parts back in the Dock II. Do not
replace non-defective parts.
If the external display is attached to Dock II:
1. Main card of Dock II
2. External display
If the external display is attached to the display adapter:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Display adapter
Main card of Dock II
Riser card
External display

Dock II (3546)

403

External Keyboard
Notes
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,remove it and see if the error symptom goes away. If
the symptom goes away, the mouse or other pointing
device is defective.
The computer keyboard does not work when an
external keyboard is connected.
001– Turn off the computer.
– Disconnect the keyboard cable from the external
keyboard.
– Turn on the computer and check the keyboard cableconnector for the following voltages. All voltages have a±5% voltage tolerance.
P in

V o lta g e ( V d c )1+ 5 .02

N ot U sed

3

G ro u n d4+ 5 .05+ 5 .06

N ot U sed

2 4 5 3 1 6
ARE ALL VOLTAGES CORRECT?
Yes No002
Replacing the following FRUs one at a time until the
problem is corrected.
Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve theproblem, put the original parts back in the
Dock II. Do not replace non-defective parts.
1. Keyboard cable
2. Main card of Dock II
003
Replace the external keyboard.

404

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

How To Run the Diagnostics
Do the following to run the diagnostic tests.
Either the TrackPoint II or the cursor move keys can beused to interact with the tests. The Enter key works thesame as selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
1. Press and hold F1, then turn on the computer. HoldF1 until the Easy-Setup screen appears.

1 2 3
CONFIG

Date/Time

Password

Start UpTe s tExit

2. Select Test and press Enter. The basic diagnostic
screen appears.

1

2

2

1

1

2

3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.

Dock II (3546)

405

4. The test progress screen appears.

S

System BoardC

5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.

Advanced Diagnostic Tests
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic screen.
2. Select Tool to install the tools.
3. Select a device, press the Spacebar, and install thetool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears for the selected device.

4. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
5. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.

406

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

How to Run All Tests: In the advanced diagnostic
screen, select Test All to test all devices.
How to Run the Loop Test
1. Go to the advanced diagnostic screen by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic screen.
2. Select the Looptest icon and press Enter or click theclick button.
3. Select a device and press the Spacebar. A √ markappears for the selected device.
4. If the selection is OK, select OK and press Enter tostart the loop test.
5. To exit the loop test, press and hold Ctrl+Pause until
the interrupt is accepted by the test program. A beepsounds when the interrupt is accepted. The test loop
stops at the end of the current test.

How to Run the Keyboard Test: Use thefollowing procedure to run the keyboard key test.
1. Turn off the computer.
2. Remove the external keyboard, if one is attached.
3. Press and hold F1 key, then turn on the computer.
Hold F1 until the Easy-Setup screen appears.
4. Select Test and press Enter. The basic diagnostic
screen appears.
5. Press Ctrl+A to go to advanced diagnostic screen.
6. Press Ctrl+K (a keyboard graphic appears on thescreen).
7. By pressing a key, the mark appears or disappearson the corresponding key position on the screen.
Repeat this step for any keys that need to be tested.
8. To exit the test, press Esc or select the cancel icon.

How to Run the Audio Test:

Use the following

procedure to run the audio tests.
1. Turn off the computer.
2. Insert the maintenance diskette into diskette drive A
and turn on power.
3. Select the Audio Diagnostics from the main menu.
4. Select Tests from the menu bar and press Enter.
5. Select All tests from the pull-down menu and press
Enter.
Run options are set to test once and stop on error as
defaults. Other options can be selected by thepull-down menu of Setting-up.
6. Follow the instructions that appear on the screen toproceed with the tests.
7. If the tests end without detecting any error, the “Alltests passed OK” message appears.
8. If an error is detected, the FRU code and error
description message appear. Go to “FRU Codes” onpage 419 and replace the FRU.
Dock II (3546)

407

9. To exit the test screen, press Esc.
Notes:
a. If an instruction to plug the external loop cableappears, connect it between the microphone/line
jack of the computer and the headphone jack ofDock II.
b. If an instruction to plug the headphone appears,
connect it to the headphone jack of Dock II.
c. Volume Control Test does not work when thecomputer is docked to Dock II.

PC Test Card LED: The green LED on the PC test
card lights when the PCMCIA test is running. If the LED
does not go on, check that the card is installed correctly byreseating the card. If it still does not light after reseating,
try using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
go on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
diagnostic error code.
Diagnostic Error Indications:

If an error is

detected, the following appears:

Large X on the left-side of the device icon.
Device ID (three digits).
Error code (two digits).
FRU code (four digits).

The FRU code represents two FRUs. The leftmost twodigits indicates the higher priority of replacement.
The device ID and error codes are used to indicate thedetail portion of the FRU which caused the error.

Errors during the POST: If the POST detects anerror, a three- to eight-digit error code is displayed.

408

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Memory Errors: If the POST detects a memory error
in the first 640KB of system memory, all of the first bankmemory is de-allocated and the test continues with thesecond 640KB of the second bank memory. If the total
amount of error free memory becomes less than 2MB, a
2XX POST error occurs and the system stops. All of theremaining memory is used as system memory. When the
POST memory test has completed, the usable memory
size is compared with the configuration data and if amismatch is detected, a 2XX error code occurs. The user
can continue with system operation by pressing F1 andcall for service at a later time.
The memory sizes that are de-allocated because of the
POST process is kept by the hibernation or suspendfunctions. To test this memory, it must be re-configured aspart of the original memory size. The memory
re-configuring is done by turning power off and on.
De-allocation support is done only by the POST for
memory errors. All unrecoverable memory errors that
occur during normal operation cause an interrupt to theoperating system.

Error Log: Diagnostic errors are printed on the printerthat is attached to parallel port when the error is detected.
The error is also logged in the system memory.
Use the following procedure to display the errors.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

End the test, if it is running.
Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
Press Ctrl+E.
The error log appears.
To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.

The error log is not saved when system power is turned
off.

Dock II (3546)

409

Running Diagnostics
The Dock II Options Diskette helps you troubleshootexpansion unit, SCSI adapter, and SCSI device problems
through a series of menus.
Run the diagnostics after you have completed theinstallation of your Dock II and SCSI devices to verify thatthese devices work correctly. Do the following:
1. Turn off the computer, the Dock II, and external SCSI
devices.
2. Insert the Option Diskette into drive A.
3. Turn on all attached external SCSI devices, thecomputer, then the Dock II.
4. The Logo Screen appears.

IBM ThinkPad Dock II Option Diskette
Version 1.00
Licensed Material - Property of IBM(C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1981, 1994
All Rights Reserved.
U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights-Use, duplication or disclosure restricted
by GSA ADP Schedule Contact with IBM

5. After a few seconds the Main Menu appears.
Main Menu

Select one:
1. Test Expansion Unit
2. Test SCSI Subsystem

Enter

F1=Help

F3=Exit

6. Select a device for testing and go to the respective
section.

410

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Testing the Expansion Unit
1. The Test Selection Menu appears when you selectTest Expansion Unit on the Main Menu.
Test Selection Menu

Select one:
1. Run the test one time
2. Run the testEnter

F1=Help

F3=Exit

2. Select an item on the screen and follow the
instructions that appear on the screen.

Dock II (3546)

411

Testing the SCSI Subsystem
Note: If a SCSI adapter is installed in an ISA slot, remove
it before running the SCSI diagnostic program.
1. When you select Test SCSI Subsystem on the Main
Menu, the diagnostics program checks the system
configuration for SCSI devices and displays thefollowing if no SCSI controller is found.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

No SCSI foundEnter

F3=ExitIf a SCSI controller is found, the computer goes on toinitialize the SCSI devices and displays the following.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

Scanning Target #nEnter

F3=Exit

2. If the initialization fails, the following screen appears.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Initialization Failed

Enter

412

F3=Exit

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

3. If the initialization ends successfully, the following
screen appears. Select an item.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

Select one
1. Run the tests one time
2. Run the tests continuously

Enter

F3=Exit

4. The SCSI Devices Test Menu appears. Select oneof the devices.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)3.
(device name)4.
(device name)5.
(device name)6.
(device name)7.
(device name)8.
(device name)9.
(device name)0.Exit

Enter

(ID0)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)

F3=Exit

The device name may be any of the following:

SCSI Hard DiskSCSI Tape DriveSCSI CD-ROM

SCSI Optical Driveor No Device

The SCSI controller of Dock II appears as ID7 on thescreen.
5. If a SCSI device exists and a test media is required totest the SCSI device, the following pop-up menu
appears (shows the case of a SCSI tape drive).

Dock II (3546)

413

SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)(ID0)
3.
(device name)(ID1)
4. N (device name)
(ID2)
5.
name)
Insert (device
a scratch
TAPE in the drive.(ID3)6.
(device name)(ID4)
7.
(device name)(ID5)
8.
(device name)(ID6)
9.
(device name)(ID7)
0.ExitEnter

F3=Exit

6. Insert the requested media and wait for approximately
30 seconds until the media is loaded.
7. Press any key. If no SCSI devices are found, a
pop-up menu appears.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)3.
(device name)
4. N (device name)5.
(devicename)
No Device
Present
6.
(device name)7.
(device name)8.
(device name)9.
(device name)0.Exit

Enter

(ID0)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)

F3=Exit

8. The test begins and the following pop-up menu
appears.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)3.
(device name)
name
4. N device(devicename)5.
(devicename)IDn: Test
in Process6.
(device name)7.
(device name)8.
(device name)9.
(device name)0.Exit

Enter

(ID0)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)

F3=Exit

9. If the test is successful, the following appears.

414

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)3.
(device name)
name
4. N device(devicename)5.
(devicename)IDn: Test
Passed6.
(device name)7.
(device name)8.
(device name)9.
(device name)0.Exit

Enter

(ID0)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)

F3=Exit

10. If the test is unsuccessful, the following appears.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V1.0

SCSI Devices Test Menu
Select one
1.All
2.
(device name)3.
(device name)
name
4. N device(devicename)5.
(devicename)IDn: Test
Failed6.
(device name)7.
(device name)8.
(device name)9.
(device name)0.Exit

Enter

(ID0)
(ID1)
(ID2)
(ID3)
(ID4)
(ID5)
(ID6)
(ID7)

F3=ExitDock II (3546)

415

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms andpossible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Note: Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence
shown in the FRUs of the Dock II
Sequence of Action column. If a replaced part did
not resolve the problem, put the original part backin the Dock II. Do not replace non-defective parts.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 390. This
index also can be used to help you decide which FRUs tohave available when servicing the Dock II.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in the POST
or system operation. X, when included in the error code,
can be any number.
FRU codes are used for errors detected by diagnostic
tests.
If no error codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed or you cannot correct the
problem using this index, go to “Undetermined Problems”
on page 421.
If you cannot correct the problem using this index, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 421.
IMPORTANT:
1. Before replacing any SCSI device, verify that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
2. Make sure that there are no conflicts of hardware
settings, such as, interrupt level, memory address,
DMA channel, and I/O address.
3. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
4. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
5. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part ofthis index.
6. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the main card, riser card, and audio card of the Dock
II. (See “Power Supply” on page 398.)

416

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Miscellaneous Symptoms
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

Program-load error during
remote IPL from the fileservicer.

Network Adapter

External display screenchanges colors.

Go to “External Display”
on page 402.

One or more keys do notwork on the external
keyboard, but the Dock II isotherwise functional.

Go to “External
Keyboard” on page 404.

Computer does not work,
the power-on indicator does
not turn on, but the fanruns.

See “Undetermined
Problems” on page 421.

Power-good light does notturn on, fan does not run,and the computer is not
functional.

See “Undetermined
Problems” on page 421.

Although the computer isturned off, the fan of theDock II power supply isrunning.

The fan is working
correctly. To stop the fan,set the key lock to theexternal left position.

Computer is functional andthe fan runs, but the power
on indicator does not turnon.

1. LCD Circuit BoardGroup
2. Riser card
3. Go to “Power Supply”
on page 398.

Intermittent failures.

Do the loop test. (See“How to Run the Loop
Test” on page 407.)

The power of Dock II cannot
be turned off.

1. Riser card
2. Main card

LCD (Dock II) for the harddisk drive stays on.

1. 2.5-inch hard diskdrive
2. HDD installation kit

LCD (Dock II) for the harddisk drive is not working, but
the Dock II is functional.

1. Check the LCD
Circuit Board Group
2. LCD Circuit BoardGroup
3. Main card
4. Riser card

Beep sounds continuously.

1. Before replacing any
devices, check thatthe release/lock leveris opened.
2. Security feature group
3. Main card

Dock II (3546)

417

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

The HDD-2 is notrecognized and no error
codes appear on thescreen. (The password of
the HDD-2 is still set.)

1. Remove the harddisk password for theThinkPad hard disk
as follows:a. Install the second
hard disk drive on
the computer.
b. Remove the harddisk password.

Note: The HDD-2 icon indicates that the 2.5-inch ThinkPad
hard disk drive is installed in Dock II.

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

10X, 11X

1. Adapter in slot (ifused)
2. Riser card
3. Main card

195
(The computer was docked
to the Dock II while inhibernation mode.)

1. Do the following
steps.
a. Turn off andundock thesystem.
b. Turn on andshut down thesystem.
c. Turn off anddock the system.

1XX

See the Symptom-to-FRU
Index for the computer
you are servicing. If the
problem remains, go to“Undetermined Problems”
on page 421.

2XX

1. See theSymptom-to-FRU
Index for thecomputer you areservicing.
2. Main card
3. IC DRAM card or
DIMM card

3XX

See “External Keyboard”
on page 404.

418

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Symptom/Error

FRU/Action

6XX

1. Before changing any
devices, run the
diagnostic test. (Seethe “How To Run the
Diagnostics” onpage 405.)
2. FDD external
attachment kit
3. Diskette drive
assembly
4. Riser card

11XX, 12XX

1. Serial devices
2. Communication cable
3. Riser card

17XX

1. Hard disk drive(2.5-inch ThinkPad
hard disk drive)
2. HDD installation kit
3. Main card

24XX

1. Main card
2. Riser card

860X

1. Mouse
2. External keyboard
3. Riser card

I9990301, I9990302
I9990305

See the Hardware
Maintenance Manual of
the computer.

Not shown above

1. See the Hardware
Maintenance Manualof the computer.
2. See “Undetermined
Problems” onpage 421.

FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. Two suspected FRU codes areshown. The two leftmost digits indicate the first FRU code.
The following table shows the FRU codes and their FRUs.
The most probable failing FRU is shown first.
Note: Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence
shown in the FRUs of the Dock II column. If a
replaced part did not resolve the problem, put theoriginal part back in the Dock II. Do not replace
non-defective parts.
Always start with the first FRU then continue down the list.
The two rightmost digits indicate the net FRU code. Do
these FRU replacements in the same way as with the first
FRU codes.
Undock the computer from the Dock II to check that the
FRU code appears with the computer only. If a FRU code
appears, replace the FRU indicated in the
Dock II (3546)

419

Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer you are servicing.
Then dock the computer on the Dock II to check if any
FRU codes appear. Use the table below.
FRU Code

FRU/Action

10

1. Main card
2. Riser card15

1. Audio card
2. Riser card30

Reserved

32

1. See “External Keyboard” onpage 404.
2. Main card
3. Riser card

33

1. External mouse
2. Main card
3. Riser card45

See “External Display” on page 402.

51

1. Diskette drive (FDD-2)
2. Main card
3. Riser card56

1. Diskette drive (FDD-2)
2. Main card
3. Riser card61

1. Hard disk drive (HDD-2)
2. Main card
3. HDD installation kit

70

Main card80

Reserved

90

Reserved

If the problem remains after the FRUs are replaced, go to“Undetermined Problems” on page 421.

420

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Undetermined Problems
Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do
not identify the failing adapter or device.
Check that all cables, wires, and connectors are connected
so that they do not cause a short circuit. If any problems
are found, reconnect or replace them.
Check the power supply for correct operation (see “Power
Supply” on page 398). If the power supply is operatingcorrectly, return here and continue with the following
procedures.
1. Turn off the computer.
2. Remove or disconnect one at a time the following
adapters or devices from Dock II. (Do not isolate
adapters or devices that are known to be good.)
a. Non-IBM devices.
b. A modem, printer, mouse, external keyboard,
external display, external diskette drive, numeric
keypad, or other external devices.
c. Any adapter.
Note: Removing an adapter or device may
cause configuration errors. Ignore error
code 174.
d. SCSI device.
e. Hard disk drive.
3. Turn on the system and check if the problem haschanged.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat Steps 1 through 3
until you find the failing adapter or device, or until all
adapters or devices have been removed.
5. If all adapters or devices have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the following Dock II FRUs
one at a time.
Note: If a replaced part did not resolve the problem,
put the original part back in the Dock II. Do
not replace non-defective parts.
a. Riser cardb. Main cardc. Dock II audio card
If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter,but replacing the adapter does not correct the problem,
replace the main card of Dock II.

Dock II (3546)

421

Product Overview
The features of the Dock II are:








Security– Security lock– Security hole
Main Card– SCSI Subsystem- SCSI devices- Terminators– Audio Jacks- Stereo speakers- Headphone jack- Speaker-in jacks- Audio-out jacks– PCMCIA slots– External display connector– Docking connector– External SCSI connector– FDD connector– Parallel connector– Serial connector– Keyboard/numeric keypad connector– Mouse/pointing device connector
Riser Card
– AT slot– Storage device connectors- Internal hard disk connector- Internal SCSI device connector
Power Supply

Security
The Dock II has two features to secure it from being usedby unauthorized persons.

Security Lock:

The security lock is located on theleft panel of the Dock II and can be unlocked with thesecurity lock key. This security lock provides the following
protection:


Cover Lock prevents unauthorized access to thedevices and options inside the Dock II.

Computer Lock protects from unauthorized removalof the computer.



Key Controlled Power prevents unauthorized use of
the Dock II or unauthorized access to the data stored
on the internal SCSI device through the external SCSI
connector by securing the power.

422

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

The key lock has three positions.

2

Icon

1

2

1

Cover
Lock

Computer
Lock

Power
Secured

Key

Lock

Lock

No

Removable

UnlockUnlockNo

Not
Removable

Lock

Lock

Yes

Removable

Security Hole:A hole for the Kensington** lock islocated at the rear of the Dock II. The cable on theKensington lock is looped around a stable chair or asimilar item and the Kensington lock is attached to the holeat the rear of the Dock II. This prevents the Dock II to be
carried away by an unauthorized person.

Main CardSCSI Subsystem:

The Dock II supports the SCSI
controller and BIOS which has functions similar to the
Adaptec AHA-1530P** Adapter. The Dock II also supports
the IBM SCSI device for PS/2*.

SCSI Devices: The SCSI controller on the main card
supports up to seven SCSI devices (includes internal andexternal). Two of the seven devices can be installedinside the Dock II.

Terminators: The terminator requirements for SCSI
devices are:

The last device in an external SCSI chain must havethe terminator installed. Some devices may require
more than one terminator.

All other external SCSI devices must have theterminators removed.



The internal SCSI device must have the terminatorinstalled.

The location and appearance of the terminators may varyfrom device to device. An identification label or tag(usually “T-RES”) is attached to each terminator for easy
identification.

Dock II (3546)

423

The Dock II has an active terminator which terminates theexternal SCSI connector automatically.

Audio Jacks:

The Dock II has three audio sources, a
CD-ROM audio, a speaker-in, and a computer audio.
These three sources are mixed and sent to the audio out
jack or are amplified and sent to the speaker or theheadphone jacks.

Stereo speakers: The Dock II provides a pair of stereo
speakers.

Headphone jack: A headphone jack is provided forconnecting a headphone cable.
Speaker-in jacks: Speaker-in jacks are for the audio
cable that is connected to the line-out of the AT soundadapter through the Dock II stereo speakers.
Audio-out jacks: Audio-out jacks are for an external
audio device, such as a speaker system (through theamplifier).

PCMCIA slots:

Two PCMCIA slots are available for
inserting different kinds of PCMCIA cards.

External Display Connector: This connector, on
the rear of the Dock II, is a 15-pin, D-shell connector. The
external display connector is the connector for the display
signal cable of the external display.
Docking Connector:

This 240-pin connector is the
expansion interface connector for notebook PCs and has
the capabilities to support the following features:














AT-bus signals (excluding power voltages; 5 V, -5 V,
12 V, -12 V)
Analog video interface
Serial connector signals
Parallel connector signals
Keyboard and mouse signals
IDE hard disk drive signals
LED control signals
Audio (CRT, TFT, Color LCD) signals
Audio signals
FDD signals
PCIC control signals
Power control signals
Power voltages

External SCSI Connector:

The external SCSI
connector is a 50-pin, external device connector and is forexternal SCSI devices. A maximum of seven SCSI
devices (both internal and external) are supported.

424

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

FDD Connector: This connector is a 26-pin, D-shellconnector and is for the FDD External Attachment Kit.
Users can attach the diskette drive that was removed fromthe computer to the Dock II with this kit.
Parallel Connector:

The parallel connector allows
the attachment of devices that accept eight bits of parallel
data at standard transistor-transistor logic (TTL) levels.
The connector is a 25-pin, D-shell connector and isprimarily for printers. However, the connector can be used
as a general input/output connector for any device orapplication that matches its input/output capabilities. The
signal from the parallel port of the computer is replicated tothe parallel connecter ofDock II.

Serial Connector: This connector is a fully
programmable serial connector that supports asynchronous
communications. The 9-pin, D-shell connector provides
the signals to drive a serial (or EIA-232D) device. The
signal from the serial port of the computer is replicated tothe serial connecter ofDock II.
Keyboard/Numeric Keypad Connector:

This
6-pin connector on the rear of the Dock II allows theattachment of a keyboard. The keyboard/numeric keypadconnector is marked with a small keyboard symbol. The
numeric keypad is attached to this keyboard/numeric
keypad connector.

Mouse/Pointing Device Connector:

This 6-pin
connector on the rear of the Dock II allows the attachmentof a pointing device (mouse). The mouse/pointing device
connector is marked with a small mouse symbol.
Note: A mouse or pointing device will not work if either isconnected to the mouse connector of the numeric
keypad.

Riser Card
AT Slots: Two full-size AT slots (98-pin) allow theattachment of option cards.
Storage Device Connectors: These connectors
are for the internal storage options. Any two of thefollowing devices are supported as storage options.
Internal hard disk driveInternal SCSI device (1-inch height)
Internal SCSI device (half height)

Internal Hard Disk Connector: The internal harddisk drive connector is a 60-pin connector for the ThinkPad
hard disk or for the IDE hard disk.
Dock II (3546)

425

Internal SCSI Device Connectors: The SCSI device
connector is a 50-pin, SCSI interface connector whichtransfers system data to and from the SCSI device. Thisconnector is for the cable of an internal SCSI device.

Power Supply
The power supply switches automatically to either the
100–125 V ac or the 200–240 V ac voltage range when
the power cord is plugged into a power outlet. The power
supply converts ac voltage to dc voltage to supply theDock II and the computer with the correct operating
voltages.

426

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Specifications
Physical Characteristics
Depth
Width
HeightWeight

400 mm (15.7 in.)
380 mm (15.0 in.)
Front: 67 mm (2.6 in.)
Rear: 124 mm (4.8 in.)7.7 kg (17.0 lb)

Electrical Characteristics

Heat output
Base Configuration: 181 BTUs/hour
Maximum Configuration: 498 BTUs/hourInput Voltage-Sine Wave Input (50 or 60 Hz)
Low Range:
Minimum: 100 V ac
Maximum: 125 V ac
High Range:
Minimum: 200 V ac
Maximum: 240 V ac

Input kilovolt-Amperes (k¸VA) (approximately)
Configuration as shipped from IBM: 0.053 k¸VA
Maximum configuration: 0.105 k¸VA

Environmental Requirements








Operating Environment:
Temperature: 5° to 35°C (41° to 95°F)
Relative Humidity: 8% to 95% (non-condensing)Maximum wet bulb temperature: 29.4°C (85°F)
Non-operating Environment:
Temperature: 5° to 43°C (41° to 109°F)
Relative Humidity: 8% to 95% (non-condensing)Maximum Wet Bulb: 29.4°C (85°F)
Storage
Temperature: -20° to 60°C (-4° to 140°F)
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% (non-condensing)Maximum Wet Bulb: 29.4°C (85°F)
Maximum altitude: 2435 m (8000 ft)

Audio-Circuit SpecificationsSpeaker-In to Audio-Out
Output (mV rms): 190 to 270
S/N ratio (dB): >48
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (%): <1
Speaker-In to Headphone Jack
Output (mV): >1
S/N ratio (dB): >50
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (%): <1
Speaker-In to Embedded Speaker
Output (W): >2
S/N ratio (dB): >45
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) (%): <2
Dock II (3546)

427

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information on removals andreplacements, and locations.


The arrows in the removals and replacements show
the direction of movement to remove a field
replaceable unit (FRU), or to turn a screw to release
the FRU. The arrows are marked in numeric order toshow the correct sequence of removal.

When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
Go to the removal procedure for each FRU listed,remove the FRU, and then continue with the removalof the failing FRU.



To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedureand follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” on page 450 for internal cableconnections and arrangement information.

CAUTION:
Before removing any FRU, turn off Dock II, remove thecomputer, unplug all power cords from electricaloutlets, then disconnect any interconnecting cables.
CAUTION:
In the U.K., by law, the telephone cable must beconnected after or disconnected before the power
cord.
Warning: The main board, adapters, and circuit boardson the drives are sensitive to, and can be damaged by,electrostatic discharge. Establish personal grounding bytouching a ground point with one hand before touchingthese units.
Note: An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be
used to establish personal grounding.

428

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1010 Main Cabinet Group
Removal

Make sure the security key is in the vertical
position .1/.
.2/ .3/Dock II (3546)

429

Caution
Be careful not to damage the volume control knob
when removing the main cabinet group.

Volume Control

430

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1020 Audio Card
Removal

Main Cabinet Group (1010)
Remove all cables from the connectors on the audio
card. (Refer to “Audio Card” on page 454 for thelocation of these connectors.)
.1/

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Pan head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.)Dock II (3546)

431

1030 Power Supply Unit
Removal











432

Main Cabinet Group (1010)
Remove all cables from the connectors on the risercard. (Refer to “Riser Card” on page 455 for thelocation of these connectors.)
Remove all cables from the connectors on the maincard. (Refer to “Main Card” on page 453 for thelocation of these connectors.).1/ .2/ .3/ .4/ .5/
Lift up and turn over the power supply assembly thenrelease the cables on the rear of the rack .6/.
Remove all remaining cables from the connectors on
the main card.
Turn the power supply assembly to the uprightposition.
.7/ .8/ .9/ (Do not forget to install the washer on theleft screw at replacement in step .9/.)

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Dock II (3546)

433

434

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.2/

Pan head screw (1)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)Flat head screw (1)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.).4/

Pan head screw (6)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.).5/

Pan head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

4 mm
(0.16 in.)

.7/

Binding head tapping screw(2)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.)

.8/

Black binding head machine
screw (4)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.).9/

Pan head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.)

Replacement
Note
The intersecting end of the SCSI cable should be
inserted into the connector on the riser card. See .1/.

Dock II (3546)

435

1040 Riser Card
RemovalMain Cabinet Group (1010)
Audio Card (1020)
Power Supply Unit (1030)
Remove all cables from the connectors on the risercard. (Refer to “Riser Card” on page 455 for thelocation of these connectors.)
.1/

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Binding head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.24 in.)

436

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1050 Main Card
RemovalNote
Do not forget to put back the shield upper to the maincard when reassembling the unit.
Shield Upper

Main Card











Main Cabinet Group (1010)
Audio Card (1020)
Power Supply Unit (1030)
Riser Card (1040)
Remove all cables from the connectors on the maincard. (Refer to “Main Card” on page 453 for thelocation of these connectors.).1/ .2/ .3/ .4/ (upside down view)
Remove the Guide AT after doing .4/.
Widen the end of the main chassis where the
PCMCIA slot is located .5/ and pull out the maincard from the main chassis .6/.

Dock II (3546)

437

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Binding head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.24 in.).2/

Pan head screw (2)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.).3/

Pan head machine screw(2)
Diameter: 2 mm (0.08 in.)

20 mm
(0.79 in.).4/

Pan head screw (1)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.)

438

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1060 Keylock Assembly
Removal

Main Cabinet Group (1010)
Loosen the ring .1/.2/ .3/ .4/

Black
Red

Orange

Black

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.4/

Pan head machine screw(2)
Diameter: 2.3 mm (0.09 in.)

4 mm
(0.16 in.)Dock II (3546)

439

1070 Micro Switch Group
RemovalMain Cabinet Group (1010)
Power Supply Unit (1030) (.1/ .2/ .3/ .4/ .5/ .6/)
Keylock Assembly (1060)
.1/

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Binding head tapping screw(1)
Diameter: 2.3 mm (0.09 in.)

10 mm
(0.39 in.)440

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1080 Solenoid Group
Removal

Main Cabinet Group (1010)
Tray Unit Group (1090).1/ .2/ .3/

3

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.2/

Binding head tapping screw(2)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.).3/

Binding head tapping screw(2)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)Dock II (3546)

441

1090 Tray Unit Group
Removal442

Main Cabinet Group (1010).1/ .2/ .3/

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Binding head tapping screw(3)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.).2/

Binding head tapping screw(3)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)

Replacement

.5/ .7/ .2/ .3/ .1/ .4/ .6/
Main Cabinet Group (1010)

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.6/Binding head tapping screw(3)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)

.7/

Binding head tapping screw(3)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)Dock II (3546)

443

1100 Blank Cover Group
Removal for AT Card Cover.1/ .2/

1

1

Removal for 1-inch Height and Half Height



444

Main Cabinet Group (1010).1/ .2/

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Removal for LCD Circuit Board Group

Main Cabinet Group (1010).1/ .2/

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.1/

Binding head screw with
washer (3)Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

6 mm
(0.24 in.)Dock II (3546)

445

1110 Speaker and Speaker CoverGroup
Removal446

Main Cabinet Group (1010).1/ .2/ .3/ .4/

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Step

Color and type (quantity)

Length.2/

Binding head tapping screw(4)
Diameter: 3 mm (0.12 in.)

12 mm
(0.47 in.)

.4/

Binding head tapping screw(6)
Diameter: 2.6 mm (0.10 in.)

8 mm
(0.31 in.)Dock II (3546)

447

1120 Cable Group
RemovalMain Cabinet Group (1010)

.1/

MAIN CARDLCD CARD

CS22

CS1001

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

460 mm (1.81 in.)

580 mm (2.28 in.)

AUDIO CARDTOP COVER CONNECTOR

CS308

CS801

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

RISER CARD
CS58
1
2
3
4

380 mm (1.50 in.).2/
AUDIO CARD

MAIN CARD

CS304

CS21

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

230 mm (0.9 in.).3/
AUDIO CARD

CD ROM

CS301

CS805

1
2
3
4

4
3
2
1

370 mm (1.46 in.)

.4/
AMP PCB

AUDIO JACK CARD

CS305

CS310
WHITE
RED

1
2
3
4
5
6

WHITE
RED

600 mm (2.36 in.)

448

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

1
2
3
4
5
6

.5/
AUDIO CARD

MAIN CARD (A4 NOTE)

CS302

RED
WHITE

1
2
3
4
5
6

RED
WHITE

CS23
1
2
3
4
5
6

340 mm (1.34 in.)

.6/
AUDIO CARDSUB NOTE

CS303

RED
WHITE

1
2
3
4
5
6

RED
WHITE

CS24
1
2
3
4
5
6

520 mm (2.04 in.)

Item

Pins

Length

Ends

.1/

12

460 mm(1.81 in.)

CS22 - CS1001(Main Card) (LCD Card)

4/8

580 mm(2.28 in.)CS308 - CS801(Audio Card) (Top Cover Conn.)

380 mm(1.50 in.)

CS58 - CS801(Riser Card) (Top Cover Conn.).2/

5

230 mm(0.90 in.)

CS304 - CS21
(Audio Card) (Main Card).3/

4

370 mm(1.46 in.)

CS301 - CS805(Audio Card) (CD-ROM).4/

6

600 mm(2.36 in.)

CS305 - CS310(Audio Card) (Audio Jack).5/

6

340 mm(1.34 in.)

CS302 - CS23
(Audio Card) (Main Card).6/

6

520 mm(2.04 in.)

CS303 - CS24
(Audio Card) (Reserved)

Dock II (3546)

449

Locations
Front View
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/
.1ð/
.11/
.12/
.13/
.14/
.15/

Main Cabinet Group
Tray Unit
Headphone Jack
Volume Control
Half-height Drive
Status Indicator
1-inch-high Drive
Power Switch
Eject Switch
Eject Lever
Security Lock
Unlatch HoleReserved (Always keep this lever to the rear)
Left SpeakerNotebook Connector (male-type, 240-pin)

450

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Rear View
.16/
.17/
.18/
.19/
.2ð/
.21/
.22/
.23/
.24/
.25/
.26/
.27/
.28/

Security hole
Audio-in and Audio-out
Parallel Connector (25-pin)
Serial Connector (9-pin)
Mouse/Pointing Device Connector (6-pin)
Keyboard/Numeric Keypad Connector
External SCSI Connector
External Display Connector (15-pin)
External Diskette Drive Connector (26-pin)
Power Cord Connector
PCMCIA Slots
ISA Slots
Right Speaker

Dock II (3546)

451

System Status Indicators

1

1

1

1

1

Docked.1/
Power On.2/

Suspend Status.3/

PCMCIA In-use.4/Diskette Drive In-use.5/

Hard Disk In-use.6/Warning.7/

Security Key

452

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Main Card
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/
.9/

External Diskette Drive Connector (26-pin)
External Display Connector (15-pin)
External SCSI Connector
Keyboard/Numeric Keyboard Connector
Mouse/Pointing Device Connector (6-pin)
Serial Connector (9-pin)
Parallel Connector (25-pin)
Power Supply Connector (CN25)
Power Supply Connector (CN26)

Dock II (3546)

453

Audio Card
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/

CD-ROM Audio Connector (CN301)
Audio Jack Connector (CN305)
Main Card Connector (CN302)
Connector (Reserved) (CN303)
Main Card Connector (CN304)
Top Cover Connector (CN308)

454

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Riser Card
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/
.6/
.7/
.8/

Sensor Connector (CN57)
Top Cover Connector (CN58
Main Card Connector (CN50)
Internal SCSI Connector (CN55)
Power Supply Connector (CN56)
Internal IDE Connector (CN53)
AT Slot 1
AT Slot 2

LCD Circuit Board Group.1/Main Card Connector (CN1001)

Dock II (3546)

455

Power Supply
.1/
.2/
.3/
.4/
.5/

Power Supply Connector (CN25)
Power Supply Connector (CN56)SCSI Power Supply Connector (4-pin)
Power Supply Connector (reserved)
Power Supply Connector (CN26)

456

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Cabling

Audio Jack Card
CN310

Power Supply Unit

(Reserved)

Riser Card
CN24

Main Card

CN56

CN25

CN53

CN22

CN50

CN58
CN57

CN55

CN26
CN23 CN5

CN21

Sensor
CN304
CN303
CN302

Optional
Device

Top
Cover
Conn.

CN305
CN301

Optional
DeviceAudio Card
CN308

CN1001LCD Card

Dock II (3546)

457

Parts Listing

12a
12c

12b

16a
6c
13

15

7

15
6a
13

6c

16b

10a
6b

10b

5

1f

1c
1b
1d
1e

8
2b

2a

10c
9

17

4a

8
8

4b

3a
3b

9
18
11
1a

458

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Parts
1

2

3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10

11
12

13
14

15
16

17
17
18

Bottom Cover Assembly
a. Bottom Cover Subassemblyb. Main Chassis Assemblyc. Bracket AT
d. PCMCIA Security Bar
e. Side Panelf. Cover 160P-L
Main Card Assembly
a. Main Card Subassemblyb. Shield Upper
Riser Card Assemblya. Riser Card b. Bracket
Audio Card Assembly
a. Audio Card b. Bracket
Power Supply Unit
Main Cabinet Groupa. Main Cabinet
b. Cover 160-Pin
c. Bracket Speaker-Left/Right
Solenoid Assembly
Micro Switch Group
Keylock Assembly (w/keys)
Blank Cover Groupa. Blank Bezel for 1 Inch Heightb. Blank Bezel for Half Heightc. Blank Cover for AT CardLCD Circuit Board Group
Tray Unit Groupa. Tray Guide-Leftb. Tray Guide-Rightc. Tray Assembly
Speaker Group (w/cables)
Cable Group
Connection Cable 1 (Main-LCD)
Connection Cable 1(Aud./Aud./Riser-Interposer)
Connection Cable 2 (Aud.-Main)
Connection Cable 3 (Aud.-CD ROM)
Connection Cable 4 (Aud.-Audio)
Connection Cable 5 (Aud.-Main)
Connection Cable 6 (Aud.-Main)
Misc. Kit (Screws and Clamps)
Speaker Cover Groupa. Speaker Cover Leftb. Speaker Cover RightSCSI Device CableIDE Device Cable
Power Cord. See page 460.

84G3613

84G3614

84G3615
84G3616
84G3618
84G3619

84G3620
84G3621
84G3622
84G3623

84G3626
84G3627

84G3628
84G3629

84G3630
84G3633

84G5253
66G3576

Options
Tape Drive Kit
Bracket and Bezel
Shelf
Tray Cover

84G1290
84G1291
84G3631
84G3632

Dock II (3546)

459

Power Cords
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Index
Note: Use the power cord certified for your country.
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Japan, 3-pin
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy
5
Australia, New Zealand
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, South Africa
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand460

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

13F9959
65F003114F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574

Special Tools
The following special tools are required to service the Dock
II.
Volt-Ohm Meter
A meter similar to the Triplet Model 3101.
Screwdriver Kit
Use small screwdrivers (IBM part 95F3598) whenremoving and replacing FRUs.
Wrap Plug
The tri-connector wrap plug (IBM part 72X8546) is usedduring advanced diagnostic tests of:Serial Connectors
Parallel Connectors

PC Test Card
The PC test card (IBM part 35G4680) is used during
advanced diagnostic tests of the PCMCIA slots.

1

Manufactured by Triplett Corporation, Bluffton, Ohio 45817,
U.S.A.

Dock II (3546)

461

462

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Common Devices Checkout
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . .
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . .
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printer Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Port Replicator Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . .
TrackPoint II Checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . .
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying Names and Functions . . . . . . .
Using the Front Panel. . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

464
464
465
466
468
469
470
471
471
472
475

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

463

External Diskette Drive Test
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive or diskette. A scratch, write-enabled
2HD diskette is required.
1. Select the icon FDD on the TEST MENU. By doing
this, the controller test and the drive read/write test
run. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code
10 appears. In this case, replace the system board.
2. If the controller test run without errors, follow the
instructions on the screen and insert a scratch
diskette.
3. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette media are known to be good,
replace the drive or the drive cable.

External Display Self-Test
If the display problem occurs only when using an external
display, use the following instructions to correct the
problem.
Note: Before you replace a display, check the following list
to see if it is connected correctly.






8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an
Image Adapter/A or an Image-I Adapter/A.
63XX and 85XX systems support either 63XX or
85XX displays.
85XX systems with an XGA-2 adapter support 95XX
displays.
95XX systems support either 63XX, 85XX, or 95XX
displays.
ThinkPad models support either 85XX or 95XX
displays.

If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If
that does not correct the problem, replace FRUs in thefollowing order until the problem goes away:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Video card
Display adapter (any type)
System board
Bus adapter (if used)

If the screen is not rolling, run the display self-test as
follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Power-off the computer and display.
Disconnect the display signal cable.
Power-on the display.
Set the contrast to its maximum position.
Set the brightness control to the center detent
position.

Check for the following conditions:464

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1You should be able to vary the screen intensity byadjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note: The location of the test margin varies with thetype of display. The test margin might be on
the top, bottom, or one or both sides.

If you do not see a test margin on the screen, replace thedisplay. If there is a test margin on the screen, replace thesystem board.
Note: On ThinkPad Models 700, 700C, 720C, 720C, do
the following:
1. Video card
2. System board

External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout
The following auxiliary input devices may be available for
IBM ThinkPad models.
–
–
–






Numeric keypad
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
External keyboard (with Keyboard/Miniature
Mouse cable)

If you suspect a problem with any of the auxiliary
input devices (listed above), replace the device.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard control card
– System board
If the computer receives an incorrect keyboard
response, remove other external devices, check the
keyboard connections, and recheck the keyboard
responses. If the problem remains, replace thefollowing FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard– Keyboard control card
– System board
If a 00030100 error message appears, power-off thecomputer and the external devices. Then power-on
the computer before you power-on the external
devices.

Common Devices Checkout

465

Fax/Modem Checkout001– Power-off the computer.
– Ensure that the modem is installed correctly.
– If the modem never worked in customer mode, ensurethat all drivers are loaded correctly onto the computer.
– Ensure that the communication program is supported on
the computer.
– Ensure that the public switch telephone network (PSTN)
cable and the data access arrangement (DAA) cable, if
installed, are connected correctly.
If you need to correct one of the above conditions, do sonow; then continue.
Note: PCMCIA cards can be inserted and removed while
the system is powered on.
– Power-on the system.
– Insert the IBM Data/FAX Modem diskette into the default
diskette drive.
– If you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data/Fax
Modem (Models FC3632 and FC3650), at the DOS
prompt (for example, A:\), type IBMDIAG; then press
Enter.
– If you are servicing a PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem(Models FC3634 and FC3635), at the DOS prompt (forexample, A:\), type ESTDIAG; then press Enter.
– Follow the instructions on the screen. (If you need help,press F1.)
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR?
Yes No002
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If
you suspect a problem, go to Step 004.
003
Go to the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer you areservicing.
004– Check the PSTN cable and the DAA cable, if installed,
for continuity.
IS THE CABLE(S) GOOD?
Yes No005
Replace the defective cable(s).
006(Step 006 continues)

466

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

006 (continued)– Have the customer transmit a call.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No007
Go to Step 011.
008
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on themodem.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No009
Go to Step 014.
010
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you
still suspect a problem that is not software related, replace
the External DAA; then replace the modem.
011– Have the customer transmit a call at a lower speed.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No012
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do nothave an external DAA installed, or replacing theexternal DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.
013
Have the telephone line checked.
014– Have the customer receive an incoming call on themodem at a lower speed.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No015
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do nothave an external DAA installed, or replacing theexternal DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.

Common Devices Checkout

467

(CONTINUED)

016
Have the telephone line checked.

Printer Checkout
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and is
powered-on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem isin the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, do the following.
1. Verify the port settings in configuration.
2. Install a wrap plug on the port (indicated inconfiguration) and run the advanced diagnostic tests.
3. If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap pluginstalled) do not detect a failure, replace the printercable.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the systemboard.

468

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Port Replicator Checkout
Use the following procedure to isolate a port replicator
problem. A port replicator attaches to the system
expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
1. Power-off the computer.
2. Remove the failing devices from the replicator.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the replicator, if
attached.
4. Remove the port replicator from the computer.
5. Reconnect the failing device directly to the computer.
(If another device occupies the connector, remove it
first.)
6. Go to General Checkout and follow that procedure.
7. If the advanced diagnostic device test does not findan error, suspect a problem with the port replicator or
the system expansion bus.
8. Power-off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power-on the computer and run the following
advanced diagnostic tests:
 Serial port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
 Parallel port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator.
 PCMCIA-2 test with the PC test card installed.
 FDD-2 (FDD-1 if no drive is installed in thecomputer) drive test on the failing device.
10. If diagnostic errors appear, replace the replicator or
diskette drive attachment unit.
If the problem remains after the replacement, replace
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when using thereplicator, replace the replicator.
If power shut downs occur intermittently when using
PCMCIA-2 devices via a port replicator, suspect anover-current problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more
power; if the maximum usage of each device occurs
simultaneously, the total current will exceed the limit,
thereby causing a power shut down. Isolate this problem
by removing one of the devices, and use the computerunder the same condition, and see whether a power shut
down occurs. Do this procedure for all devices thendetermine the cause. Customer purchase of the larger AC
adapter (50W, optional) is recommended, if it is not yet inuse.

Common Devices Checkout469

TrackPoint II Checkout

If the TrackPoint II does not work, check theconfiguration. If the configuration of the TrackPoint II
is set to Disabled or Off, change it to Enable or On.
If the problem remains, continue.
Note: TrackPoint II automatically compensates toadjust the pointer sensor. This causes thepointer to move slightly on the screen andthen stop. Pointer movement might occur
when a slight, steady pressure is applied to
the TrackPoint II pointer when the computer ispowered-on or running, or when exceeded
temperature range requires re-adjustment.





470

If the cursor floats or moves erratically, power-off anddisconnect the mouse. Power-on the computer. If
the problem goes away, replace the mouse. If the
problem remains, replace the keyboard.
For click button or pointing stick problems:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
do the following.
1. Reseat the keyboard cables.
2. Replace the keyboard.
3. Replace the interposer card
(355x, 360x, 750x, 755x).
4. Replace keyboard control card (720).
5. Replace the system board.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

TV Tuner
The TV Tuner Pack (hereafter called TV Tuner) is an
option for watching TV programs or videos on the IBM TFT
color notebook computer. The computer changes to TV
reception when the removable diskette drive is replacedwith the TV Tuner.
The TV screen and normal computer display are easily
switched by using the Hot key on the front panel of the TV
Tuner.

Identifying Names and Functions
The following figure and table show the names andfunctions of each part of the TV Tuner.

1

13

2

12
3

11

4
10
7
9

6

5

8

Icons

Functions.1/ Front Panel

Used to change the TV channels,
switch TV mode to computer mode,and operate most functions of the TV
Tuner.

.2/ Headphone
Jack

Connects the headphones.

.3/ Power
Indicator

Shows the TV Tuner is powered on.

.4/ Power
SwitchPowered on and off the TV Tuner.

.5/ Hot Key

Switches between the TV screen andcomputer screen.

.6/ Up Switch

Increases the value such as thechannel number.

.7/ Down Switch

Decreases the value such as thechannel number.

Common Devices Checkout471

IconsFunctions.8/ Function KeyEnters the mode to change the value ofeach function, such as TV channel orcolor contrast. (See “Using the
Function Key” on page 473.).9/ TV/EXT
SwitchSwitches the TV mode or external
video mode.

.1ð/ Volume
KnobControls the speaker volume.

.11/ Audio-In
Jack

Connects the audio-in connector of the
AV cable.

.12/ Video-In
Jack

Connects video-in connector of the AV
cable.

.13/ RF
Connector

Connects the active antenna unit orantenna cable.

Using the Front Panel
The following table shows how to operate all functions of
the TV Tuner with the controls on the front panel.

Key

FunctionPower

Turns on the TV Tuner. This key isused only when the computer is turnedon.

Hot Key

Switches computer display and TV
screen.

Up

Increases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.

Down

Decreases the value of parameters,
Channel Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast, Auto Tuning
Sensitivity, On-screen Message
Selection.

Function

Selects a function mode to adjust eachfunction parameter. (See “Using the
Function Key” on page 473.)

472

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1Key

Function

TV/ExtSwitches the displayed video source
between the receiving TV broadcast
program and external devices such as
VCR, video camera recorder, laser
disk, and so on.

Using the Function Key:

Each time you press the
Function key ( ), one of the following messages (called
On-Screen Message) appears at the top left corner of the
LCD.
The changed values are automatically saved when you
return to the “TV Channel” On-Screen message. The
values are not saved when you power-off the TV Tuner
without returning to this message.
Message on
LCD

Parameter
TV Channel

à (xx)

By using
and, you can selectthe channels from 2 to 69.
Color Adjustment

à COL

By pressing and holding
you can change the color.

or

,

or

,

By pressing and holdingor
you can change the brightness.

,

TINT Adjustment

à TNT

By pressing and holding
you can change the tint.
Bright Adjustment

à BRT

Contrast Adjustment

à CNT

By pressing and holdingor
you can change the contrast.

,(No function)à ---Reserved.
Auto Tune Sensitivity Selection

à LO
à HI

LO: Means the sensitivity of the
TV is low. In this mode, the TV
Tuner receives strong TV signals
only. To set LO, press.
HI: Means the sensitivity of the TV
is high (factory default). In thismode, the TV Tuner receives
weak and strong TV signals. To
set HI, press.

Common Devices Checkout473

Message on
LCD

Parameter
Time On-Screen Message appears

à D3S

D3S: On-Screen Message appears
for 3 seconds. To set D3S, press

.

à DON

DON: On-Screen Message always
appears. To set DON press

Power-on the TV Tuner: Use the ThinkPad
Features program or PS2.EXE. to power-on the TV Tuner;
then power-on the internal device in the diskette drive
compartment. If power for the internal device is turned off
when the TV Tuner is set up, nothing appears on the LCD
display. Turn on power for the TV Tuner again.




474

If you are using DOS, do one of the following:– Power-on the computer and type PS2 from thecommand prompt to start the ThinkPad Features
program.
Select Set Power Features from the ThinkPad
Features menu; then put a check mark at
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices. If
you need help, press F1 to display the help
menu.
– Type PS2 MODEM ON (or PS2 DDC ON) from thecommand prompt; press the Enter key to set thepower ON.
If you are using OS/2* or Microsoft Windows**, do thefollowing:
1. Power-on the computer and start the ThinkPad
Features program.
2. Select the Power icon; then move the pointer toInternal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices
and click the button to check mark it.
3. Press the OK button.

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Troubleshooting
The following table shows what to do to solve problems
when the TV Tuner does not work correctly.
Problem

Probable Cause

The TV Tuner
does notoperate.
(No picture orsound)

Computer is not powered on.

Computer is in suspend mode.



Volume control of the TV Tuner orcomputer is not adjusted correctly.

The power for the TV Tuner is not
supplied. (See “Power-on the TV
Tuner” on page 474.)

The wall outlet from the outdoor
antenna is not active.

The video or antenna cable is notconnected correctly.

Antenna elements of the active
antenna unit are not adjusted.

The batteries in the active antenna
unit are not inserted correctly.

The batteries in the active antenna
unit are depleted.



The TV Tuner is not set up
correctly.

You cannot watch TV or videos on
the external display.



LO is set for the auto tune
sensitivity selection. (See page473.)

No color.



The program is not in color.

Snow and noise
only.



Switch the TV/EXT (Pictures are outof shape, or
have double
images.

) button.

For TV:

The channel is not tuned correctly.
Adjust the antenna.

For VCR:


Change the tracking adjustment.

Dotted lines or
stripes.



Usually caused by interference
from neon signs, hair dryers, andso on. Move the computer toavoid the interference.

Picture control
are not saved.



Do not power-off the TV Tuner
when adjusting functions such as
picture control, color, tint,
brightness, or contrast.

Channel number
is always
displayed or is
not displayed.

Select your favorite mode for theon-screen message. (See page 473.)

Common Devices Checkout

475

476

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Common Parts ListingThis section contains FRUs common to most IBM portable,
laptop, and notebook computers.

External Diskette Drives
5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001)
360KB External (4869-501)
1.2MB External (4869-002)
1.2MB External (4869-502)
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter/A
5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Cable(from system board to adapter)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter

72X6759
72X6768
15X7993
15X7994
72X6757
15F7996
27F4211
72X8524

CD-ROM Drives
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive(Eject button below slot)
Internal CD-ROM I Drive(Eject button above slot)
Terminator Kit (for 81F7930)
Cleaning Kit (for 81F7930)(Disks, CD Caddy)
Internal CD-ROM II Drive(Eject button below slot)
Terminator Kit (for 92F0084)
Media Kit (for 92F0084)(No cleaning necessary, Test Disk, CD Caddy)
Signal Cable
Power Cable
Remote ID Switch Cable (3510)
Audio Card, Cable, Screws (3510)
CD Caddy
Rail Kit (3510)
Headphones Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

61G1901
81F7930
59F3530
59F3562
92F0084
92F0082
31F4232
34F0043
72X852192F0086
92F0085
22F9419
34F0041
53F3610477

SCSI Adapters, Terminators, Cables
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache)
SCSI Internal CableSCSI Adapter/A (with Cache)
Terminator, External (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063)
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002)
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 bit)SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330)
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330)
Terminator, Inline (space permitting)

85F0002
64F412785F0063
33F8464
34F0025
57F2870
92F0330
32G4089
32G0084
92F0412

Rewritable Optical Drives
3.5-Inch Rewritable Optical Drive
Rewritable Optical Cartridge
Rewritable Optical Cartridge (5 Pack)
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167)
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167)
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167)
3.5-Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive
Mounting Tray
Mounting Tray/Bezel (Model 3510)

92F0167
38F8647
38F8646
85F002285F002138F8681
38F8682
92F0167
92F0269
92F0268

External Keyboard/Mouse
Keyboard Cable
Mouse
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer
Mouse (New Style)
Mouse Retainer Ring
Miniature Mouse

72X8537
61X8923
33F8461
33F8462
33G5420
33G5417
95F5723

Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)Country
ArabicBelgianCanadian French
Cyrillic
DanishDutch
FrenchGerman
Greek
Hebrew
ItalianLatin American Spanish
NorwegianPortuguese
Russian/Cyrillic
SpanishSwedish/Finnish
Swiss
Swiss/French
Swiss/German
Turkish
U.K. English
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only)
U.S. English
Yugoslavian

478

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 11391490139141413920111393866139140713915111391402139140313932851391408
1393395
13920151391409139141013956221391405
139141113914121395881139588213932861391406
139679013920901393669

Optional Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
with PS/2 Style Cable
with AT Style Cable
with 25mm PS/2 Trackballwith 25mm Serial Trackball

59G7980
59G7981
59G7982
59G9757

Keybutton Kits (101/102 Key)
Keybutton Kits (R), Belgian
Keybutton Kits (R), Canadian French
Keybutton Kits (R), Danish
Keybutton Kits (R), Dutch
Keybutton Kits (R), French
Keybutton Kits (R), German
Keybutton Kits (R), Italian
Keybutton Kits (R), Norwegian
Keybutton Kits (R), Portuguese
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish / Latin
Keybutton Kits (R), Swedish
Keybutton Kits (R), Swiss / French / German
Keybutton Kits (R), U.K. English
Keybutton Kits, U.S. English

1392033
139203213920261392034
6447047
64470486447049
139202813920296447050
1392035
1392030139203164470466447045

Japanese Keyboard Type 2 (106 Key, DBCS Support)
Japanese Keyboard
Keyboard Cable

94X1110
94X1147

Space-Saving Keyboards (84/85 Key)Country
Canadian French
Spanish/Latin
U.S. English
Cable Assembly, External1396046
1396047
13932901393082

Tools and Miscellaneous
Audio Wrap Cable
Ethernet BNC T-Connector
Ethernet BNC 50-ohm Terminator(2 required)
Grounding Wire Set
Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool
PC Test Card
Screwdriver Kit
SCSI Terminator(any SCSI device, space permitting)
SCSI Terminator Kit(R-PAC Terminator Modules (3) for 40, 60,
80, 120, and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives)
Wrap Plug Ethernet D-Shell
Wrap Plug, Tri-Connector
Wrap Plug (6157 Tape Attachment Adapter/A)
Wrap Plug (Token-Ring Network Adapter/A)
Plastic Envelope (For Wrap Plug)

66G5180
84F8207
85F0037
38F4684
6110464
33G4703
95F3598
92F014292F0143

85F0036
72X8546417845961658996138013

Common Parts Listing479

Display Power Cords
1

6

2

7

3

8

4

9

5

10

Index Country
1
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela
2Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K.
3
France, Germany, Spain
4
Italy, Chile
5
Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea,
Papua
6
Denmark
7
Israel
8
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa,
Sri Lanka
9
Switzerland
10
Thailand
Japan

480

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 16952300
62X1045
14F0033
13F9979
14F0069
13F9940
13F9997
14F0087
14F0015
14F0051
1838574
79F2755

Element Exchange Displays
8503 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

68X3045
68X3046
72X7878
68X30618504 12-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

44F9807
44F9808
44F9809
44F98208506 17-Inch Monochrome Display (with Tilt/Swivel Stand)
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
39F8087
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
39F8091
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
39F8089
8507 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/120 or 220/240 V ac (Universal Model)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

6247808624784362478428508 19-Inch Monochrome Display
110/125 V ac (US/Canada)
110/125 or 200/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
110/125 or 220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

62478836247840
39F80688512 14-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac (US/Canada)
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

61R8924
61X8928
61X8927
61X8925

8513 12-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

68X3088
72X7870
72X7877
68X30618514 16-Inch Color Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

75X5945
75X5946
75X5947
75X59078515 14-Inch Color Display
90/137 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (Equatorial)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)
Tilt/Swivel Stand

07G4759
34G6628
07G4762
07G4763
38F39098516 Color Touch Display
110/120 V ac
220/240 V ac (No. Hemisphere)
220/240 V ac (So. Hemisphere)

44F9759
70F9129
70F9111

Common Parts Listing

481

482

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Miscellaneous Information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms
Term

Information

ACPA/A
ADP
Alt
ANSI
ARTIC
ASCII

Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
Automatic Data Processing
Alternate
American National Standards Institute
A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
Audio Video Connection
Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
Bits Per Second
Bytes Per Second
The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
Common Command Set
Common Complete Status Block
Compact Disc
CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
Customer Engineer or Service Representative
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Cathode Ray Tube
Corrective Service Diskette
Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
Configuration Control Sub Board)
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Cathode Ray Tube
Canadian Standards Association
Corrective Service Diskette
Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk,
diskette)
Direct Memory Access
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Display Technology Inc.
Engineering Change Announcement
Error Correction CodeEnhanced Graphics Adapter
Electrostatic Discharge
Enhanced Small Device Interface
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
MemoryEnergy Work Station
Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
General Services Administration
HeightIntegrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Circuit
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
International Electrotechnical Commission
Initial Machine Load
Initial Program Load
International Organization for Standardization

AT
AVC
BIOS
bps
BPS
CCITT
CCS
CCSB
CD
CD-ROM
CE
CRC
CRT
CSD
CGA
CCSB
CRC
CRT
CSA
CSD
DASD
DMA
DRAM
DTI
ECA
ECC
EGA
ESD
ESDI
EEPROM
EWS
FRU
GPIB
GSA
Ht
IDE
IC
IEEE
IEC
IML
IPL
ISO

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1995

483

Term

Information

ISDN
LAN
LBA
LTB
LUN
MAP
MCGA

Integrated-Services Digital Network
Local Area Network
Local Block Address
Local Transfer Bus
Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
Maintenance Analysis Procedure
Modified Color Graphics Adapter (320 x 200 x
256)
Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
Mega hertz (millions of cycles per second)
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Multimedia
Not Available or Not Applicable
National Distribution Division
Non-Maskable Interrupt
National Support Center
Non Volatile Random Access Memory
Original Equipment Manufacturer
Personal Computer Memory Card International
Association
Programmable Option SelectPhysical Unit Number (as in SCSI)Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks (diskarray models)Random Access Memory (read/write)
Red Green Blue (is in monitors)
Read Only Memory
Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
Subsystem Control Block
Static Random Access Memory
Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI Identification Number (assigned device
number)Software Product Description
Service Representative
NDD Technical Advisor (See your Marketing
Representative)
Telecommunications Device for the DeafThin Film Transistor
ThinkPad File
Underwriters Laboratory
Video Capture Adapter
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
Vital Product Data
Video Random Access Memory
Write Once, Read Many Media
Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Luminance/Chrominance Signal (Pertains toVideo)

MCA
MHz
MIDI
MM
N/A
NDD
NMI
NSC
NVRAM
OEM
PCMCIA
POS
PUN
RAID
RAM
RGB
ROM
SASD
SCB
SRAM
SCSI
SCSI ID
SPD
SR
T/A
TDD
TFT
TPF
UL
VCA
VESA
VGA
VPD
VRAM
WORM
XGA
Y/C

484

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Problem Determination Tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information toassist you in problem determination. If possible, have thisinformation available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.













Machine type and model
Failure symptom– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– If it has been working, what changes were madeprior to it failing?
Reference Diskette Version– Type and revision level
Hardware configuration– Print out (print screen) configuration from system
partition or Reference Diskette currently being
used.
Operating system software– Type and revision level– OS/2 SYSLEVEL Command
Software setup (appropriate to the software)
CONFIG.SYS
STARTUP.CMD
AUTOEXEC.BAT
Important

To eliminate confusion, identical systems are
considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same adapters/attachments in thesame locations
3. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
4. Have the same software versions and levels
5. Have the same Partition/Reference Diskette(version)
6. Have the same configuration options set in thesystem
7. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files (Config.Sys, Autoexec.bat,
Startup.Cmd., etc.)
Comparing the configuration and software set-up(Config.sys, etc.) between “working and non-working”
systems will often lead to problem resolution.

Miscellaneous Information

485

Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Before you place a call to the Support Center, refer to“Problem Determination Tips” on page 485.
Authorized Dealers or Servicers
NumberInformation

919-517-0001
800-937-3737
800-426-2472

Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
IBM Business Partner Education
IBM Customer Engineer TechnicalSupportIBM National Support Center
IBM PartnerLink Technical Support
IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
IBM Software Ordering (publications)
IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
IBM Warranty Claims Center
OS/2 Replacement Diskettes (problems
during new system installation)

800-426-7763
800-IBM-DEAL
303-924-4015
800-237-5511
800-327-5711
800-426-1484
800-759-7483
800-342-6672

U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
NumberInformation

919-517-0001
800-426-8322
800-999-0052
407-982-6408
800-964-8523
800-772-2227

Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
Customer Education Business Unit
Customized Operational Services
Developers Assistance (HW & SW)
End User Support
HelpCenter* and HelpLearn*
Customer Satisfaction Center
HelpCenter* (TDD/ASCII)IBM Anti-Virus Services
IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
IBM Customer Satisfaction Center(TDD/ASCII)IBM Dealer Referral(typewriters/printers)
IBM Direct (supplies, education)
IBM Field Television Network
IBM Information Referral Service
IBM Service
IBM Technical Manuals
Multimedia Information Center

800-426-4238
800-742-2493
800-447-4700
800-426-4238
800-426-2468
800-426-2468
800-282-0226
800-426-3333
800-IBM-SERV
800-426-7282
800-426-9402(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620
800-742-2493
800-342-6672
800-237-5511
800-237-5511

486

Multimedia Support
Multivendor Consulting
OS/2 Information Line
OS/2 Support Center
OS/2 Support Line

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
NumberInformation

303-924-4125
800-284-5933
914-962-0310
800-237-4824

Parts Information
Prodigy**
Prodigy User Questions
PS/2 Trade-In Program
PS/2 Loan for Learning
PS/2 Lease from IBM Credit
Solution Validation Lab
Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra* for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
Technical Services, Boca Raton (fee)Technical Support (typewriters/printers)
Technical Solutions Magazine

800-742-2943
800-547-1283

800-426-2622
606-323-3000
800-551-2832

IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
NumberInformation

800-387-8343
800-668-5682

Ambra Customer Support
Ambra Business Partner Warranty
SupportAmbra Business Partner
Parts/Warranty Claims
Ambra Bulletin Board
Business Partner Marketing Support
Business Partner Marketing Support Toronto
Business Partner Marketing Support French
Customer Relations
Customer Relations - Toronto
Customer Service Dispatch
Customer Service Parts
Customer Support Center (ISC)
Customer Service Repair Centre
HelpClub* Registration
IBM Direct
IBM Certification Administrator
IBM Certification Coordinator
Mail to: IBM Certification
50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
IBM HelpFax
IBM HelpFax - Toronto
IBM HelpPC
IBM Information Network Support
IBM Information Network Support Toronto

800-387-8343
905-316-7952
800-661-PSMT
905-316-5556
514-938-6048
800-465-6600
905-316-6666
800-465-6666
800-263-2769
800-465-2222
416-443-5701
800-465-7999
800-465-7999
905-513-3367
905-316-2683

800-465-3299
905-316-3299
800-565-3344
800-268-3100
905-474-6666

Miscellaneous Information

487

IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
NumberInformation

800-663-7662
800-263-2769
416-443-5808(Fax)
416-443-5755
514-938-3022
905-316-4255
604-664-6464
204-934-2735
800-661-7768
800-465-1234
416-513-3360
416-513-3372(Fax)
905-316-4148
905-316-4100(Fax)
905-316-4150
905-316-4100(Fax)
905-316-4872
905-316-4100(Fax)
800-661-2131
800-387-8483

Lexmark Product Information
Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
Parts Regular Orders, Exchange

800-565-3344
416-443-5835(Fax)
905-316-2445
905-316-3515(Fax)
416-443-5778
800-505-1855
416-946-1333
800-267-7472

Parts Orders, Inquiries
PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
PC Co Bulletin Board - Toronto
PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
Publications Ordering
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
Service Announcement, HMS Manuals
Service Management Support topw.
Service Management Support
Service Manager
Service Manager
Service Quality Programs
Service Quality Programs
Skill Dynamics* (Education)
PS/1 Warranty Service,Business Partner (DOAs)
PS/1 Warranty Service, Customer
Helpline
Warranty Claim Fulfillment
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Reimbursement
Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
Warranty Provider Support Hotline
Warranty Provider Support - Toronto
Warranty Service, ThinkPad

We Want Your Comments!
Every effort has been made to provide complete andaccurate technical information in this manual.
However, if you find missing or inaccurate information,please fax any comments, corrections, or suggestions
to 919-543-8167 (U.S.A.). Thank you.

488

IBM Mobile Systems HMM - Volume 1

Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make theseavailable in all countries in which IBM operates. Anyreference to an IBM product, program or service is notintended to state or imply that only IBM’s product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionallyequivalent product, program, or service that does not
infringe any of IBM’s intellectual property rights or otherlegally protectable rights may be used instead of the IBM
product, program, or service. Evaluation and verification ofoperation in conjunction with other products, programs, orservices, except those expressly designated by IBM, arethe user’s responsibility.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications
covering subject matter in this document. The furnishingof this document does not give you any license to thesepatents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, 500 Columbus
Avenue, Thornwood NY 10594, U.S.A.

Trademarks
The following terms, denoted by an asterisk (*) in thispublication, are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries:
386SLCAT
HelpCenter
HelpLearn
IBM
OS/2
PhoneCommunicator
Screen Reader
Skill Dynamics
SystemXtra
TrackPoint

AIX
FaxConcentrator
HelpClub
HelpWareMicro Channel
Personal System/2
PS/2
SLC
SpeechViewer
ThinkPad
XGA

The following terms, denoted by a double asterisk (**) inthis publication, are trademarks of other companies:
ActionMedia
Frame
Intel
NovellPCMCIA
Prodigy
Triplett
Windows

Intel Corporation
Frame Technology, Inc.
Intel Corporation
Novell Corporation
Personal Computer Memory
Card International Association
Prodigy Services Company
Triplett Corporation
Microsoft Corporation

Miscellaneous Information

489

IBM



Part Number: 30H2356
Printed in U.S.A.

S82G-15ð1-ð1